Terapevtski pripomočki in oprema by mivam odvisno življenje

032_EXPT_0249-0256:032_EXPT_0249-0256

23/11/09

17:49

Page 251

Hot & Cold Therapy 252 - 256 257 258 259 260 - 262

Cold Therapy Hot & Cold Packs Hydrocollators Whirlpools Heat Therapy

Biofreeze Cool Gel For full details see page 255

032_EXPT_0249-0256:032_EXPT_0249-0256

23/11/09

17:49

Page 252

Hot & Cold Therapy

Cold Therapy 1

1 RecoverIce Ice Wrap

RecoverIce bandage is a portable, self-contained and ready-touse compression bandage that will cool muscle tissue and joints when applied. It provides the cooling and compression required for muscular and joint injuries and controls swelling. 017667 1 metre £2.76 017668 2 metre £3.75

2 Ice Up™ Portable Ice Massager The Ice-Up™ Portable Massager provides you with a direct, active ice massage in an easily portable design. It gives you quick, deep tissue penetration focused on target areas. The ergonomic comfort grip barrel offers a controlled ice massage while the patented Ice Grippers allow for a full range of controlled massage pressure. 017827 £11.91

3 Sports Therapy: Theoretical and Practical

Considerations for the Manual Therapist An easy-to-use source of information which presents the foundations of sports therapy. 010424 £25.00

4 TheraFlex™ Re-usable Cold/Hot Packs TheraFlex cold/hot packs are ideal for all clinical applications. Flexible when frozen, reusable and filled with a non-toxic, biodegradable gel. The wrapper is also recyclable. The packs are leakproof providing added safety for patients. Use also as a hot pack by either microwaving or by boiling in hot water. AA9511A Standard Pack 13 x 25cm £1.81 AA9511B Universal Pack 15 x 25cm £1.81 AA9511C Large Universal Pack 15 x 30cm £2.21 AA9511D Cervical Pack 10 x 28cm £1.81

5 Re-usable Cold Packs An effective treatment tool for applying localised cold therapy. Once chilled, the packs remain cold for up to thirty minutes. They remain soft and pliable even below freezing and mould to body contours. Chilled packs should be wrapped in a light towel before placing on the affected area. Latex free. Single Bulk - 12 Pk Cold Pack Size 3545 3545BK Standard 28 x 36cm £15.16 £179.72 3547 3547BK Neck Contour 58cm long £17.66 £196.69 3548A 3548ABK Half Size 19 x 28cm £10.21 £104.62 3548B 3548BBK Quarter Size 13 x 15cm £9.32 £92.59 3548C 3548CBK Cervical Size 8 x 28cm £7.32 £79.38 3548D 3548DBK Oversize 28 x 53cm £25.17 £86.89 Box of 4

6 Soft Hot/Cold Packs

This soft hot/cold pack is uniquely designed for the convenient application of hot or cold therapy to painful areas of the body. Made of strong, durable material, the pack contains a non-toxic gel, which remains soft even when frozen, and a special barrier which helps retain both heat and cold. Ideal for sports injuries, general bruising, minor burns, stiffness, toothache etc. Can be heated in boiling water or microwave. Available in 2 sizes. AA9742A 11 x 28cm £5.28 AA9742B 32.5 x 18cm £6.83

INFORMATION For more educational resources see pages 625 to 640.

252

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

032_EXPT_0249-0256:032_EXPT_0249-0256

23/11/09

17:49

Page 253

Cold Therapy 2

1 Vulkan® Instant Ice Pack Ideal for any emergency, these packs are activated by simply squeezing them. They instantly turn ice cold and remain cold for approx 15 minutes. 002408 (1-23) £1.05 (24+) £1.00

2 Vulkan® Cooling Spray Instant cooling effect once sprayed on the skin. Only to be used on minor knocks. 014438 150ml £2.44

3 Vulkan® Re-usable Cold/Hot Pack From the fridge to the microwave, this versatile pack with extra protective sleeve stays flexible whatever the temperature. Conforms well to body contours. 002932 £2.15

4 Colpac These ColPac’s remain completely flexible at any temperature down to -12 degrees C. They are made from a strong vinyl that will understand any shaping or bending and will not become brittle or crack and leak Standard Colpac 004800

28 x 36cm

£16.10

19 x 28cm

£9.22

Half Size Colpac 004803

Quarter Size Colpac 004802

14 x 19cm

£7.33

Neck Contour Colpac 004804

58cm long

£16.57

28 x 53cm

£27.92

Oversize Colpac 004806

5 Mueller Heavy Duty Ice Bags These clear, polyethylene bags are rugged enough to handle even the sharpest ice. 012493 25.4 x 45.7cm £56.72

5 C

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

253

Hot & Cold Therapy

032_EXPT_0249-0256:032_EXPT_0249-0256

23/11/09

17:49

Page 254

Hot & Cold Therapy

Cold therapy 1

Kinetec ECT System Extended Cold Therapy

THE CURVES SHOW THAT FIRST+ICE™ HAS THE STAYING POWER OF ICE WITH THE ADDED SAFETY OF A WARMER TREATMENT TEMPERATURE AGAINST THE SKIN

THE CURVES SHOW THAT THE GEL HAS A DANGEROUSLY LOW TEMPERATURE DURING TREATMENT, AND THAT IT RETAINS THE EFFECTIVE TEMPERATURE FOR LESS TIME THAN FIRST+ICE™

An application system that is comfortable and well tolerated. When the pack freezes, ice crystals form around internal soft polymer crystal granules - and the presence of ice in the bag extends the cold time. Ice does not form on the surface granules, so they have a slightly higher temperature, providing improved skin tolerance over traditional gel and ice therapies. • Recommended following surgery and to relieve muscle aches and sprains • Cost effective post-op cold therapy • No messy ice clean up

• Available in neoprene wraps for compression and foam wraps for economy • One size fits most adults • Non-toxic • Use as a hot pack - simply microwave or heat in boiling water • Pack remains cold for up to 3 to 4 hours

1 FIRST+ICE™ Packs 3

FIRST+ICE packs. 15 x 22cm. Weight 34g. 559419 Pack of 2 559420 Pack of 12

2 ECT Universal Pack

£10.86 £64.76

Rolyan

Kit includes two FIRST+ICE packs, one universal sleeve and one TensoWrap-Super slip resistant 1 metre long strap. Reusable and microwave and freezer safe. Non-toxic. 559418 Kit £24.80

3 Extended Cold Therapy

Rolyan

Dorsal Knee Wrap Kit includes four FIRST+ICE packs and one wrap. Dorsal foam kit and wrap include removable soft foam patella compression piece to support post-arthroscopic dressings (not included with the neoprene kit and wrap). Post-arthroscopic dressing pad included with the dorsal foam kit and wrap only (see item 1A). 559400 Dorsal Neoprene Kit £41.08 559401 Dorsal Neoprene Wrap - Only £26.12 A400102 Foam Kit £26.12

4 Extended Cold Therapy

Rolyan

Shoulder Wrap Two adjustable pockets for custom positioning. Kit includes four FIRST+ICE packs and wrap. 559411 Neoprene Wrap - Only £39.35 559413 Foam Wrap - Only £30.28

5 Extended Cold Therapy

Rolyan

Elbow/Ankle Wrap

Adjustable pockets for custom fit. Kit includes two FIRST+ICE packs and wrap. 559406 Neoprene Kit £52.69 559407 Neoprene Wrap - Only £32.72 559422 Foam Kit £35.11 559409 Foam Wrap - Only £26.88

6 Extended Cold Therapy

Rolyan

Back Wrap Kit includes four FIRST+ICE packs and neoprene wrap. 559404 Neoprene Kit £66.12 559405 Neoprene Wrap - Only £52.35

254

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

032_EXPT_0249-0256:032_EXPT_0249-0256

23/11/09

17:50

Page 255

Cold Therapy 1

2 Polar Frost Cold Gel Pain Relieving Cold Gel from Lapland. Polar Frost Pain relieving Cold Gel is specially formulated to provide soothing relief for soft tissue injuries, stress injuries, muscle tension, inflammation, arthritis and stiffness. Aloe Vera has an anti-inflammatory effect and it keeps the skin smooth and moist during each application. Polar Frost Cold Therapy has been proven to help relieve pain and increase mobility. Massage a thin layer of Polar Frost Cold Gel into the painful area. The skin temperature drops approximately 4 to 8°C. Repeat application every three hours for 3 to 5 days, as needed. The Cold Gel absorbs fast and works quickly. Polar Frost is manufactured under strictly standardised production process using only the highest quality materials. The gel is non-greasy and will not stain the skin. Not tested on animals. Latex free. AA9715A

75ml Roll-On

AA9715B

150ml Tube

£5.40

AA9715C

500ml Pump

£13.91

AA9715E

200 x 6g Individual Sachets

£48.27

£5.40

3 Polar Frost Cold Spray For emergency care of soft tissue injuries, such as strains and ruptures. Also for emergency treatment of minor burns. Spray from a distance of about 15cm for a maximum of 5 seconds. Repeat if necessary. Size 220ml. 09 117 1479 £6.32

4 Deep Freeze Cold Gel

Is a pain relieving cold gel. Its cooling, penetrating action goes deep down to relieve the aches and pains of overworked muscles, tendons and joints. 001200 100g £4.48

5 Medi-Ice Bag Screw top ice bag that can be filled with crushed ice or ice cubes. 003050 23cm diameter

£9.07

6 Ice Bag

Heavy duty ice bag to reduce swelling and relieve pain, simply fill with ice and apply to desired area. Made from rubber on the inside and cloth on the outside. Has a leak proof cap and washer. A flexible design to fit any part of the body. Colours may vary. To clean, rinse with warm water and let dry. Length 23cm. AA9740 £4.16

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

255

Hot & Cold Therapy

1 Biofreeze Cool Pain Relieving Gel Biofreeze contains 100% natural menthol and 100% natural herbs. This pump action gel provides deep long lasting pain relief. 010609 473ml (16oz) £21.15 016196 Roll On 89ml (3oz) £8.42

032_EXPT_0249-0256:032_EXPT_0249-0256

23/11/09

17:50

Page 256

Hot & Cold Therapy

Cold Therapy 1 Aircast Cryo/Cuff Compression

Dressing System The Aircast System applies simultaneous cold and compression to relive pain and accelerate rehabilitation. The system is portable and easy to use. It comprises of three component parts. 1. A cuff that covers the specific body part with pressurised ice water 2. A cooler that holds enough water and ice for 6 to 8 hours of cryotherapy 3. A tube that exchanges the water between the cooler and the cuff. 09 100 5859 Cooler & Tube Assembly £52.24 A

09 100 5842

Ankle Cuff

£61.33

Small Knee Cuff Fits 25-48cm

£61.33

Medium Knee Cuff 45.5-58.5cm

£61.33

Large Knee Cuff - 51-79cm

£61.33

Shoulder Cuff

£73.81

09 100 5867

Elbow Cuff

£61.33

09 100 5875

Hand/Wrist Cuff

£61.33

09 100 5917 09 100 5891

09 100 5883 09 100 5909

2 Scotsman™ Easy Ice Maker A manual, injection moulded plastic ice cube maker produces hard, crystal clear, thimble shaped ice cubes. Over 24 hours the icemaker can produce 9kg of ice cubes (about 450 cubes). Ice cubes are stored in a bin with a capacity of 3.5kg (about 175 cubes). Dimensions: Height 640mm. Width 380mm. Depth 380mm. Weight 29kg. Fuse rating 13A. Average energy consumption 4.5kwh per 10 to 15 litres water at 15°. No plumbing required. AA9579A £1065.28

1 3 Scotsman™ AF80 Ice Flaker

High quality ice flaker made from stainless steel. Produces small irregular flakes of ice, which have an even melting rate. Holding bin has 25kg capacity. It can produce 65kg flakes in a 24 hour period. Dimensions: Height 933mm x Width 535mm x Depth 621mm. Weight 72kg. Average energy consumption 7.5kwh per 64 litres water at 15°. Requires installation. AA9579B Ice Flaker - Delivery Only SDD £2595.60 AA9579BI Ice Flaker - Delivery and Installation £3135.50

4 Inflatable Ice Bath B

SAME

DAY

Designed for sports teams and clubs to aid recovery after moderate to intense training and competition. Easy to inflate, deflate and transport. Ideal for away games. Includes pump. 017638 £110.00

DESPATCH

ENDORSED BY SALE SHARKS UK SAME DAY DESPATCH

SDD Now available from stock. Please contact Customer Services for

more information.

256

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

033_EXPT_0257-0264:033_EXPT_0257-0264

23/11/09

17:50

Page 257

Hot & Cold Packs 1

Moist Heat Packs Have convenience and safety with these non-toxic, high quality microwavable heat packs. Therabeads conform to any contour, giving a soft, snug fit and do not saddle like many heat packs due to their superior construction. Made up of tiny hydroscopic beads, which retain their moisture for up to 30 minutes, and provide moist heat at the correct levels for effective therapy. Supplied with case. Therabeads are made from hydroscopic aluminium. A61711 Half Size Pack 13 x 30cm £14.91 A61710 Standard Pack 23 x 30cm £23.35 A617100 Cervical Pack 17 x 56cm £24.29

2 Moist Heat/Cold Packs For effective and convenient, moist heat and cold therapy treatment at an affordable price. These moist heat/cold packs are specially designed to be used over and over again. AA9512A Standard Pack 25 x 30cm £10.67 AA9512B Spinal Pack 25 x 46cm £18.15 AA9512C Cervical Pack 18 x 61cm £15.93

3 Tropic Pac™ Moist Heat Packs • To prevent mould and mildew growth • Fabric prevents odours Made of new synthetic fabric specifically designed to fight bacteria growth and its accompanying odour. Tropic Pac Moist Heat Packs apply moist heat for a minimum of 30 minutes. Packs are reusable. 3501 Standard 25 x 30cm Single £11.71 3502 Half Size 13 x 30cm Single £7.57 3503 Contour Cervical 61 x 15cm Single £13.71 3504 Oversize 38 x 61cm Single £21.22 3505 Knee/Shoulder 25 x 51cm Single £21.98 3501BK Standard 25 x 30cm Pack of 12 £121.85 3502BK Half Size 13 x 30cm Pack of 12 £92.93 3503BK Contour Cervical 61 x 15cm Pack of 12 £172.09 3504BK Oversize 38 x 61cm Pack of 4 £115.95 3505BK Knee/Shoulder 25 x 51cm Pack of 6 £133.64

4 Washable Hot Pack Covers These multi-layered all terry cloth hot pack covers are soft and durable. Covers are not as stiff as the foam filled version and have the feel of a plush towel. All sizes are washable and fit corresponding Tropic Pacs. 923510 Standard 25 x 30cm £23.13 923511 Oversize 38 x 106cm £31.00 923512 Cervical 61 x 15cm £23.79

5 Terry Cover for HotPac Constructed in a traditional terry knit weave, there is a cover to fit every size HotPac. Plus, they are washable. Terry Cover For Oversize Hotpac 004765 £31.48 Terry Cover For Standard Hotpac 004758 £29.35 Terry Cover For Neck Hotpac 004749 £17.83

INFORMATION For Hydrocollators, please see page 258.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

257

Hot & Cold Therapy

1 Therabeads™ Microwave

033_EXPT_0257-0264:033_EXPT_0257-0264

23/11/09

17:50

Page 258

Hot & Cold Therapy

Hydrocollators 1 Hydrocollator® Heating Units Hydrocollator Heating Units provide consistent heat for HotPacs. All units are made of stainless steel and are fitted with a thermostat to control the temperature of the unit. Low water sensor shuts off the unit if the water level gets too low. CE, UL Listed and cUL listed. Temperature range between 71-74°C.

1 A

A Model M2 Mobile Most popular intermediate size unit. Large insulated tank. Height 84 x Length 68 x Width 39cm. AA971601 120V Unit £2172.35 AA971602 220V Unit £2172.35

C B

B Model SS2 Mobile Versatility for the smaller department or clinic. Insulated tank. Height 84 x Length 53 x Width 39cm. AA971603 120V Unit £1963.41 AA971604 220V Unit £1963.41 C Model M4 Mobile The largest mobile heating unit with oversized drain. Height 84 x Length 88.5 x Width 51cm. AA971605 120V Unit AA971606 220V Unit

£4667.22 £4667.22

D Model SS Stationary Ideal for the smaller department or clinic. Insulated tank. Height 44.5 x Length 44.5 x Width 39cm. AA971607 20V Unit £1689.74 AA971608 220V Unit £1689.74

E Model E1 Stationary Just right for small clinics and departments where Oversize HotPacs are not a concern. Non-insulated. Fits on desktop. Height 38 x Length 31.75 x Width 20cm. AA971609 120V Unit £683.62 AA971610 220V Unit £683.62

F Model E2 Stationary A smaller, non-insulated heating unit with the capacity for Oversize HotPacs. Height 42 x Length 35.5 x Width 30cm. AA971611 120V Unit £1158.29 AA971612 220V Unit £1158.29 Hydrocollator Accessories (Not Illustrated) AA971613 Side Table Rack £480.53 AA971614 Dial Thermometer £41.74 2-4 wks

2 12-Pac Tropic Heater

Sammons Preston

The Tropic Heater applies effective heat to Hot Pacs used in moist heat therapy. Stainless steel, double-insulated walls make these units durable and energy efficient. Thermal protector and thermostat monitor temperature to prevent overheating. Seamless covered bottom minimises bacteria build-up and concealed heating element makes cleaning easy. Interior stainless steel racks accommodate all sizes and shapes of Hot Pacs. LED power switch is front-mounted for easy access. Hospital grade power cord and UL/CSA listed for safety. Includes drain valve and swivel castors. Castors provide mobility and locking capability. Measures 40 x 60 x 81cm. Includes 12 standard size Tropic Pacs. 3539V 220V Unit £1132.74 3539 110V Unit £1132.74 4-6 wks

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 2 to 6 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

UPRIGHT STAINLESS STEEL RACKS PROVIDE EASY ACCESS

258

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

033_EXPT_0257-0264:033_EXPT_0257-0264

23/11/09

17:50

Page 259

Whirlpools

3630

3631

3632

3633

3634

2 Whirlpools Accessories

Auxiliary Drain Hose Assembly 300mm long hose helps to direct water into floor drain. Connects to all mobile whirlpools (not illustrated). 923626 £89.42 Replacement Stainless Steel Braided Hose A 920mm long hose connects between thermostatic mixing valve and filler spout to assist with whirlpool filling (not illustrated). 923627 £202.70 3624 Filler Spout Standard on all stationary whirlpools, this accessory can be fastened to mobile whirlpools to allow a connection to a thermostatic mixing valve. Drilling required for attachment to whirlpool (not illustrated). 923628 £101.35 Washout Hose Attachment A 2750mm long hose assists with whirlpool cleaning (not illustrated). 1 Mobile Whirlpools Sammons Preston 923625 £947.92 Both economical and versatile, all Sammons Preston Whirlpools are Thermostatic Mixing Valves equipped with a powerful 1/2 horsepower turbine to provide soothing 3624 25 GPM for use on all stationary whirlpools £1152.45 therapeutic hydrotherapy treatment. Heavy gauge stainless steel construction provides durability and a factory fresh finish that lasts. Compact design allows functional, effective hydrotherapy. Mobile models range in size from 38 litres to 397 litres capacity for localised or full body hydrotherapy. All models include a dual-scale thermometer with adjustable DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services calibration and a special anti-rattle retainer. Available in 110V and 220V. for more information. For 220V models add ‘V’ to code. Eg. 3630V. Lower Extremity Mobile Whirlpool Baths Code

Description

Length

Width

Depth

Capacity

Weight

3630 3631 3632

Mini Whirlpool for feet and ankles

560mm

330mm

310mm

38 litres

40kg

Standard Whirlpool for feet, ankles, calves and arms

720mm

380mm

460mm

83 litres

52kg

Deluxe Whirlpool for feet, ankles, calves, knees and arms

810mm

380mm

640mm

170 litres

66kg

£2084.56 £2678.07

Full Body Lo-Boy Mobile Whirlpool Baths Code

Description

Length

Width

Depth

Capacity

Weight

3633 3634

Full Body Lo-Boy Whirlpool for entire body

1320mm

610mm

460mm

284 litres

90kg

Deluxe Lo-Boy Whirlpool for entire body

1680mm

610mm

460mm

397 litres

90kg

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

£3266.82

259

Hot & Cold Therapy

033_EXPT_0257-0264:033_EXPT_0257-0264

23/11/09

17:50

Page 260

Hot & Cold Therapy

Heat Therapy IR HEAT

36 ˚C

Backsure™ Heat Therapy Supports LOW-BACK SKIN TEMPERATURE

• Backsure: A unique evidence based concept, shown effective in independent clinical trials1-5. • Trials were double blind, randomised, placebo controlled. • The patented material provides continuous therapeutic heat by reflecting the body’s own heat (infrared) back to the target joint.

• Provides heat therapy whilst support is provided through proprioception. • Lightweight, unobtrusive. Freedom of movement. • Can be used to ease pain by itself and on top of other treatments.

• The breathable device can be worn all the time, day and night: Effect increases with time and benefit takes several weeks to wear off if use is discontinued.

PERSPIRATION MULTIPLE, SPACE-AGE IR REFLECTIVE LAYERS, YET THIN, LIGHTWEIGHT, POROUS, UNOBTRUSIVE

Warm Clothes

BackSure

References: 1. Munglani et al. Eur Spine J 2002 ; 11 :S29-30. 2. Nash et al. Pain Soc UK 2002, Abstr 115. 3. Atherton et al. Clin J Pain, in press. 4. Petty-Saphon et al, Arch Phys Med Rehab, in press. 5. Mazucca et al. Arthr Care Res, in press.

1 Backsure™ Back Support Indications: Subacute/chronic mechanical back pain when surgery is not due or uncertain. Shown advantageous in independent trials1-4. 40% pain reduction observed on top of medication. Narrow front wings with velcro fastening, allows full movement, and can be used all the time without risk of muscle wastage. Hand wash only. For size, measure waist. 55032901 Small 67-82cm £60.76 55032903 Large 95-110cm £60.76 55032904 X-Large 109-124cm £63.80 55032905 XX-Large 123-138cm £63.80

2 Backsure™ Wrist Support Indications include rheumatoid arthritic wrist pain. Not suitable for manual labour. Hand wash only. For size, measure around the palm. Left Right 55032801 55032802 16-23cm £40.01 55032803 55032804 22.5-32cm £40.01

SHOWN INSIDE OUT (OUTER IS WHITE)

3 Backsure™ Knee Support Indications: Osteoarthritis or knee pain from degenerative changes. Shown advantageous in trials5. 27% pain reduction on top of medication. Designed for freedom of movement without discomfort; gap for patella, no pad posteriorly. Hand wash only. For size, measure knee circumference above patella standing up. 55033005 Small 33.5-37cm £60.70 55033006 Medium 37-40.5cm £60.70 55033007 Large 40.5-45.5cm £60.70 55033008 X-Large 45.5-51.5cm £60.70

4 Thermapen Thermometer

SHOWN INSIDE OUT

260

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

The Thermapen gives an accurate reading of your paraffin bath in less than 4 seconds! The fold away probe protects from breakage. Temperature ranges from –50°C to 200°C. The large digits are easy to read. Test certificate of accuracy included. Heat pan and splint materials sold separately. 09 117 1412 £78.93

033_EXPT_0257-0264:033_EXPT_0257-0264

23/11/09

17:50

Page 261

Heat Therapy 1

Including Paraffin Wax This heavy duty, hospital grade unit includes an energy efficient design with extra insulation; thermoplastic control to maintain a medically prescribed temperature; a safe melt system for 24 hour operation; a larger size to comfortably fit hands, feet, elbows and; CE/CETL listings for quality and safety. Includes 2.72kg (6lb) of triple filtered, therapeutic paraffin. Lifetime guaranteed. AA9713L £149.25 AA9713A BS1363 UK Adaptor £16.98 AA9713B EU CEE7 EU Adaptor £16.98

3 2 Therabath® Refill Paraffin Wax Premium paraffin is specially formulated to provide maximum therapeutic effect with minimal fuss. With a medical grade blend which is then triple filtered for purity. The result is easy to use. For any paraffin bath. Each carton contains 6 individually wrapped 454g packages. AA9713C Wintergreen £27.31 AA9713D Scent Free £27.31 AA9713E Lavender £27.31

3 Terry Velour Mitts and Boots Mitts and boots prolong heat from warm paraffin for longer lasting relief and softer, smoother skin. Made of heavyweight plush terry velour. Lined for maximum comfort and warmth, easy-to-use hook and loop closures, machine washable. AA9713F Mitts - Pair £17.89 AA9713G Boots - Pair £17.89

4 Mitt/Boot Liners Plastic liners make paraffin treatment clean, fast and easy. Extra large size fits both hands and feet. AA9713H Pack of 100 £11.93

5 Paraffin Beads

Rolyan

Paraffin wax and oils for professional use. Rolyan’s paraffin wax is the purest, most refined paraffin in the industry. Since our paraffin wax is medical grade quality, it is extremely pure, which is evident by the clarity of the wax when it is in liquid form. Our paraffin wax and oil is available in four different scents as well as unscented. Formulated to not stick together. Sold in packs of 6. 454g bags. A8192 Unscented Beads £22.00 554184 Wintergreen Beads £22.00 554185 Citrus Beads £22.00

6 Performa™ Insulation Garments

Terry cloth, machine washable wraps to prolong the therapeutic heat generated by paraffin treatments. The system consists of a plastic liner covered by an insulation mitt, boot or wrap (the wrap is great for elbow treatments). One size fits most adults. A81983 Mitt £14.72 A81981 Boot £14.72 A81982 Wrap £14.72 A81980 100 Protective Liners £9.32

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

WINTERGREEN

WINTERGREEN CITRUS

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

261

Hot & Cold Therapy

1 Therabath® Paraffin Bath

033_EXPT_0257-0264:033_EXPT_0257-0264

23/11/09

17:50

Page 262

Hot & Cold Therapy

Heat Therapy 1

1 Wheateeze Full Back Pack

This pack opens out to cover the whole back giving gentle warming heat over a large area. Excellent for long car journeys. The velcro down each side allows the pack to be secured together as a roll forming a “Muff”. Ideal for warming and soothing the hands. 016348 Weight 2.50kg Overall Size 50 x 43cm £28.38

2 Wheateeze Relief Pack Ideal for the neck and shoulder areas where stress and tension accumulate. The Relief Pack is so versatile that it moulds itself to most areas of the body. 016347 40 x 16cm £10.67

3 Wheateeze Lower Back Pack 4

Not Illustrated

The Wheateeze lower back pack as the name suggests is for the lower lumbar region. The design of the lower back pack, which can fold down the middle allows the pack to mould around various parts of the body; knees shoulders and thighs, relieving stresses and strains of everyday tension 015681 Weight 1.5kg Overall Size 27 x 27cm £17.02

4 Vulkan® Sports Balm More economical than traditional heat rubs, this pre-sport heat rub comes in a handy size for kit bags and a larger size for the treatment room. 002931 175ml £3.03 002930 560ml £7.22

5 Vulkan® Re-usable Cold/Hot Pack From the fridge to the microwave, this versatile pack with extra protective sleeve stays flexible whatever the temperature. Conforms well to body contours. 002932 £2.15

6 HeatBands™ Hand Warmers 6

Raynauds Association approved. HeatBands™ Hand Warmers are ultra thin lightweight wristbands designed to prevent cold hands without the use of drugs, chemicals or activation ingredients. HeatBands™ work by utilsing the body's own heat. Each wristband has a waterproof outer surface and a skin safe absorbent inner with a heat reflective core. HeatBands™ insulate the blood vessels that lie close to the skin’s surface at the wrist and reflect the body's own heat back to that area. Neutral colour for discreet wear. 09 118 4761 Pack 14 £5.00 £8.00 09 118 4779 Pack 60

NEW

7 Deep Heat Spray 000410

150ml

£3.70

8 Fast Aid Heat Pads 001336

9.5 x 13cm

£1.88

9 Deep Heat Rub 8

262

000411

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

100g

£4.42

033_EXPT_0257-0264:033_EXPT_0257-0264

23/11/09

17:50

Page 263

Acupuncture 264 - 265 Needles 265 Accessories 266 - 267 Electro Acupuncture Education 269 • Books 269 • Charts 270 • Models

According to traditional Chinese philosophy, our health depends on the state of the body’s vital energy, or Qi. A smooth and balanced flow is associated to a healthy state of the individual, acupuncture is fundamental in achieving this. We offer a wide range of needles and educational tools to provide you with the tools you require.

Seirin Needles For full range see page 264

033_EXPT_0257-0264:033_EXPT_0257-0264

23/11/09

17:51

Page 264

Acupuncture

Needles 1 Classic Plus Acupuncture Needles

The most popular variety of acupuncture needle. Traditional coil and loop, copper handle, pain free insertion, silicon free and individual guide tube. Excellent value. Each size supplied in box of 100. Diameter 09 116 2502 13 x 0.20mm £7.55 09 116 2510 13 x 0.22mm £7.55 09 116 2528 25 x 0.20mm £7.55 09 116 2536 25 x 0.22mm £7.55 09 116 2544 25 x 0.25mm £7.55 09 116 2551 25 x 0.28mm £7.55 09 116 2569 25 x 0.30mm £7.55 09 116 2577 40 x 0.22mm £7.55 09 116 2585 40 x 0.25mm £7.55 09 116 2593 40 x 0.28mm £7.55 09 116 2601 40 x 0.30mm £7.55 09 116 2619 50 x 0.25mm £7.55 09 116 2627 50 x 0.30mm £7.55 09 116 2635 70 x 0.25mm £7.55 09 116 2643 70 x 0.30mm £7.55 09 116 2650 90 x 0.30mm £7.55

2 Seirin B Acupuncture Needle

SEIRIN B Type acupuncture needles have been the leading disposable needles. They are made of special stainless steel and ground to diamond sharpness, polished three times and have a micro-thin silicone coating, making needle insertion particularly easy and gentle. Without guide tube. Box of 100. 010465 15 x 0.20mm Blue £9.90 010466 30 x 0.30mm Brown £9.90 010467 40 x 0.25mm Violet £9.90 010468 50 x 0.30mm Brown £9.90 010469 50 x 0.35mm Black £9.90

3 Seirin J Acupuncture Needles SEIRIN J-Type acupuncture needles is ensured by the guide tube in which this needle is supplied. The rounded edges of the tube allow comfortable, painless positioning of the needle. J-Type needles are ultra-fine and made of stainless steel, so that they only require slight pressure to penetrate the skin, achieved by gentle tapping. With guide tube. Box of 100. 009769 30 x 0.16mm £10.45 018717 30 x 0.20mm £10.45 018720 30 x 0.25mm £10.45 018719 40 x 0.20mm £10.45 009770 40 x 0.25mm £10.45 009771 50 x 0.30mm £10.45

4 Dong Bang DB100 Needles Spring handled needles packed with one needle per blister. With guide tube. 100 Needles per box. Length Diameter S2850 DB100 15mm 0.20mm £4.99 S2851 DB100 15mm 0.25mm £4.99 S2852 DB100 30mm 0.20mm £4.99 S2853 DB100 30mm 0.25mm £4.99 S2854 DB100 30mm 0.30mm £4.99 S2855 DB100 40mm 0.25mm £4.99 S2856 DB100 40mm 0.30mm £4.99 S2857 DB100 50mm 0.25mm £4.99 S2858 DB100 50mm 0.30mm £4.99

264

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

034_EXPT_0265-0272:034_EXPT_0265-0272

23/11/09

17:51

Page 265

Needles & Accessories 1

2 Qi Master Acupuncture Needles Traditional craftsmanship, ultra light materials, pain free insertion, silicon free and Individual guide tube. Each size supplied in box of 100. Length Diameter 09 116 2387 15mm 0.16mm £10.96 09 116 2395 30mm 0.16mm £10.96 09 116 2403 15mm 0.18mm £10.96 09 116 2411 30mm 0.18mm £10.96 09 116 2429 15mm 0.20mm £10.96 09 116 2437 30mm 0.20mm £10.96 09 116 2445 40mm 0.20mm £10.96 09 116 2452 30mm 0.22mm £10.96 09 116 2460 40mm 0.22mm £10.96 09 116 2478 30mm 0.25mm £10.96 09 116 2486 40mm 0.25mm £10.96

3 Acupuncture Starter Pack Contains the most popular sizes of needles, acupuncture body model, sharp box, medi-swabs and Vaccaria Seeds. Great for beginners. 09 116 2494 £101.35

4 Pre-Injection Swabs Alco-tip swabs supplied in packs of 100 used for hygienic preparation. 09 116 2726 £6.53

5 Instrument Trays Used to keep your working environment safe and hygienic. 09 116 2668 Small 175 x 125 x 25mm £11.81 09 116 2676 Medium 225 x 175 x 20mm £21.35 09 116 2684 Large 370 x 270 x 50mm £30.89

6 Sharps Bins Available in four different sizes, enable the therapist to safely dispose of used needles. 09 116 2692 0.5 litres £7.16 09 116 2734 0.645 litres £10.73 09 116 2700 1.63 litres £13.12 09 116 2718 6 litres £21.35

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

265

Acupuncture

1 Dong Bang DB102 Needles Spring handled needles packed with one needle per blister. Without guide tube. 100 needles per box. Length Diameter S2860 15mm 0.18mm £3.49 S2861 15mm 0.20mm £3.49 S2862 15mm 0.25mm £3.49 S2863 25mm 0.20mm £3.49 S2864 30mm 0.18mm £3.49 S2865 30mm 0.20mm £3.49 S2867 30mm 0.25mm £3.49 S2868 40mm 0.20mm £3.49 S2869 40mm 0.25mm £3.49 S2870 40mm 0.30mm £3.49 S2871 50mm 0.30mm £3.49

034_EXPT_0265-0272:034_EXPT_0265-0272

23/11/09

17:51

Page 266

Acupuncture

Electro Acupuncture 1 Acu-Stim (Plus TENS)

The NeuroTrac TENS and AcuStim is an advanced and modern digital dual channel TENS and Acupuncture unit featuring 16 built in and 3 custom programmes. Four different treatment modes provide maximum flexibility for pain relief. The unit comes with an additional AcuStim probe and a pain management booklet. In addition, the wand provides sound feedback when an Acupuncture point is located. Suitable for all types of pain relief. Features • 12 Built in TENS programmes for ease of use • 4 AcuStim Acupuncture programmes • 2 Customisable constant mode programmes • 1 Customisable Acupuncture programme • Ability to lock the unit • Records time in use and average current • User friendly •Compact, light and reliable AcuStim Probe The NeuroTrac™ TENS and AcuStim unit can be easily changed from a Transcutaneous Nerve to a versatile surface Acupuncture Stimulator by attaching the AcuStim Probe to the connector in the top of the TENS unit. Standard Accessories Carry case, probe, 2 x patient leads. 1 x battery, 1 x pack of Self-Adhesive electrodes, operating instructions. Technical Specification Base unit : Internally powered (9V PP3) Channels : 2 (isolated) outputs Time setting : Totally variable from 1min to 12 hours and also continuous Waveform : Asymmetrical, rectangular bi-phasic with zero DC current Output intensity : 80mA peak 3 pulse modes : Burst, modulation and continuous Pulse frequencies : 2 to 200Hz Pulse duration : 50 - 300 microseconds Weight : 72 grams excluding battery Dimensions : Width 6.3cm, depth 3cm, height 10.5cm Warranty: 2 years - unit only S2948 Acu-Stim (plus TENS) £83.70

2 Pointer Plus Excel An Acupuncture Stimulator without needle, the digital display helps the user to locate the most accurate acupuncture or trigger point easily. It incorporates an effective push button stimulation feature which may be used for the immediate treatment of the point or area right after its detection. As the number in the display increases with the lowering of the electric resistance of the skin, and when a maximum number is reached, an acupuncture point is detected. In addition, the device comes with adjustable frequency from 1 - 16 Hz, and polarity reversal switch (for setting tonification or sedation.) It has a similar function to a TENS unit which stimulates nerves electrically by transmitting current through the skin to relieve some type of pain such as chronic, acute and post-operative pain. Accessories: 2 detection/stimulation probes, 1 hard carrying case, 1 spare grounding pole & 1 instruction manual. Specification Frequency: 1 - 16Hz adjustable +/- 20% Pulse width: 220us +/- 20% Wave form: Continuous Wave shape: Biphasic square wave Output Current: Micro current, blue zone on dial (0.2mA) 2 to 22mA adjustable (black zone on dial) +/-20% (on 500 ohm loading) Power: 9v battery MDD: CE0197 Dimensions: 22.5 x 5 x 3.8cm Weight: 90g (body only) S2951 Pointer Plus Excel £132.00

3 Electro Acupuncture Leads Gold plated clips attach to the acupuncture needle. The other end of the leads is terminated in a 2mm socket, suitable for connection to a variety of electro-stimulation machines. S2952 Electro acupuncture leads (Pair) £5.25

266

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

034_EXPT_0265-0272:034_EXPT_0265-0272

23/11/09

17:51

Page 267

Electro Acupuncture 1

2 AWQ-104E Multiple Acupuntoscope Four output channels (connects to 8 needles). New IC circuitry, no cross over. Polarity reversal switch for each channel. Sensitive point location with both light & sound indications. E-E/APD treatment and location switch. Popular model for students and acupuncture practitioners. • E-E / APD treatment and location switch • High / Low voltage switch: low for needles; high for TENS • Continuous, intermittent, and dense-disperse (modulated) wave forms • Two frequency range settings: 0 to 120 and 0 to 1200Hz. • Compact and portable Accessories: Acu-pointer probes and hand grip electrodes, 4 connecting wires with needle clip Specification: Frequency: 0 to 120 Hz at (1) position 0 to 1200 Hz at (10) position Voltage: 180V p-p Wave form: Adjustable, dense-disperse, and intermittent Wave shape: Biphasic square pulse with negative pole Pulse width: +ve pulse 0.4 msec. Power: 9v battery with easy insertion design MDD: CE0197 Dimensions: 14.4 x 10.5 x 6cm Weight: 330g (body only) 221391 £143.17

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

267

Acupuncture

1 ES-160 Electro-Acupuncture Stimulation Unit The latest most advanced technology, 6-output unit. Compact, attractive, lightweight, sturdy, and desk size. Provides 8 stimulation modes, saves 5 previous treatment parameters, and incorporates 16 programmable memory settings. Three LCD displays show point search sensitivity, frequency (Hz), pulse width (Ìs), program modes, memory data, treatment time (minutes), and battery life. The hand probe includes a search-to-treat push button selector on the probe itself. Point location is indicated on the LCD display and is regulated with the sensitivity dial. Also allows measurement and storage of Ryodororaku points (6, 12, or 21 volts). Safety features include self-test, zero start, automatic power-off if unit is left unused for 5 minutes, sound on/off function, emergency stop button, tone signalling end of treatment, and high/low (H/L) switch on side of unit. Accessories include search/stimulation probe, 6 electrode cords (assorted colours), 12 alligator clip-on (6 red/6 black), and operation manual. Specification Output channels: 6 (stimulates 12 points) Low (L switch) 0 to 8 volts, 0 to 16mA (milliamp) Volts & current: High (H switch) 0 to 16 volts, 0 to 32mA Pen probe: 0 to 24 volts, 0 to 48mA Pulse shape: symmetric, bi-phasic square wave Pulse width: 50 to 400 us, adjustable Pulse mode/frequency:Constant 0.5 * 0.7 * 1 to 500Hz Burst: 0.5 * 0.7 * 1 to 7 bursts (carrier freq 100Hz) Surge: on time 4 sec, off time 6 sec (carrier freq 5 to 500Hz) Fast-Slow: 1 to 500Hz Sweep: 1 to 500Hz Random prog. 1: 1 to 6Hz, preset program Random prog. 2: 30 to 100Hz, preset program Random prog. 3: 2 to 100Hz, preset program Timer: 0 to 60 minutes Skin impedance LCD meter (0 to 200 scale) with monitoring: sound on/off function Power source: 4 standard 1.5 volt C batteries (meter displays battery life) Frequency indicator: LCD meter with sound on/off Size, Weight: 24cm x 18cm x 5cm, 560 grams S2949 £395.00

034_EXPT_0265-0272:034_EXPT_0265-0272

23/11/09

17:51

Page 268

Acupuncture

Education 1

1 Teach Yourself Acupuncture: Dr Paul Weaver

A beginners guide to acupuncture, this book offers clear and simple methodology for defining and administering acupuncture therapy for everyday conditions. 001414 £11.01

2 Acupuncture in Physiotherapy: Val Hopwood This book allows readers to extend their practice by increasing their understanding of acupuncture and indicating where and how it will benefit their patients. Unlike many obscure acupuncture texts, this book makes the assimilation of knowledge of Chinese language and medical philosophies easy. 018721 £25.35

3 Acupuncture - Treatment of

Musculoskeletal Conditions By Chris Norris MSc MCSP MBAcC. Links practical physiotherapy techniques with acupuncture. Principles of TCM / The Zang Fu organs / Meridians / Acupuncture and Pain Relief / Acupuncture Points / Patient Questioning and Point Selection / Acupuncture Treatment Methods / Treatment Protocols for the lower limb, upper limb, back and trunk. 2001, 192 pages. S4001 £39.95

4 Acupuncture Pocketbook

By Chris Norris MSc MCSP MBAcC. Shows the most commonly used acupuncture points, using clear colour line drawings throughout. Over 188 separate points are shown, with anatomical location, uses and needling methods. Important surface anatomy relations are clearly illustrated, and points are shown in regions for ease of selection. At the end of the book, tables list point categories. A general index is provided together with a separate points index. Tabs at the page edges make point finding easy, and the book comes in a high quality satin finish paper for durability. 2005, 104 pages. 221518 £13.64

5 Electro-acupuncture -

A Practical Manual and Resource

By David F. Mayor. This book presents an overview of the theoretical foundations of electroacupuncture, together with experimental and clinical evidence for its efficacy. It also provides guidance on the effective clinical practice of electroacupuncture, illustrated with informative case histories. It serves as an excellent introduction on the subject, covering all the key information a beginning practitioner would need to know, as well as exploring avenues for advanced practice. The accompanying CD-ROM is an ideal research tool, providing searchable chapters from the book as well as an extensive database of more than 8,000 clinical trials that can be accessed via the CD-ROM or through a companion website. S4017 £52.00

6 Handbook of Acupuncture in the Treatment of

Musculoskeletal Conditions By Lu Shaojie. This pioneering and practical handbook presents the author's unique clinical experience in the assessment and acupuncture treatment of 63 musculoskeletal and soft tissue conditions and also provides valuable clinical notes offering an insight into the treatment involved. 221529 £37.79

268

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

034_EXPT_0265-0272:034_EXPT_0265-0272

23/11/09

17:51

Page 269

Education 1

£66.59

2 The Points And Meridians of Acupuncture Chart The chart concentrates on channel-point positions but also includes the major extra points, with contraindications. It provides a professional level of detail in an attractive convenient and inexpensive format. Chart size 58 x 91cm. 001099 £31.87

3 Trigger Point Chart Set: Torso and Extremities One single chart based on the classical point locations found in Dr. So's Book of Acupuncture Points. A full colour laminated chart which combines three large separate views and many smaller on a single large format. Size 58.5 x 91.5cm (23 x 36"). 001100 £39.96

4 Travell & Simons’ Trigger Point Pain Patterns

Charts Parts 1 & 2 A set of two laminated wall charts. Sold as a 2 piece set only. Size 96 x 71cm (38 x 28"). 221395 £62.00

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

269

Acupuncture

1 Acupuncture Chart Set Set of 4 charts. Chart size 53 x 112cm. 001096

034_EXPT_0265-0272:034_EXPT_0265-0272

23/11/09

17:51

Page 270

Acupuncture

Education 1

1 Deluxe Acupuncture Model

A colourful plaster model depicts the 12 Primary channels, the Eight Extraordinary channels and the paraspinal “Hwa To” points on the left side, with “cun” markers for easy evaluation of distances between points. The right side is a subcutaneous view of the neural, circulatory and muscular structures. Includes a key card showing and naming each acupoint. Size: 86.5cm (34") tall. 221393 £79.00

2 Acupuncture and Anatomical Model The right half of the model shows the muscle and the left half shows the points in standard Western numerical system, i.e. ST36; RN12. 010471 £144.02

3 Human Body Model A 50cm tall human body model of soft lustrous vinyl mounted on a wooden base. Shows numbers and courses of meridans, including extra meridan points. A manual included shows points in English & Chinese. 011631 £24.20

270

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

034_EXPT_0265-0272:034_EXPT_0265-0272

23/11/09

17:51

Page 271

Compression Therapy Supplies 272 - 273 Compression Therapy Units 274 - 277 Oedema & Pressure Supports 278 - 280 Scar Management

Oedema Gloves For full range see page 275

034_EXPT_0265-0272:034_EXPT_0265-0272

23/11/09

17:51

Page 272

Compression Therapy Supplies

Compression Therapy Units 1 Pulse Press Multi 3 Channel

Specially designed for home use, this easy to use unit can be used to reduce hospital visits and improve patient comfort and well-being. • Compact - unobtrusive in the home. • Simple - easy to use ergonomic design. • Strong - case is manufactured in special plastic polymer for strength, long life and easy cleaning. • Three and six chambers available - for improved results and comfort. • Adjustable inflation and deflation time - for variety of therapies (5 to 120 secs). • Adjustable pressure - for individual comfort. • Digital pressure meter - for safety and ease of use. • Quiet - reliable maintenance free Cyclone pump. • Automatic deflation - fail safe feature ensures that garment fully deflates at the end of the treatment cycle. 012215

£325.00

2 Pulse Press Multi 6 Channel

£675.00

3 Pulse Press Multi 6 Pro

A 6 chamber system that provides gradient sequential compression (pressure is slightly lower in each chamber - distal to proaimal). • Strong - case is made of special plastic polymer for extra strength and long life. • Simple - easy to use controls. • Flexible - single or simultaneous twin garment inflation. • Accurate- microprocessor control ensures feature accuracy. • Adjustable Pressure - for extra patient comfort. • Digital Pressure Meter - easy to read for total confidence and ease of use. • Adjustable inflation and deflation times - for variety of therapies. • Therapy Timer - offers 15 mins to 120 mins, plus continuous run feature. • Automatic deflation - fail safe feature, ensures that garment fully deflates at the end of the cycle. 012217

£645.00

4 Sequential Compression Chamber Garments For use with the Pulse Press Multi 3, 6 & 6 Pro. Pulse Press offer the widest range of compression garments currently available and all carry a six months warranty. Specially formulated lightweight material combines cool comfort with durability. Large pull ring zip feature ensures easy application and removal. Easy clean - soft, flexible anti kink feed hose. Code

Description

010362 009727 010363 009730

Half Arm

50cm

43cm

42cm

Wide Long Arm

60cm

76cm

47cm

Half Leg

60cm

50cm

Long Leg

70cm

74cm

272

Fax: 08448 730 100

30cm

31cm

50cm

30cm

31cm

50cm

£82.00 LONG LEG

£149.00

www.mobilisrolyan.com

035_EXPT_0273-0280:035_EXPT_0273-0280

23/11/09

17:51

Page 273

Compression Therapy Compression Therapy Supplies

Compression Hosiery It is essential for hosiery to fit well in order to provide the correct compression. The range has been designed to allow greater sizing flexibility, reducing the requirement for made to measure prescription stockings. A healthcare professional should assess and measure the wearers’ legs to ensure the most appropriate size of hosiery is supplied for use. The compression range is based around three classes of compression.

1 Class I - Light Support

(Compression at Ankle - 14 to17mmHg) Indications - superficial or early varices, varicosis during pregnancy, swollen or aching legs and ankles. Suitable for long distance travel. Class I Below Knee - Closed Toe 09 117 9803 Small £11.07 09 117 9811 Medium £11.07 09 117 9829 Large £11.07 09 117 9837 X-Large £11.07

2 Class II - Medium Support

(Compression at Ankle - 18 to 24mmHg) Indications - varices of medium severity, venous leg ulcer treatment and prevention of recurrence, mild oedema, varicosis during pregnancy. Suitable for long distance travel. Class II Below Knee - Closed / Open Toe 09 117 9845 Closed Toe Small £16.47 09 117 9852 Closed Toe Medium £16.47 09 117 9860 Closed Toe Large £16.47 09 117 9878 Closed Toe X-Large £16.47 09 117 9886 Open Toe Small £15.34 09 117 9894 Open Toe Medium £15.34 09 117 9902 Open Toe Large £15.34 09 117 9928 Open Toe X-Large £15.34 Class II Thigh Length - Closed / Open Toe 09 117 9936 Closed Toe Small £18.75 09 117 9951 Closed Toe Medium £18.75 09 117 9969 Closed Toe Large £18.75 09 117 9985 Closed Toe X-Large £18.75 09 117 9993 Open Toe Small £17.60 09 118 0009 Open Toe Medium £17.60 09 118 0025 Open Toe Large £17.60 09 118 0033 Open Toe X-Large £17.60

BELOW KNEE - CLOSED TOE

BELOW KNEE - OPEN TOE

THIGH LENGTH - CLOSED TOE

THIGH LENGTH - OPEN TOE

3 Class III - Strong Support

(Compression at Ankle - 25 to 35mmHg) Indications - gross varices, post thrombotic venous insufficiency, gross oedema, venous leg ulcer treatment and prevention of recurrence. Class III Below Knee - Closed / Open Toe 09 118 0041 Closed Toe Small £19.88 09 118 0058 Closed Toe Medium £19.88 09 118 0066 Closed Toe Large £19.88 09 118 0074 Closed Toe X-Large £19.88 09 118 0082 Open Toe Small £18.75 09 118 0090 Open Toe Medium £18.75 09 118 0108 Open Toe Large £18.75 09 118 0116 Open Toe X-Large £18.75 Class III Thigh Length - Closed / Open Toe 09 118 0124 Closed Toe Small £24.42 09 118 0132 Closed Toe Medium £24.42 09 118 0140 Closed Toe Large £24.42 09 118 0157 Closed Toe X-Large £24.42 09 118 0165 Open Toe Small £23.29 09 118 0173 Open Toe Medium £23.29 09 118 0181 Open Toe Large £23.29 09 118 0199 Open Toe X-Large £23.29

Hosiery Sizing Information A B C D

Mid Thigh Calf Ankle Foot

NOTE: The The

Small

Medium

Large

X-Large

41 - 54cm

44 - 58cm

47 - 61cm

50 - 64cm

32 - 38cm 19 - 25.5cm 20 - 26cm

34 - 40.5cm 21 - 27.5cm 22 - 28cm

36 - 43.5cm 23 - 29.5cm 24 - 31cm

38 - 47cm 25 - 32cm 26 -33cm

mid-thigh measurement is only required for thigh length stockings.

foot measurement is only for use with Closed Toe hosiery.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

273

035_EXPT_0273-0280:035_EXPT_0273-0280

23/11/09

17:52

Page 274

Compression Therapy Supplies

Oedema Supports 1 Jobst™ Pre-Sized Glove

Can be used for immediate treatment of oedema or hypertrophic scarring. Provides gradient pressure to all portions of the hand. Fits right or left hand. For sizing information, request ‘How to Fit Guide’, via mail or fax. Sold individually. Regular Long A7971 A7972 Small Each £35.56 A7973 A7974 Medium Each £35.56 A7975 A7976 Large Each £35.56

2 Bio-Form Pressure Glove Helps control edema and hypertrophic scarring. Smooth elastic for a comfortable fit. Open finger tips for sensory feedback and monitoring vascular changes. Fits right or left hand. Sold individually. Latex Free. To size measure MCP circumference. 09 117 3582 Small 15-17cm £29.53 09 117 3590 Medium 17-19.5cm £29.53 09 117 3608 Large 19.5-23cm £29.53 09 117 3616 X-Large Over 23cm £29.53

3 Ready-to-Wear Arm Sleeve Lightweight, non-pill knitted nylon-spandex material makes this sleeve both comfortable and easy-to-fit. Graded compression of 20-30 mmHg, with less at wrist and axilla. Designed for mild-to-moderate oedema, scar hypertrophy, and other conditions requiring compression following trauma, surgery or radiation therapy. Hand washable. Beige. Latex free. Ready to Wear Gauntlet. Designed to be used alone or with the Ready-to-Wear Arm Sleeve. Latex free. Sleeve Wrist Forearm Biceps 09 116 6750 Small 14-20cm 18-23cm 22-40cm £60.34 09 103 8942 Medium 16-22cm 23-29cm 27-45cm £60.34 09 103 8959 Large 18-24cm 29-34cm 33-51cm £60.34

Gauntlet 929795 929796 929797

Size Small Medium Large

Palm 15-18.9cm 19-22cm 22-26cm

Wrist 13.5-19.5cm 15-21.5cm 17.5-23.5cm

£56.52 £56.52 £56.52

4 Digi Finger Sleeve Helps control oedema and hypertrophic scarring. Fabric is smooth with a super stretch panel for excellent conformity and maximum comfort. 46cm length provides sleeves for 6 to 9 fingers. To fit, measure the largest circumference of the finger (usually at the PIP). Length 46 and 140cm. 46cm Length A8681 Petite 3.2-4.4cm £20.67 A8682 Small 4.1-5.4cm £20.67 A8683 Medium 4.8-6.7cm £20.67 A8684 Large 6-7.3cm £20.67 A8685 X-Large 7-8.3cm £20.67 A868101 XX-Large Over 7.6cm £20.67 140cm Length A8687 Small 4.1-5.4cm £47.14 A8688 Medium 4.8-6.7cm £47.14 A8689 Large 6-7.3cm £47.14 A86810 X-Large 7-8.3cm £47.14 A868102 XX-Large Over 7.6cm £47.14

274

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

035_EXPT_0273-0280:035_EXPT_0273-0280

23/11/09

17:52

Page 275

Pressure Supports 1

1 Full-Finger Glove Left A571221 A571223 A571225 A571227

Right A571220 A571222 A571224 A571226

X-Small Small Medium Large

Each Each Each Each

£6.57 £6.57 £6.57 £6.57

2 Open-Finger Glove Exposes finger tips for function and to monitor swelling. Left Right A571201 A571200 X-Small Each A571203 A571202 Small Each A571205 A571204 Medium Each A571207 A571206 Large Each

£6.57 £6.57 £6.57 £6.57

3 Full-Finger Forearm Forearm length 36cm. One size fits most adults. 09 118 4431 Left 09 118 4449 Right

£6.44 £6.44

4 Full-Finger Full Arm Length to shoulder 71cm. Left 09 118 4456 Small 20.3cm 09 118 4464 Medium 22.9cm 09 118 4472 Large 25.4cm Right 09 118 4480 Small 20.3cm 09 118 4498 Medium 22.9cm 09 118 4506 Large 25.4cm

3 £6.75 £6.75 £6.75 £6.75 £6.75 £6.75

5 Open-Finger Full Arm Length to shoulder 71cm. Left 09 118 4514 Small 20.3cm 09 118 4522 Medium 22.9cm 09 118 4530 Large 25.4cm Right 09 118 4548 Small 20.3cm 09 118 4555 Medium 22.9cm 09 118 4571 Large 25.4cm

£6.62 £6.62 £6.62

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

275

Compression Therapy Supplies

Oedema Gloves Comfortable, economical gloves provide gentle compression to help control oedema. Made from an easy to care for blend of Lycra and spandex. Sold individually. To determine size, measure circumference of hand through the thumb web space. X-Small 17.8cm. Small 20.3cm. Medium 22.9cm. Large 25.4cm.

035_EXPT_0273-0280:035_EXPT_0273-0280

23/11/09

17:52

Page 276

Compression Therapy Supplies

Oedema & Pressure Supports 1 Vinyl-Coated Arm Support

Rolyan

Easily cleaned with soap and water or a surface disinfectant; ideal for multiple patient use. Also beneficial when providing treatment for patients with excessive wound drainage or who require application of medication. Can be used with terry cloth cover (see below) to maximise patient comfort. 47 x 14 x 14cm. A18610 £68.92

2 Contoured Arm Support

Rolyan

Designed for use in reducing upper extremity oedema. Fits on hemi-lapboard, table or bed without slipping. Arm can be placed in supination, and support can be used as an exercise block. Terry cloth cover (sold below) can be used over arm support for additional comfort. 47 x 14 x 14cm. A1861 £22.86

3 Terry Cloth Cover for Arm Support

4 Functional Foam Arm Elevator 4

Rolyan

For Rolyan Arm Supports A1861 and A18610. Easy to apply and remove. Durable and washable for long term use. A186C £10.01

Rolyan

Combines a splint and an elevating support into one positioner. Anatomically correct foam positioning splint helps reduce oedema. Positions the hand in a resting position, with the wrist in 30° of extension, the MCPs in 60° of flexion, and the IPs slightly flexed. For use in bed or on a half or full lap tray or arm trough. Open cell foam support can be modified with an electric knife for a custom fit.

A1863

Left

£26.54

A1864

Right

£26.54

09 116 2080

Arm Elevator Tray

£17.53

5 Post-Surgical Arm Support

Rolyan

The support eliminates the need to suspend the arm from an IV pole or to continually reposition the arm on pillows. The support has open areas on the sides to allow observation of the extremity for correct arm position, vascular changes or drainage. 38 x 23 x 23cm. A1862 £45.19

6 Leg Elevator

Rolyan

Foam elevator for reducing lower extremity oedema. Gradual incline and tapering allows knee flexion. Larger height used whilst supine and for oedema control treatment. 20cm elevator. 6186 £32.53

7 Hand Pump with Safety Valve Used to inflate Urias Air splints as well as other brands of splints that have a 6mm inner diameter inflation tube. The safety relief valve is pre-set at 35mmHg to assist in preventing circulation restriction of over inflating and damaging the splint. Contains Latex. AA9202A £83.74

8 Pocket Pressure Gauge 7

This is a manometer 0 to 300mmHg, which is used to measure accurately oral inflation pressures which must not exceed 40mmHg. AA9202 £99.31

9 Urias™ Mouthpieces For use when orally inflating air splints 3821M Pack of 100

£29.96

10 Urias™ Filter Bottles The mouth filter crystals will turn pale yellow when moist. They should be changed at regular intervals with a maximum of three months. 3821P Pack of 5 £25.09

11 10

11 Urias™ Extension Tube Connectors An extension tube with connector to aid inflation of all Urias Splints. Length 30cm. AA9276 Each £18.65

276

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

035_EXPT_0273-0280:035_EXPT_0273-0280

23/11/09

17:52

Page 277

Pressure Supports 1

HAND SPLINT

• Inhibit development of contractures in neurological disorders Where a contracture is already present, Urias Pressure Splints may be used to stretch it, gradually reducing the deformity. • Available in sizes for adults, infants and children in a variety of lengths. To determine correct splint size, measure the length of the extremity and refer to the chart below. • Single or Double Chamber Splints. Single Chamber Splints allow all over even pressure. Double Chamber Splints offer varying levels of pressure in two separate individually inflated chambers for specific management of extensor or flexor tone. Baby/Infant AA9271 3823D 3823C 3823E 3823F 3823G 3823M Child 3823N 3823O 3823I 3823P 3823H 3823Q 3823J 3823K Adult AA9271S 3821A 3821B 3821C 3821D 3821J 3823L 3821F 3821G 3821H 3823A 3823B

Splint Chamber Hand - No Zip Double Arm Single Arm Single Arm Single Leg Single Leg Single Leg Single Splint Chamber Hand - No Zip Double Arm Single Arm Single Arm Single Arm Single Leg Double Leg Double Leg - With Foot Single Splint Chamber Finger Single Long Arm Single Short Arm Single Half Arm Single Elbow Single Hand and Wrist No Zip Double Hand - No Zip Double Large Leg Gaiter No Foot Double Small Leg Gaiter No Foot Double Foot Single Full Foot and Leg Open Toe Single Full Foot and Leg W/Sole, Open Toe Single

Length 14.5cm 20cm 30cm 40cm 25cm 35cm 46cm Length 20cm 20cm 30cm 40cm 50cm 30cm 40cm 51cm Length 14.5cm 80cm 70cm 53cm 40cm 30cm 20cm

£19.25 £34.81 £35.07 £34.81 £44.76 £44.77 £42.39

FINGER SPLINT AND BABY HAND SPLINT

£20.71 £35.06 £35.06 £37.50 £36.85 £35.05 £50.48 £47.52 £26.68 £45.42 £38.86 £39.61 £25.49 £26.37

ARM SPLINT

£23.99 £57.50

66cm £56.16 56cm 32cm

LEG WITH FOOT SPLINT

£36.14 £51.02

74cm £59.12 74cm

INFORMATION For our complete range of urias splints, please see pages 42 to 43.

FOOT SPLINT

www.mobilisrolyan.com

LEG SPLINT

Tel: 08448 730 035

277

Compression Therapy Supplies

1 Urias™ Pressure Splints Easy to fit Urias Pressure Splints provide therapeutic, even pressure on arms, legs, hands and feet when used for neurological rehabilitation. Made of a double layer of washable PVC sheeting, each splint features a plastic zipper closure and is transparent to facilitate positioning. They are applied to a client’s limb and then inflated. During inflation the soft inner layer moulds exactly to the limb, providing all over, even pressure when inflation is completed. Inflation can be accomplished orally, with the use of a personal/disposable mouthpiece and a mouthpiece filter, or with the Hand Pump with Safety Valve. NOTE: Inflation pressures should not exceed 40mmHg. Urias Pressure Splints Benefits • Counter abnormal tone development - Applied following brain injury due to trauma or strokes, these splints inhibit spasticity, assist movement patterns, expedite weight bearing and reduce oedema. The dynamic force of these pressure splints encourages sensory recovery by stimulating proprioceptors.

035_EXPT_0273-0280:035_EXPT_0273-0280

23/11/09

17:52

Page 278

Compression Therapy Supplies

Scar Management 1

1 Mini Massager

Compact but powerful massager includes three heads for concentrated massage of specific areas. Cap can be left on for massage over larger areas. Battery operated massager vibrates at approximately 5500 cycles per minute. Battery included. AA9200A £23.74

2 Scar Pump

Use following tendon repair, grafting, when skin adhesions limit motion, or, when active motion, light resistance and scar massage are appropriate treatment methods. Latex free. A8391 £16.79

3 Digital Caps Elastic and mesh caps lined with Silipos polymer gel for scar management, digit amputation and hypersensitivity. Can be cut to size. For use on the fingers or toes. Mesh AA942406 8 per pack £27.51 Ribbed Knit Fabric - Packs of 6 AA942407 Mini - per pack £27.51 AA942408 Ribbed Small/Medium £27.51 AA942409 Ribbed Large/X-Large £31.62

4 Gel Tubing

Similar to digital caps but allow fingertips to be free for function. Mesh AA942410 Narrow £19.71 AA942411 Wide £20.38 Ribbed Knit Fabric AA942412 Narrow £22.66 AA942413 Wide £23.29

5 Gel Tubes Elastic tubes lined with polymer gel padding are worn over an injured or malformed digit or limb to provide gentle compression and lubrication of skin. The tube protects by absorbing friction and conforming to the area evenly. Softens dry or injured skin. Excellent for partial finger amputations to lessen sensitivity, while having a therapeutic effect on scar site. Can be turned inside out and placed on finger or writing utensil as a writing aid. Cut to any length. Hand wash, air dry. AA4572A Small 70cm Roll £38.69 AA4572B Medium 70cm Roll £38.69 AA4572C Large 70cm Roll £38.69

6 Digital Pads 6

A soft elasticated sleeve with a disc of gel containing mineral oil to soften and lubricate skin. Ideal for scar management and to protect against pressure and friction on blisters, corns, hammertoes, calluses, etc. Hypoallergenic and washable. AA4502A Small Pack of 3 £9.04 AA4502B Medium Pack of 3 £9.04 AA4502C Large Pack of 3 £9.04

7 Gel-Care A 2mm thick layer of Silipos polymer mineral oil on a Tricote backing. Self-adhesive. Helps reduce scar tissue. Moisturises and lubricates. Conformable. Exceptional patient compliance. Hypoallergenic, washable and re-usable. Cost-effective. AA9200B 10 x 10cm - Pack of 1 £28.52 AA9200C 14 x 20cm - Pack of 1 £57.02 AA9200D 4 x 25cm - Pack of 2 £47.51

278

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

035_EXPT_0273-0280:035_EXPT_0273-0280

23/11/09

17:52

Page 279

Scar Management 1

1 Dermatix Silicone Sheet - Clear Made from silicone and PTFE, the thin Dermatix Silicone Sheet Clear provides a unique combination of transparency, flexibility and adhesiveness. The silicone reduces and prevents hypertrophic scars and keloids, while the transparency offers minimal visibility of the sheet. Dermatix Silicone Sheet Clear does not require adhesive aids such as tape or netting, making Dermatix silicone sheet ideal for wearing on the face or hands. Dermatix Silicone Sheet Clear can be washed with mild soap and water, making Dermatix silicone sheet easy to reuse. The benefits of Dermatix Silicone Sheets • Convenient and easy to use • Transparent (clear) or silky fabric for optimal level of comfort • Indicated for use on children • Indicated for use on patients with high risk of scarring • Self-adhesive and convenient • Thin and pliable • Durable and washable • Semi-permeable 09 118 6204 4 x 13cm £11.80 09 118 6212 13 x 13cm £27.07 09 118 6253 13 x 25cm £48.91 09 118 6246 20 x 30cm £89.08

2 Dermatix Silicone Sheet - Fabric The fabric sheets are thin, self-adhesive and fabric backed. It is lined on one side with silicone, which sticks to the skin reducing and preventing scars. The other side is lined with silky-smooth fabric, which makes Dermatix silicone sheet comfortable and convenient to use under clothing. Dermatix Silicone Sheet Fabric can be washed with mild soap and water, making Dermatix silicone sheet reusable and easy to care for. 09 118 6303 4 x 13cm £11.80 09 118 6329 13 x 13cm £27.07 09 118 6378 13 x 25cm £48.91 09 118 6394 20 x 30cm £89.08

3 Dermatix Silicone Gel Dermatix is the advanced topical silicone gel, used and recommended by plastic surgeons, dermatologists and leading specialists worldwide, to effectively reduce scarring. It is clinically tested and proven to soften, flatten and smooth scars, and relieve the itching and discomfort associated with them. The gel is easily applied to most areas of the body, including the face, joints and other parts of the skin. It is supplied in a 15g tube and can be obtained with or without a prescription. A 60g tube is also available for those who have larger scars. The benefits of Dermatix Gel: • Quick drying, convenient and easy to use • Transparent and discreet • Indicated for the use on sensitive skin, children and patients with high risk of scarring • Maintains the skin’s moisture balance • Provides elastic protection to the skin • No maceration • Semi-permeable 09 118 6121 15g tube £32.43 09 118 6139 60g tube £97.32

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

279

Compression Therapy Supplies

The industry renowned brand in Scar Management, Dermatix is an effective and convenient way to manage scars and to prevent abnormal scarring. It is also discreet and a positive step to help to restore self-confidence. Dermatix flattens, softens and smoothes scars, reduces scar-associated pain, itching and discoloration, the products offer scar remodelling options that satisfy both clinical efficacy and patient convenience. Available in sheet form (fabric or clear) or as a gel.

035_EXPT_0273-0280:035_EXPT_0273-0280

23/11/09

17:52

Page 280

CLINICAL RESULTS Scar Treatment A total of 47 hypertrophic scars in 42 patients, most of them due to burns, were divided into treated and control areas. Improvement in scar appearance at 2 months.

% of scars improved

Compression Therapy Supplies

Scar Management

93%

Cica-care

12% Untreated

Improvement in scar appearance at 2 months

1 Cica-Care™ Silicone Gel Sheets A revolution in Scar Management from Smith & Nephew. To reduce appearance of scar. Improves patient self esteem. Improves movement and function of scar. Extraordinary adhesive action • No need for tape or bandages • Painless to remove and easy to replace • Can be used where pressure cannot be applied Single sided reinforcing membrane • Prevents gel from crumbling so sheet lasts longer • Can be washed and re-used to reduce possible incidence of skin irritation Release liner • Quick and easy application • Helps reduce hypertrophic and keloid scars For use over closed wounds. To apply, simply cut a sheet to fit scar, peel off protective backing and position gel. For larger scars, several sheets can be used side by side. Release liner allows simple and quick positioning on the required site. Sterilised individually. Sheet size 15 x 12cm (6 x 43/4"). 66250707 Pack of 10 sheets £510.38 66250706 Single sheet £54.56

2 50/50 Mix™ Elastomer Putty

Rolyan

Use equal proportions of blue putty base to white putty catalyst for consistent work/set times. 50/50 Mix leaves no oily residue on hands while mixing. Each kit comes with convenient measuring scoops. Store at or below 23°C. A9581 Net Weight 240g £31.05 A9582 Net Weight 847g £81.76

3 Ezemix™ Elastomer Putty

Rolyan

Instructions illustrate how to judge exact amount of elastomer needed prior to adding catalyst and how much catalyst to use. Thick putty is ideal over areas where gravity is a concern. Kit includes gel catalyst. A9591 Net Weight 220g Kit £22.42 A9592 Net Weight 858g Kit £82.13 Extra Catalyst A9593 Net Weight 20g Each £5.01

4 Fresco DUO 10 System DUO 10 is a bi-compound 1+1 mixable soft silicone. Easy to use, simple orthoses can be made by mixing equal amounts of the two compounds together. The mixture takes around 5 minutes to become solid. After 24 hours, Hardness Shore A 10 is achieved. 09 117 1461 £42.13

5 Silicone Putty Starter Kit

The starter kit is for professionals who want to learn how to use silicones and to try the most popular of the Fresco silicone range. The kit contains soft and medium putties, Reaktol catalyst and a CD-ROM instructional guide. 09 118 8960 £27.52

6 Reaktol - Catalyst A Liquid catalyst used for the mixing of all types of the silicone putty range. 20ml bottle. 09 118 8994 £9.30

7 Spatula Inox

280

Spatula Inox - for liquid silicones' works. Blade length: 100mm. Total length: 198mm 09 118 9000

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

£10.76

036_EXPT_0281-0288:036_EXPT_0281-0288

23/11/09

17:52

Page 281

Therapy Consumables 282 286 288 294 297 301

285 287 293 296 300 303 304 305 - 311 311 - 312 313 - 320

Rolyan Bands For full range see pages 282 - 283

Resistive Exercise bands Therapeutic Putty Hand Exercisers Skin Disinfection Surface Cleaners Protective Clothing Paper Products Massage Complimentary Therapy Footcare

036_EXPT_0281-0288:036_EXPT_0281-0288

23/11/09

17:52

Page 282

Therapy Consumables

Resistive Exercise Bands - Cliniband/Dispenser 1 Cliniband Rolls

Powder free resistive exercise band for strength training or rehabilitation following injury. Available in different resistives. Comes with free a exercise leaflet. Contains latex. Yellow = Light 003638 5.5m 003644 25m 022129 50m Red = Medium 003640 5.5m 003645 25m 022130 50m Green = Heavy 003641 5.5m 003646 25m 022131 50m Blue = Extra Heavy 003642 5.5m 003647 25m 022132 50m Black = Special Heavy 003643 5.5m 003655 25m 022133 50m

2 Cliniband Pre-cut Packs

£5.14 £19.88 £29.75 £5.68 £21.29 £32.45 £5.95 £22.14 £35.69 £7.03 £24.42 £38.93 £7.57 £26.69 £43.26

Not Illustrated

Supplied in packs of 20. 221894 1m x 20 Yellow Light 221895 1m x 20 Red Medium 221897 1m x 20 Green Strong 221896 1m x 20 Indigo Extra Strong 220644 1m - 8 x red, 6 x green, 3 x yellow, 3 x indigo 221872 2m x 20 - Light - Yellow 221873 2m x 20 - Medium - Red 221874 2m x 20 - Strong - Green 221875 2m x 20 - Extra Strong- Indigo 221876 2m - 8 x red, 6 x green, 3 x yellow, 3 x Indigo

£16.00 £18.00 £20.00 £22.00 £23.00 £32.00 £36.00 £40.00 £42.00 £46.00

3 Rolyan Tubing Colour coded tubing for varying degrees of resistance. Available in two lengths. Length 762cm Colour Resistance 09 117 0315 Peach Level 1 09 117 0331 Orange Level 2 09 117 0356 Lime-Green Level 3 09 117 0372 Blueberry Level 4 09 117 0398 Plum Level 5 Length 30.4m Colour Resistance 09 117 0323 Peach Level 1 09 117 0349 Orange Level 2 09 117 0364 Lime-Green Level 3 09 117 0380 Blueberry Level 4 09 117 0406 Plum Level 5

4 Exercise Band Dispenser

£7.03 £8.12 £9.20 £10.28 £11.36 £23.26 £26.50 £29.75 £32.99 £36.24

MobilisRolyan

A quality lightweight varnished wooden dispenser for Cliniband and Rolyan Band. It holds 5 large rolls, one of each colour, on front removing rotating spindles. Wall mountable (fixings included). S9988 £59.99

282

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

036_EXPT_0281-0288:036_EXPT_0281-0288

23/11/09

17:52

Page 283

Resistive Exercise Bands - Rolyan Bands 1

Resistance Level 1

Yellow

Red

Green

Blue

Black

Resistance

Length 5.5m

Level 1

AA9860

£5.14

Length 46m AA9865

£29.75

Level 2

AA9861

£5.68

AA9866

£32.45

Level 3

AA9862

£5.95

AA9867

£35.69

Level 4

AA9863

£7.03

AA9868

£38.93

Level 5

AA9864

£7.57

AA9869

£43.26

2 Rolyan Latex Free Energizing Exercise Bands

A Latex free version of the Rolyan Energizing Exercise Bands. Resistance Level 2

Orange

Lime

Blueberry

Plum

Resistance

Length 5.5m

Level 2

09 117 0224

£8.65

Length 46m 09 117 0265 £41.10

Level 3

09 117 0232

£9.73

09 117 0273 £48.67

Level 4

09 117 0240 £10.82

09 117 0281 £59.48

Level 5

09 117 0257 £14.06

09 117 0299 £71.38

LATEX FREE

3 3 Rolyan Bands Individually Packed Individually packed Rolyan resistive exercise bands in 1.2m lengths. Available in singles or cases of 100. Standard Resistance Level 1

Single 09 119 1949

£0.98

Case of 100 09 119 2160

£87.60

Level 2

09 118 1841

£1.09

09 119 2178

£98.42

Level 3

09 119 1956

£1.24

09 119 2186 £111.39

Level 4

09 119 1964

£1.35

09 119 2202 £121.13

Level 5

09 119 1972

£1.51

09 119 2194 £136.27

Resistance Level 2

Single 09 118 1858

£1.43

Case of 100 09 119 2129 £129.78

Level 3

09 119 1980

£1.69

09 119 2137 £151.41

Level 4

09 119 1998

£1.93

09 119 2145 £173.04

Level 5

09 119 2004

£2.16

09 119 2152 £185.40

NEW

Latex Free

LATEX FREE

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

283

Therapy Consumables

1 Rolyan Energizing Exercise Bands High quality exercise bands at great low prices. Progressive colour scheme is easy to remember without charts. Great for home or clinic use. Progressive resistive bands improve strength, range of motion and co-ordination.

036_EXPT_0281-0288:036_EXPT_0281-0288

23/11/09

17:53

Page 284

Therapy Consumables

Resistive Exercise Bands - Thera-BandTM 1 Thera-Band™ Resistive Exercise Band

With the Thera-Band resistive exercise system, treatment and exercise options are unlimited. Design exercise programs to address clients’ specific needs whether they are in a children’s hospital, nursing home, sports medicine clinic, etc. A full spectrum of colours and resistance levels gives clients positive reinforcement as they progress from one colour-coded level to the next. Thera-Band resistive exercisers are as simple to use at home as in the clinic. Colour Resistance Length 716900 Tan Ultra Thin 5.5m (box) £7.03 716800 Tan Ultra Thin 46m (dispenser) £46.50 716901 Yellow Thin 5.5m (box) £7.84 716801 Yellow Thin 46m (dispenser) £49.75 716902 Red Medium 5.5m (box) £8.92 716802 Red Medium 46m (dispenser) £54.08 716903 Green Heavy 5.5m (box) £10.17 716803 Green Heavy 46m (dispenser) £57.32 716904 Blue Extra Heavy 5.5m (box) £10.80 716804 Blue Extra Heavy 46m (dispenser) £64.89 716905 Black Special Heavy 5.5m (box) £12.98 716805 Black Special Heavy 46m (dispenser) £71.38 716906 Silver Super Heavy 5.5m (box) £15.69 716806 Silver Super Heavy 46m (dispenser) £91.93 716907 Gold Maximum 5.5m (box) £21.09 716807 Gold Maximum 46m (dispenser) £118.97

2 Thera-Band™ Latex Free

Not Illustrated

Thera-Band that contains no latex or natural rubber. Perfect for patient or therapist with latex or other sensitivities. 25m roll Colour Resistance 92717900 Yellow Thin £35.69 92717901 Red Medium £41.64 92717902 Green Heavy £45.42 92717903 Blue Extra Heavy £46.50 92717904 Black Special Heavy £50.83

3 Thera-Band™ Tubing Ends tie together easily with square knot to provide active/resistive exercise. Latex tubing is coded for varying degrees of resistance. 30m dispenser box. Outside Colour Resistance Diameter 716100 Tan Ultra Thin 3mm £28.39 716101 Yellow Thin 7.4mm £31.80 716102 Red Medium 8.0mm £39.75 716103 Green Heavy 8.6mm £45.42 716104 Blue Extra Heavy 9.4mm £52.24 716105 Black Special Heavy 10.1mm £58.40 716106 Silver Super Heavy 11.4mm £70.30

LATEX FREE These products are latex free. INFORMATION For Thera-Band PhysioTools®, please see page 632.

284

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

036_EXPT_0281-0288:036_EXPT_0281-0288

23/11/09

17:53

Page 285

Resistive Exercise Bands - REP Band/Cando REP Band Products now offer greater elastic response, higher resilience and faster recovery than the previous formulation. REP Bands are made from a synthetic polymer and have been skin-tested and proven non-allergenic. They are great for all needs of resistive exercise, including aquatic. They contain no latex or dry natural rubber.

LATEX FREE

• No Latex - Avoiding allergic reactions • No Powder - Clean to use • No Odour - Free of unpleasant rubber smell Resistance Level Light

Heavy

3 Peach

Orange

Lime

Blueberry

Plum

1 REP Bands® Exercise Bands Level 1

5.5m roll 508801

£7.30

46m roll A518011

£43.26

Level 2

508802

£9.08

A518012

£57.32

Level 3

508803

£10.65

A518013

£69.22

Level 4

508804

£12.44

A518014

£82.19

Level 5

508805

£14.06

A518015

£95.17

2 REP Bands® Exercise 3-Pack Each pack contains three pre-cut 1.2m lengths of band in different resistances. 552104 Light resistance Levels 1, 2, 3 £9.73 552105 Medium resistance Levels 2, 3, 4 £9.73 552106 Heavy resistance Levels 3, 4, 5 £9.73

3 REP Bands® Tubing Level 1

7.6m roll 506301

Level 2

506302

£6.49

30m roll 514801

£18.12

£10.28

514802

£36.24

Level 3

506303

£13.79

514803

£48.67

Level 4

506304

£17.04

514804

£62.19

Level 5

506305

£18.65

514805

£71.38

4 Cando® Exercise Band and Tubing Accessories

Webbing handle has firm, padded feel. HoldRite™ hand has firm, hard feel. Door Discs and anchor stirrups fit into door to offer height adjustable anchor. Loop stirrup has a loop on both ends: one for band; the other can be placed around any stationary object (your foot, a chair leg, etc...). Klips™ are used to fasten the two ends of band or tubing. A

AA98252 Webbing Handle - 1 Pair £3.05 AA98253 Webbing Handle - 10 Pairs £26.00

AA98256 Door Disk - 1 Each AA98257 Door Disk - 10 Each

AA98260 Holdrite™ Handle - 1 Pair £3.52 AA98261 Holdrite™ Handle - 10 Pairs £32.15

AA98254 Loop Stirrup - 1 Each AA98255 Loop Stirrup - 10 Each

£0.91 £7.95

AA98258 Anchor Stirrup - 1 Each AA98259 Anchor Stirrup - 10 Each

AA98262 Band Klip™ - 1 Each AA98263 Tubing klip™ - Pair

£2.84 £2.04

£4.20 £38.61

£2.28 £20.90

5 Cando® Low Powder Exercise Loops High quality 8cm wide latex loops are preformed for immediate use. The loops are available in three lengths (leg, arm and full body) to accommodate all exercises. Length represents length of loop when flat. Colour

Resistance

25.4cm (Leg)

Yellow Red Green Blue Black Silver Gold

XX-Light X-Light Light Medium Heavy X-Heavy XX-Heavy

AA98231 AA98232 AA98233 AA98234 AA98235 AA98236 AA98237

38.1cm (Arm)

£2.04 £2.84 £3.52 £5.35

AA98238 AA98239 AA98240 AA98241 AA98242 AA98243 AA98244

76.2cm (Body)

£2.50 £3.18 £3.86 £5.68

AA98245 AA98246 AA98247 AA98248 AA98249 AA98250 AA98251

£3.18 £3.86 £4.54 £6.36

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

285

Therapy Consumables

REP Bands®

036_EXPT_0281-0288:036_EXPT_0281-0288

23/11/09

17:53

Page 286

Therapy Consumables

Therapeutic Putty 1 Rolyan Progressive™ Putty

One putty for a whole range of treatment needs. Begin with soft resistance, adding progress chips to gradually increase resistance. Putty resistance can be customised to fit individual needs. Ideal for home use - patients can progress independently. Eliminates the need to purchase putty in a variety of resistances. Non-oily putty. Base by itself is ideal for low resistance exercises. Non-toxic and latex free. A478201 2.3kg (5lb) Putty Base with 32 Progress Chips £162.23 A478203 2.3kg (5lb) Putty Base without Chips £79.50 A478202 Pack of 4 additional Progress Chips £4.33

2 Sammons Preston Colour Change Putty

SOFT

ADDING PROGRESS CHIPS GRADUALLY INCREASES RESISTANCE

HARD

This non-oily, bleedproof speciality putty provides patients with visual feedback as exercises are performed. Squeezing, stretching or pinching the putty results in a gradual change in putty colour as its temperature increases. Putty will slowly revert back to original colour when not in use. Sold in multiple resistance packages of three 113g containers. Colours (resistances) include: Orange/Yellow (Soft), Purple/Red (Medium-Soft), and Royal Blue/Light Blue (Medium). Latex free. 09 117 0414 Orange - Yellow Soft 4oz £3.46 09 117 0422 Purple - Red Medium-Soft 4oz £3.46 09 117 0430 Royal Blue - Light Blue Medium 4oz £3.46 09 103 6755 Set of 3 £9.35

3 Rolyan Microwave Putty Simply microwave, and putty will retain heat for 5 to 6 minutes. Resistance increases as it cools Colour Resistance Weight 09 105 0756 Orange Soft 85g £4.54 09 105 0764 Teal Firm 85g £4.54

4 Glitter Putty

This non-toxic putty contains bits of sparkling glitter to stimulate the senses while a child or adult manipulates it to improve hand function. Includes two containers of medium-grade resistance putty in pink and blue. Each contains 113g. Latex free. 920635 £10.82

5 Rolyan Putty Containers

These soft, plastic containers will not dent or break. Large quantities of putty can be bought and distributed to individuals this way, saving money. They are easy-to-open and flat enough to fit in a pocket. The lid features a label where client and therapist details can be recorded. Packs of 10. AA9812 £5.68

6 Therapy Putty Hand Exercise Book A 12 page booklet of hand exercises that can be performed with therapy putty. Written in layman’s terms for client use. Ample room to add or change exercises to fit the client’s needs. Pack of 20 booklets. AA9043E English £13.52 AA9043F French £13.52 AA9043G German £13.52

286

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

036_EXPT_0281-0288:036_EXPT_0281-0288

23/11/09

17:53

Page 287

Therapeutic Putty Therapeutic Putty Super Soft Soft Tan Yellow

Medium Soft Red

Medium Green

Firm Blue

Extra Firm Grey

Weight

5065 929910 506501 506502 506503

507199 929912 5075 50719901 50719905

5072 929913 5076 507201 507205

5073 929914 5077 507301 507305

929460 929915 929461 929462 929463

57g

5071 929911 5074 507101 507105

£3.41

85g 113g

£6.22

454g 2.3kg

£64.89

57g

£29.75

113g

Master Pack Sets (Set of 10, available in Yellow, Red, Green and Blue)

507110 507412

50719910 507512

507210 507612

507310 507712

2 Sammons Preston Micro-Fresh™ Putty With the addition of an anti-microbial agent called Ultra-Fresh, Micro-Fresh Putty will last longer than standard putty and provide odour protection. The incorporation of this anti-microbial agent enables the putty to resist the growth of destructive and odour-causing microbes. Ultra-Fresh is an EPA-registered anti-bacterial and anti-fungal agent. Micro-Fresh Putty is non-toxic, clean and non-oily. Designed to meet a wide range of strengthening needs for hands and feet: the putty can be squeezed, stretched, twisted or pinched. Five distinct colours reflect established standards in resistive exercise, but patients can also combine colours to create custom resistance levels. Latex free.

Micro-Fresh™ Putty Super Soft Tan

Soft Yellow

Medium Soft Red

Medium Green

Firm Blue

Weight

5181 518104 518101 518105

5182 518204 518201 518205

5183 518304 518301 518305

5184 518404 518401 518405

5185 518504 518501 518505

57g 454g

£18.93

2.3kg

www.mobilisrolyan.com

£4.01

113g

Tel: 08448 730 035

287

Therapy Consumables

1 Sammons Preston Therapeutic Putty Clean, non-toxic, non-oily and bleedproof therapy putty leaves no colour or residue on the client’s hands. It will not fragment, separate or stick to the skin. With six distinct colours to reflect established standards in resistive exercise, and progress in resistance from super soft tan to extra firm grey. Designed to meet a wide range of strengthening needs, putty can be squeezed, stretched, twisted or pinched. Combine any of the colours to create custom resistance to meet individual needs. Warning: avoid contact with materials eg. fabric, paper. Latex free.

036_EXPT_0281-0288:036_EXPT_0281-0288

23/11/09

17:53

Page 288

Therapy Consumables

Hand Exercisers 1 Digi-Block® Hand Exerciser

Rolyan

Provides comfort and support as CMC, MCP, PIP or DIP joint motions are isolated and blocks undesired motion of the joints. Anatomically designed from firm foam, it is beneficial for increasing joint range of motion or strengthening specific muscles. Suitable for a wide range of hand sizes. Measures approximately 0.6 x 6 x 13cm. A7147 £7.30 550963 12 Pack £52.73

2 Contour Hand Exerciser Washable, vinyl-coated foam with finger placement indentations. Latex free. Small: 6.4 x 8.9 x 1.9cm. Medium: 7.0 x 10.2 x 2.5cm. Large: 7.6 x 12.1 x 2.5cm. 5316 4 of Each Size £37.85

3 Hand Rehabilitation Exerciser Contoured hand exerciser with finger placement indentations. Used to strengthen the hand and finger. One size and resistance. 09 117 0307 £6.22

4 Animal Squeezers These fun-to-squeeze animals can be used for hand exercise and playing. The soft Animal Squeezers are made from high quality, slow-recovery polyurethane, which is both non-toxic and biodegradable. Latex free. 550824 Dolphin £4.33 550825 Alligator £4.33 550826 Cow £4.33 550827 Pig £4.33 550828 Horse £4.33 550829 Elephant £4.33 550830 Panda £4.33

5 Finger Platter A multipurpose therapeutic exercise tool of durable, hard, rubberlike material. Use to treat adhesions, contractures, stiff fingers, arthritis, tendon injuries and repairs. Ideal for blocking exercises. Includes instruction manual. 12.5cm diameter. Latex free. 5264 £10.22

288

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

037_EXPT_0289-0296:037_EXPT_0289-0296

23/11/09

17:53

Page 289

Hand Exercisers Rolyan

2 Gel Ball Hand Exerciser Gel balls colour coded to provide variable resistance training for hands, fingers and forearms. The balls are pleasant to touch and return back to their original shape after each squeeze. Perfect for use in the clinic or at home. Colour Resistance AA9800 Pink X-Soft £2.49 AA9801 Blue Soft £2.49 AA9802 Green Medium £2.49 AA9803 Orange Firm £2.49 AA9804 Black X-Firm £2.49 AA9805 Set of 5 - one of each colour £11.90

3 Eggsercizer™ For strengthening weakened or injured hand, finger, wrist, and arm muscles. Completely washable in warm water. Contoured to fit comfortably into hand. Can be used to help reduce stress as well as increase strength and flexibility. Compressible synthetic rubber material leaves no messy residue. Returns to its original shape when released. X-Soft has slow recovery, great for individual finger and thumb strengthening. Colour coding simplifies progressive rehabilitation. Colour Resistance A90830 Orange X-Soft £5.95 A90831 Green Soft £5.95 A90832 Blue Medium £5.95 A90833 Purple Firm £5.95

4 Squeeze Ball Hand Exerciser Palm-size ball returns to its original 6cm diameter within 2 to 3 seconds after squeezing. A great tool for working off everyday stress, too. 5302 Single £2.71 530212 Pack of 12 £29.20

5 Tactile Foam Balls Set

Rolyan

For hand range of motion, strengthening and desensitisation. Smooth surface. Includes three diameters: 7cm, 9cm and 14.5cm. A4121 £9.73

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

289

Therapy Consumables

1 R-Lite Resistive Foam Blocks

Exercise blocks to help strengthen fingers and hands following injury or surgery. Ideal for use by people who have arthritis. Made of slow-recovery foam - the rate of exercise is determined by the foam’s recovery time to help keep the overly enthusiastic patient from over using muscles. In three resistances for different strength levels and to allow progression. Blocks are 4.4 x 4.4 x 7.6cm. Wash in warm water with mild soap and air dry. Box of 32. A9085 Yellow (Super-Soft) £36.77 A9086 Pink (Soft) £36.77 A9087 Blue (Medium) £36.77 09 116 0480 Green (Firm) £36.77 A9088 Set of 12 (3 blocks of each colour) £19.47

037_EXPT_0289-0296:037_EXPT_0289-0296

23/11/09

17:53

Page 290

Therapy Consumables

Hand Exercisers 1 Basic Ergonomic Hand Exerciser

Rolyan

Provides progressive resistive hand strengthening. Conforms to the hand for comfort and even dispersion of resistance across the palm. Lightweight frame uses clips to block flexion and extension and permits a custom fit for different hand sizes. Includes three pairs of graded, colour-coded rubber bands, which can be changed to adjust resistance, and two clips. Replacement rubber bands below. A3488 Each £6.22 Replacement Clips A3486 Pack of 4 £3.79

2 Ergonomic Hand Exerciser

Rolyan

Conforms to the architecture of the hand for comfort and even dispersion of resistance across the palm. Anatomically designed handle is padded and contoured for a comfortable fit in the palm. The lightweight frame adjusts easily for blocking flexion and extension and permits a custom fit for different hand sizes. The unit includes four pairs of graded, colour-coded rubber bands. Replacement rubber bands below. A3481 Each £9.47 Replacement Clips A3486 Pack of 4 £3.79

3 ISO Dual Hand Helper® For bilateral isometric strengthening, it isolates the muscle tendon units of the hand and forearm without involving upper body and chest muscles. Slanted, padded handles ensure proper wrist positioning. 5248 £12.98

4 Thumb and Finger Exercisers The Thumb Helper™ isolates IP joint movements of the thumb or single digits. Excellent for pinch and opposition exercises, the Finger Helper™ features a wider, two-and three-finger design to isolate IP and MP joint movements. Also ideal for children’s and smaller hands. Stacking pegs allow ROM adjustment. 5246 Thumb Helper £12.98 5247 Finger Helper £12.98

5 Colour-Coded Latex Free

Rolyan

Rubber Bands 85g packs of the graded colour-coded rubber bands used on the Rolyan Ergonomic Hand Exercisers. Each bag contains one colour. All rubber bands are 8.9cm long. 85g bag. Latex free. Approx 134 in a bag. Colour Width A3482 Yellow 3.2mm £5.41 A3483 Red 6.4mm £5.41 A3484 Green 9.5mm £5.41 A3485 Blue 1.3cm £5.41

290

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

037_EXPT_0289-0296:037_EXPT_0289-0296

23/11/09

17:54

Page 291

Hand Exercisers 1

1 Digi-Flex™ Exerciser System

Develops isolated finger strength, flexibility and co-ordination as it builds hand and forearm strength. With this system, the stronger digits can no longer compensate for the weaker ones and each finger is appropriately challenged on its own spring-loaded button. Calibrated springs provide a quantitative tool for evaluating progress. White plastic rack display set consists of five pocket-sized, colour coded units with graduated resistances. Colour coding helps with quick identification and provides positive reinforcement with advancement from colour to colour. Includes pamphlet illustrating different methods of use. Colour Resistance A39715 Yellow 0.68kg £18.39 A3973 Red 1.4kg £18.39 A3975 Green 2.3kg £18.39 A3977 Blue 3.2kg £18.39 A3979 Black 4.1kg £18.39 A39710 Set of 5 with Display Rack £96.25

2 Graded Pinch Exerciser

Rolyan

Designed for graded resistive exercise for increasing pinch strength and co-ordination. Features five different graded stainless steel springs in colour-coded pinchpins. The range of resistance is approximately 0.45kg, 0.9kg, 1.8kg, 2.7kg and 3.6kg. Three metal rods of different diameters accommodate the various openings of each pinchpin. Kit includes a vertical metal rod 95cm high for combining upper extremity shoulder range of motion exercises with resistive pinch exercises. Also includes a total of 35 graded spring pinchpins, 7 of each resistance. Height 22cm. Length 33cm. Width 32cm. A1966 £158.98 Replacement Graded Pinchpins - Set of 7 Colour Resistance A196100 Yellow 0.45kg £18.12 A196200 Red 0.9kg £18.12 A196300 Green 1.8kg £18.12 A196400 Blue 2.7kg £18.12 A196500 Black 3.6kg £18.12

3 Hand Grips Resistive exerciser for advanced hand muscle strengthening. In pairs to exercise both hands simultaneously. 11cm distance between outside handle ends. A8481 Medium Tension £6.76 A8482 Heavy Tension £6.76 A848003 Extra-Heavy Tension £6.76

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

291

Therapy Consumables

037_EXPT_0289-0296:037_EXPT_0289-0296

23/11/09

17:54

Page 292

Therapy Consumables

Hand Exercisers 1

1 NSD Power® Ball

Introducing the unique new NSD Power®Ball Recommended by Chiropractors and Physiotherapists, the NSD Power®Ball is a fully dynamic training - rehabilitation product that takes your wrist through the actual ranges of its motion while simultaneously adding resistance. Its unique 'non impact' properties gently stress damaged areas in a perfectly smooth and balanced manner which cannot be replicated by traditional exercise routines or therapy. It works every muscle in the forearm in every direction, including eccentric - its smooth rolling motion also improves flexibility and blood flow in the wrist but with zero impact on the joints and will help in the prevention and rehabilitation of RSI, Carpal tunnel and Tendonitis. The resistance level generated by the ball is directly related to the speed at which you spin the internal rotor, so you can use your NSD Power® Ball at your own pace and without further risk of damage to existing inflamed areas. NSD Power®Ball is available in a variety of models and features: Classic: Loaded with a high performance 250Hz rotor. Neon: Loaded with a high performance 250Hz rotor, Neon models have an added feature of 6 inbuilt ultrabrite LEDs which glow brightly once the NSD Power®Ball is spinning. Pro: Loaded with a high performance 250Hz rotor, Pro models come complete with an inbuilt digital speed meter. 09 118 9406 A 250Hz Blue Classic £15.13 09 118 9414 B 250Hz Amber Classic £15.13 09 118 9422 C 250Hz Blue Pro £21.62 09 118 9430 D 250Hz Amber Pro £21.62 09 119 1360 E Neon Blue Classic £17.29 09 119 1386 F Neon Red Classic £17.29 09 119 1378 G Neon Green Classic £17.29 09 118 9448 H Neon Blue Pro £27.03 09 118 9455 I Neon Red Pro £25.95 09 118 9463 J Neon Green Pro £27.03

2 Carpal Tunnel Stretch™ Innovative lightweight device for treating carpal tunnel syndrome. Stretches tight soft tissue structures and relieves pressure on the carpal tunnel. For clinic or home use. Left and right sold separately. Latex free. 529001 Right £42.18 529002 Left £42.18 G

3 Thumb Oppociser Exerciser 1

Specially designed to assist in strengthening the opponens. Features adjustable tension provided by rubber bands in two sizes. Suede thumb pad. 925326 £8.38

292

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

037_EXPT_0289-0296:037_EXPT_0289-0296

23/11/09

17:54

Page 293

Hand Exercisers 1

2 Handmaster™ Plus Provides complete reciprocal muscle group exercise for the hand through full, natural planes of motion. It is recommended for improving strength, balance, coordination, speed, and general blood flow, stimulates all peripheral nerves to the hand and allows for unattended therapy. Designed for daily outpatient use to complement the treatment of hand, wrist, and forearm conditions. The Handmaster Plus is great for stroke rehabilitation, as well as the treatment and prevention of carpal tunnel syndrome, tennis elbow and RSI. Each package contains one resistant ball, two flexible cords (for varying hand sizes) and complete instructions. Colour Resistance £16.22 929600 Purple Soft for Early Rehabilitation £16.22 929601 Red Medium for Late Rehabilitation £16.22 929602 Orange Firm for Strength Training

3 Handisizer™ Therapeutic exercise device designed for use by consumers and healthcare professionals alike. Perfect for increasing grip, developing hand/eye coordination in children, or hand rehabilitation. Includes a variety of latex-free bands. £31.36 925327 Handisizer 925328 Latex Free Replacement Bands £8.65

4 Cando® Flexible Hand Bar A lightweight, portable exerciser to strengthen muscles in the hand, wrist and shoulder. Promotes co-ordination and increases ROM. The removable flexion band adds the ability to perform finger extensions. Can be used to perform oscillation movements for neuromuscular and balance training, and for soft tissue and joint mobilisation. Available in five resistances in five different colours. Length 30cm. Diameter 5cm. Colour Resistance £8.98 AA9825T Tan XX-Light AA9825Y Yellow X-Light £8.98 AA9825R Red Light £8.98 AA9825G Green Medium £8.98 AA9825B Blue Heavy £8.98 AA9825K Black X-Heavy £8.98

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

293

Therapy Consumables

1 Cando® Hand Exercise Web Flexion, extension, opposition and supination exercises can be performed using the Cando Hand Exercise Web. Excellent for improving strength and ROM. Resistance can be modified by adjusting the hand position, depth of finger insertion, or by moving to a different resistance web. Four versions are available: low-powder 35.5cm diameter; low-powder 17.75cm diameter; latex-free 35.5cm diameter; multi-resistance 35.5cm diameter. Type Diameter Colour Resistance AA9890A Low-powder 35.5cm Tan XX-Light £17.85 AA9890B Low-powder 35.5cm Yellow X-Light £17.85 AA9890C Low-powder 35.5cm Red Light £17.85 AA9890D Low-powder 35.5cm Green Medium £17.85 AA9890E Low-powder 35.5cm Blue Heavy £17.85 AA9890F Low-powder 35.5cm Black X-Heavy £17.85 AA9891A Low-powder 17.75cm Tan XX-Light £12.44 AA9891B Low-powder 17.75cm Yellow X-Light £12.44 AA9891C Low-powder 17.75cm Red Light £12.44 AA9891D Low-powder 17.75cm Green Medium £12.44 AA9891E Low-powder 17.75cm Blue Heavy £12.44 AA9891F Low-powder 17.75cm Black X-Heavy £12.44 AA9892A Latex Free 35.5cm Tan XX-Light £21.09 AA9892B Latex Free 35.5cm Yellow X-Light £21.09 AA9892C Latex Free 35.5cm Red Light £21.09 AA9892D Latex Free 35.5cm Green Medium £21.09 AA9892E Latex Free 35.5cm Blue Heavy £21.09 AA9892F Latex Free 35.5cm Black X-Heavy £21.09 AA9893A Multi-Resistance 35.5cm X-Light/Medium £22.71 AA9893B Multi-Resistance 35.5cm Light/Heavy £22.71

037_EXPT_0289-0296:037_EXPT_0289-0296

23/11/09

17:54

Page 294

Therapy Consumables

Skin Disinfection 1

1 SAVON PEARLE Luxury Pearlised Hand Soap

A luxury, pearlised, pink liquid hand soap, designed to cleanse and condition the skin. Made from superior quality ingredients to produce a rich, mild foam, with a subtle rose fragrance. Suitable for use on all skin types. Ideal for use in washrooms, bathrooms and shower areas. Recommended for use in offices, health clubs, hotels, nursing and residential homes. 09 117 3624 6 x 300ml £10.28 09 117 3632 6 x 1ltr £17.04 09 117 3640 2 x 5ltr £20.45

2 BIO-DOX Bactericidal Hand Soap A bactericidal hand soap and skin cleanser with a controlled foam level. A thick, clear, yellow liquid made from high quality surfactants and biocides, which is odourless and taint-free. Ideal for hospitals, nursing and residential homes. 09 117 3681 6 x 300ml £13.52 09 117 3699 6 x 1ltr £20.55 09 117 3707 2 x 5ltr £23.79

3 AHS Alcohol Hand Sanitiser

A rapid drying, non-rinse hand sanitiser designed to prevent the spread of contaminating organisms. Proven to kill both gram negative and gram positive bacteria, AHS contains trichlosan, which is an effective, skin-friendly bactericide. Suitable for all skin types. Ideal as a regular-use hand sanitiser in the healthcare industries. 09 117 3715 6 x 300ml £16.77 09 117 3723 6 x 1ltr £28.66 09 117 3731 2 x 5ltr £41.64

4 BARRIER CREAM Medicated Wet & Dry

Barrier Cream An advanced formulation Barrier Cream, which gives protection whilst replenishing the skin. A thick, pink cream made from a blend of skin emollients and conditioners, Barrier Cream is medicated to help prevent dermatitis. Effectively protects skin from cutting, fluids, oils, greases, aqueous detergents and cleaning fluids. 09 117 3749 6 x 300ml £15.95 09 117 3756 6 x 1ltr £36.24 09 117 3764 2 x 5ltr £47.59

5 CARE 4 Replenishing Cream

A high quality replenishing cream, which contains lipids to recondition the skin. A viscous, pink lotion. A universal skin reconditioner, which boasts a subtle rose fragrance. Suitable for use on all skin types, rebalances the natural oils within the skin that are depleted during working activities. Ideal for people working in healthcare or office environments. 09 117 3772 6 x 300ml £13.52 09 117 3780 6 x 1ltr £34.07 09 117 3798 2 x 5ltr £45.42

6 Pumps and Dispensers 09 117 4366 09 117 4358 09 117 4341

294

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Pump for 1ltr bottle Pump for 5ltr Bottle 1 Litre Wall Mounted Soap Dispenser

£2.21 £2.86 £20.55

037_EXPT_0289-0296:037_EXPT_0289-0296

23/11/09

17:54

Page 295

Skin Disinfection 1

STEP 1: Hand Washing 1 Cutan® Gentle Wash This high emollient content soap is ideal for frequent use. Its creamy formula spreads easily and lathers rapidly for high user acceptance to encourage frequent hand washing. Transient micro-organisms are gently removed with the mild surfactant base that is designed to minimise skin drying without compromising cleaning ability. Non-toxic with pH neutral to lessen impact on skin, even with frequent use. Supplied in a hygienic ultra-sonically sealed 1 litre cartridge for exclusive use in Cutan 1000 Gentle Wash Dispenser. AA98129 Case of 6 £29.20

STEP 2: Hand Sanitising

CUTAN GENTLE WASH DISPENSER NOT INCLUDED (SEE ITEM 5 BELOW)

2 Cutan® Foam Hand Sanitiser A unique, high efficacy foaming alcohol skin sanitiser that works instantly to kill micro-organisms present on the skin. Foam spreads easily across the hands for maximum efficiency and will not run through fingers like traditional alcohol rubs. Quick and easy to use with no need to rinse with water or dry with towels. Available in a range of pack sizes: a hygienic ultra-sonically sealed 1 litre cartridge for exclusive use in Cutan 1000 Hand Sanitiser Dispenser; plus portable pump packs for bed-end systems and personal issue pumps. AA98130 1 Litre Cartridge Case of 6 £39.48 AA98131 400ml Portable Pump Case of 12 £52.46 AA98132 50ml Personal Issue Pump Case of 25 £35.15

3 Cutan® Gel Hand Sanitiser A quick, easy and convenient method to rapidly disinfect physically clean skin. Formulated with ethyl and propyl alcohols for mildness, efficacy and relatively low odour and contains conditioning agents to help maintain good skin condition. Quick and easy to use with no need to rinse with water or dry with towels. Available in a range of pack sizes: a hygienic ultra-sonically sealed 1 litre cartridge for exclusive use in Cutan 1000 Hand Sanitiser Dispenser; plus portable pump packs for bed-end systems and personal issue pumps. AA98133 1 Litre Cartridge Case of 6 £34.61 AA98134 400ml Portable Pump Case of 12 £40.56 AA98135 50ml Personal Issue Pump Case of 48 £42.72

STEP 3: Skin Conditioning 4 Cutan® Moisturising Cream

Not Illustrated

Specifically developed for use in healthcare environments, the non-ionic cosmetic formula is ideal for areas where chlorhexidine based skin sanitisers are in use. The mild, neutral pH formula is gentle on the skin leading to high levels of acceptance. It rubs in quickly and easily, leaving no greasy after-feel, and regular use helps maintain skin condition. Supplied in a hygienic ultra-sonically sealed 1 litre cartridge for exclusive use in Cutan 1000 Gentle Wash Dispenser. AA98136 Case of 6 £51.91

5 Dispensers Dispensers are only compatible with the Cutan range above and are available free of charge with purchases from the range. AA98137 Cutan Gentle Wash Dispenser AA98138 Cutan Hand Sanitiser Dispenser AA98139 Cutan Moisturising Cream Dispenser AA98140 Cutan 400ml Hand Sanitiser Bracket

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

295

Therapy Consumables

The Cutan hand hygiene product range encourages best practice to achieve safe and acceptable levels of patient care, through the use of a 3-Step Hand Hygiene Procedure.

037_EXPT_0289-0296:037_EXPT_0289-0296

23/11/09

17:55

Page 296

Therapy Consumables

Skin Disinfection 1

1 Hydrex Derma Spray

Hydrex Derma Spray is a skin disinfectant spray for killing potentially dangerous bacteria and reducing the risk of spreading germs. 500ml. 009205 £5.00

2 Purell Hand Rub Dispenser Kills 99.99% of most common germs that may cause illness in as little as 15 seconds. Use anytime, anyplace, without water or towels. Contains moisturisers and vitamin E Leaves hands feeling refreshed without stickiness or residue. 018279 Dispenser £14.33 018278 1 Litre Refills x 8 £110.00

3 Guest Alcohol Hand Rub This alcohol hand rub contains five hand-care ingredients to disinfect and moisturise the skin. Needs no water. 010368 50ml - Toggle £1.71 010367 500ml £3.98

4 Healthy Hands A refreshing hand cleaner which requires no water, it evaporates through gently rubbing, leaving the hands clean. 004269 250ml £13.00

5 Hand Rub Hibisol

Not Illustrated

Hibisol is a pre-operative surgical hand disinfection and can be used as a hand disinfection prior to aseptic procedures or after handling contaminated materials. 007753 500ml £4.50

6 Wipeaway Skin Wipes Wipeaway Skin Wipes are mildly bacterial skin cleansing wipes that can be used to remove make-up, perfume, after shave, deodorant or anything else on the skin. Pack of 200. 000037 £8.30

7 Ebiox Esense™ Hand Rub 6

Esense™ Hand Rub is a technologically advanced, alcohol free hand rub which is proven effective against MRSA. Esense™ Hand Rub is fast acting and as effective as alcohol based products in reducing micro-organisms yet is free from the skin damaging side effects of alcohol based products thereby, increasing the likelihood of hand hygiene protocol compliance. • Mild, non-alcohol based lotion with low skin irritancy properties • Complies with EN1500 • Complies with PREN12054 achieving greater than 5 log reduction in micro-organisms • High effective anti-microbial protection • Contains moisturisers leaving hands feeling soft and conditioned 014784 017951

500ml 50ml Toggle

£6.07 £1.98

8 Ebiox Esense™ Hand Wash 8

Esense™ Hand Wash is a highly effective anti-bacterial cleanser containing moisturisers and conditioners to protect the hands. Esense™ Hand Wash is highly efficient in removing transient organisms as well as reducing resident organisms to a ‘safe’ level. 014783 500ml £6.07

9 Hibiscrub™ Hibiscrub™ is a pre-operative surgical hand disinfection that can be used as an antiseptic handwash on the ward. Hibiscrub™ is effective against a wide range of Gram-positive and Gram-negative vegetative bacteria, yeasts, dermatophyte fungi and lipophilic viruses. 007755 500ml £4.40 008105 5 Litre £30.00 001901 Pump for 5 Litre £6.02

296

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

038_EXPT_0297-0304:038_EXPT_0297-0304

23/11/09

17:55

Page 297

Surface Cleaners 1

2 VIRO-SOL Citrus Based Cleaner/Degreaser A citrus-based cleaner and degreaser, formulated for maximum cleaning power. Fast-acting to remove even the most stubborn soiling with ease. Ideal to remove dirt, grime, oil, fats, grease, body fat, rubber, from a multitude of surfaces including; stainless steel, machinery, equipment, work surfaces, vinyl, painted floors, ceramic tiles, plastic surfaces and concrete. 09 117 3814 2 x 5ltr £16.22

3 AX Bactericidal Cleaner

A fast-drying, spray on and wipe off bactericidal cleaner for the food industry. AX has been proven to kill salmonella, listeria and other bacteria at a contact time of 60 seconds. It can be used to remove the daily soiling of grease and dirt. Suitable for general surface disinfection. 09 117 3822 6 x 750ml £15.95 09 117 3830 2 x 5ltr £16.77

4 Spray and Wipe This hard surface cleaner is bactericidal, leaves no residue and clings to vertical surfaces for increased contact time. AA98276 £3.57

5 Selsan Selsan is a disinfectant, deodoriser and cleaner all in one. Effective against MRSA, it can be used on floors, walls drains and toilets. AA98275 £8.12

6 Fresh Wild Lemon Disinfectant/Deodoriser

A powerful disinfectant and deodoriser concentrate that kills odour producing bacteria and fungi and neutralises unpleasant odours. 09 117 3848 2 x 5ltr £16.77

7 Allfresh Odour Neutraliser Neutralises unpleasant smells and with prolonged use, can remove them completely. AA98277 £8.38

8 Arosa Air Freshener A ready-to-use liquid air freshener incorporating a long lasting and distinctive floral fragrance. 09 117 3855 6 x 750ml £16.77 09 117 3863 2 x 5ltr £16.77

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

297

Therapy Consumables

1 UBIK 2000 Universal Cleaner Universal cleaner and degreaser concentrate designed to dissolve and float away the toughest grime and leave a spotless finish. Ideal for removing fats, blood, dirt, industrial oils and grease from a multitude of surfaces including; concrete floors, industrial paintwork and painted floors, plastic walls and ceilings, ceramic tiles, plastic coatings, machinery and equipment, stainless steel and anti-slip floors. 09 117 3806 2 x 5ltr £18.39

038_EXPT_0297-0304:038_EXPT_0297-0304

23/11/09

17:55

Page 298

Therapy Consumables

Surface Cleaners 1 Vernagel

This super absorbent powder prevents spillages, minimises residual odours and reduces the risk of cross-infection. It is designed to soak up bodily fluids, such as blood, vomit or urine, and can be used in a urine bottle before use or straight onto a floor spillage. Available as loose powder or in convenient sachets. AA98270 4kg Loose Powder £49.75 AA98271 475g Loose Powder £11.36 09 116 5513 100 x 6g Sachets £35.69

2 Tuffie Disinfectant Wipes Ideal for non porous surfaces where clinical cleanliness is required quickly and effectively. Proven effective against E.coli, MRSA and a range of other micro-organisms. Packaged in a container with foil seal. 200 per pack. AA98273 £7.57

3 Tuffie Detergent Wipes Perfect for use anywhere where general cleanliness is required quickly and conveniently. They will remove dirt, grease and organic matter from lockers, mattresses, bed tables, beds and commodes without leaving residue. Packaged in handy size resealable 100 pack. Alcohol free. AA98274 £5.14

298

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

038_EXPT_0297-0304:038_EXPT_0297-0304

23/11/09

17:55

Page 299

Surface Cleaners 1

• Removes stains and ‘rust’ marks. • Removes other oxide films that cause dulling • Turns stainless steel into ‘as new’ 014781

100g

£12.30

2 Ebiox Ultra P Ebiox is a powerful, safe, polymer-base solution to cleanse to molecular level, surgical instruments and high stick surfaces that need to be surgically clean. Used as a soak and rinse, in ultrasonic baths or spray and wipe. Last up to 16 hours when mixed. It is aldahyde, chlorine, enzyme and phenol free reducing the risk of skin infections. 004243 600g £29.72

3 Phoraid Trigger Spray Phoraid is a general purpose disinfectant and antiseptic that has been developed to destroy dangerous viruses and fungi on hard surfaces and skin. A highly effective, biodegradable, iodine-based product, it has been analysed by eminent test houses and has proven effective against HIV, Hepatitis B, Salmonella, Anthrax, Foot & Mouth and Parvo Virus, amongst many others. 005625 500ml £4.54

4 Hibitane Concentrate For sterilisation of instruments. It can also be used as a general disinfectant of wounds or burns. Prolonged immersion of instruments will cause corrosion. 007754 5 Litre £26.45

5 Cidex OPA Cidex OPA is designed for high level disinfection of heat-sensitive medical devices. It has a shelf life of 75 days from opening if left in the container. 009758 3.78 Litre £32.00

6 Presept Tablets A handy powder-packed tablet, which when dissolved in water produces a solution ideal for instrument sterilisation and hard surface disinfecting. 006938 Pack of 72 £3.29

7 Gigasept FF A concentrate, which when diluted according to instruction is effective against all high risk micro-organisms. A solution remains potent for 28 days. 006734 2 Litre £75.90

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

299

Therapy Consumables

1 Ebiox Ultra SSC Stainless steel reconditioning powder to remove stains, rust marks and dull shadow from the surface of stainless steel. Ideal for reconditioning the damaged surface of stainless steel and reforms the bright protective metal film. • Prolongs the investment in expensive equipment

038_EXPT_0297-0304:038_EXPT_0297-0304

23/11/09

17:55

Page 300

Therapy Consumables

Surface Cleaners 1

Ebiox Trionic

Trionic multi-surface decontamination wipes and ready to use spray provide an alcohol free solution to clean, deodorise and disinfect any washable surface and are proven effective against a wide range of micro-organisms including MRSA and E. coli*. • Alcohol free - can be used on any washable surface • Total cell removal - no residual organisms left to develop into resistant strains • Proven against a wide range of micro-organisms* • Provides broad spectrum, anti- microbial activity • Bactericidal, fungicidal and virucidal. • Safe, convenient and pleasant to use * Independent Test Hospital Infection Research Laboratory. Further information is available on request.

1 Ebiox Trionic Concentrate 014782

5 litre

£29.24

2 Ebiox Trionic Spray 014779

500ml

£4.46

3 Ebiox Trionic Wipes 014780

Pack of 200

£4.36

4 Ozium Air Sanitizer

This spray projects hygroscopic molecules of glycol into the air to keep your surgery smelling fresh. 005401 50ml £5.67 005402 250ml £10.87

5 Chlor-O-Hex Spray Chlor-O-Hex Spray offers fast disinfection of all hard surfaces including spitton bowls, surgery furniture and work tops. It can be used immediately for simultaneous disinfection and cleaning of hard surfaces and does not require wiping as it has rapid residue and free drying properties. 005942 450ml £3.35

6 Mediwipe Drum Wipes for hard surface disinfection containing Chlorhexidine. 000814 Pack of 100 £5.39

300

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

038_EXPT_0297-0304:038_EXPT_0297-0304

23/11/09

17:55

Page 301

Protective Clothing 1

2 Disposable Aprons Disposable plastic apron protects clothing in any environment. 006924 Pack of 100 - White £4.18 006925 Pack of 100 - Blue £4.18

3 Mop Caps Non-Sterile Available in blue. 018652 Pack of 100

£3.64

4 Overshoe PVC Non-Sterile Protects your shoes from spills and stains. 007361 Pack of 100 Green

£5.39

5 Utility Drape 005802

75 x 90cm

£1.30

6 Aperture Drape 005800

50 x 60cm Green

£1.88

7 Contamination Polybags 007378

Pack of 200 Yellow

£9.31

8 Kliniplast Sheet 005803

70 x 90cm - Non-sterile

£0.89

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

301

Therapy Consumables

1 Sterile Gown Sterile gowns are available for all procedures and appoinments. 005818 Medium £8.39 005817 Large £8.81

038_EXPT_0297-0304:038_EXPT_0297-0304

23/11/09

17:55

Page 302

Therapy Consumables

Protective Clothing 1 Handsafe Powdered Latex Gloves

Box of 100. Natural 007903 Extra Small 007904 Small 008767 Medium 007906 Large

£3.96 £3.96 £3.96 £3.96

2 Handsafe Powder-Free Latex Gloves Box of 100. Natural 007905 Extra Small 007910 Small 007911 Medium 007810 Large

£5.17 £5.17 £5.17 £5.17

3 Handsafe Powdered Vinyl Gloves Box of 100. Natural 009514S Small 009514M Medium 009514L Large

£4.40 £4.40 £4.40

4 Handsafe Powder-Free Vinyl Gloves Box of 100. Natural 009531S Small 009531M Medium 009531L Large

302

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

£5.50 £5.50 £5.50

038_EXPT_0297-0304:038_EXPT_0297-0304

23/11/09

17:56

Page 303

Protective Clothing Not Illustrated

Latex Gloves Box of 100. Natural 006934 Small 006935 Medium 006936 Large

£7.15 £7.15 £7.15

2 Microtouch Powder-Free Latex Gloves Box of 100. Natural 006926 Small 006927 Medium 006928 Large

£7.15 £7.15 £7.15

3 Nitrile Powder-Free Latex Free Gloves Non-Sterile Latex Free Powder Free Gloves. Blue 014365S Small 014365M Medium 014365L Large Natural 018533S Small 018533M Medium 018533L Large

£7.71 £7.71 £7.71

4 Robinson’s Queen Charlotte Style Mask 007353

Pack of 100

£6.25

5 Comfit Mask 007563

Pack of 40

£12.09

6 Fibre White Moulded Mask 007354

Pack of 50

£7.67

7 Klinimask 005816

Pack of 50

£12.08

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

303

Therapy Consumables

1 Microtouch Powdered

038_EXPT_0297-0304:038_EXPT_0297-0304

23/11/09

17:56

Page 304

Therapy Consumables

Paper Products 1

1 Cotton Wool Balls

Cotton Wool Balls. Non-sterile. 004112 Pack of 5

£0.35

2 Cotton Wool BP Balls Cotton Wool Balls Sterile 001682 Pack of 200

£2.67

3 Cotton Wool Tip Applicators 007352

Pack of 100

£0.70

4 Kleenex Hand Towels Highly absorbent self presenting towels reduce consumption giving great value. 84 2-ply sheets per sleeve. Large. 001324 Pack of 116 £2.96

5 Kleenex Medical Dry Wipes 005457

Pack of 76

£0.63

6 Kleenex Boxed Tissues This box contains 100 soft, 2-ply facial tissues made from 100% recycled fibre. 000272 100 tissues per pack £1.21

7 Paper Towel Holder 017520

£31.50

8 Toilet Rolls 000271

Pack of 2

£1.03

9 Couch Roll Dispenser

000269 000270

50cm (20") 25cm (10")

£13.13 £10.73

10 Couch Paper Rolls 09 09 09 09 09 09

118 118 118 118 118 118

0264 1429 1494 0272 1437 1502

Couch Roll 10" (25cm) single Couch Roll 10" (25cm) case of 24 Couch Roll 10" (25cm) 3+ cases of 24 Couch Roll 20" (50cm) single Couch Roll 20" (50cm) case of 12 Couch Roll 20" (50cm) 3+ cases of 12

£1.89 £27.04 £23.79 £2.49 £27.04 £23.79

11 Medispat Tongue Depressors 7

Excellent value for money and designed not to split, these tongue depressors are available as standard or in spore-reduced packs for extra protection and safety. AA98269 Standard £15.14 AA98268 Spore-reduced £17.30

304

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

039_EXPT_0305-0312:039_EXPT_0305-0312

23/11/09

17:56

Page 305

Massage 1

2 Omni Massage Roller Omni Massage Rollers target problems such as a bad back or stubborn tension knots by rolling away stress and tension. The massagers are just the right size to pinpoint problem areas anywhere on the body and can provide effective relief and deep tissue stimulation simply by rolling the ball in circular motions. They also work well as an aid to traditional massage, helping to improve blood circulation, reduce build up of toxins, relieve tension and alleviate pain. Colour may vary. AA98265 £17.30

3 Massage Balls When massaged on the body these balls help relieve tension and stimulate blood circulation. Diameter Colour AA90003A 6cm Orange £1.63 AA90003B 7cm Green £1.63 AA90003C 8cm Yellow £1.90 AA90003D 9cm Red £2.16 AA90003E 10cm Blue £2.81

4 Reflexball These firm textured balls are suitable for massage, hand therapy, reflexology and relaxation exercise. Diameter Colour AA9807A 8cm Green £2.98 AA9807B 9cm Blue £3.68

5 The Original Jacknobber™ II A hand held massage tool is used to provide a pleasing and relaxing massage to any part of the body. The knobs at each of its four points can be used to apply deep pressure to muscular trigger points. The smaller knobs provide deeper, more intense pressure. The larger knobs provide broader, gentle pressure. Colour may vary. Latex free. 922286 £9.73

6 The Original Index Knobber™ II Ergonomically designed massage tool protects the clinician’s hand and forearm against fatigue and over use. Moulded in a highly durable polymer, it allows the user to apply deep, sustained, and precise pressure to trigger points and sore muscles. Colour may vary. Latex free. 922288 £9.73

7 The Original Backnobber™ II Deep muscle therapy device constructed of reinforced, polymeric resins. Hook the backnobber over the shoulder or under an arm and use it as a leverage to apply deep pressure to trigger points in the muscles of the neck, shoulders or back. Includes user guide. 922287 £27.04

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

305

Therapy Consumables

1 Mini Massager Compact but powerful massager includes three heads for concentrated massage of specific areas. Cap can be left on for massage over larger areas. Battery operated massager vibrates at approximately 5500 cycles per minute. Battery included. AA9200A £23.74

039_EXPT_0305-0312:039_EXPT_0305-0312

23/11/09

17:56

Page 306

Therapy Consumables

Massage 1

1 Thumper Maxi Pro The professional Maxi Pro Thumper is ideal for 2 person use (eg. Doctor & Patient). A full-body thumper massage takes around 5 minutes, leaving the patient completely relaxed. It has eight anatomically-designed massaging spheres which pivot up and down a full 6mm, twenty-seven times per second. Its large size allows you to massage both thighs, calves, feet or paraspinal muscles at once. It weighs 3.2kg which provides all the necessary force to provide a sensational massage! There is no pressing and prodding, just place it on the muscle area of choice and relax. 09 118 3367 £215.22

2 Thumper Mini Pro2 2

A lot of power in a little package, the Mini Pro2 is a professional strength massager in a personal, self-use size. Using the same patented thumper percussive action, the Mini Pro2 was designed for those hard to reach areas like the shoulders and mid-back. Two anatomically-designed massage spheres pivot up and down a full 6 mm, adjustable from 20 to 40 times per second producing deep penetrating waves to release tension and knots. Weighing only 1.4kg, the Mini Pro2 has three electronically regulated power settings for use on both thick and thin muscles. Use it on low for the rib cage or on children and elderly, where the full size maxi pro thumper may be too overpowering. 09 118 3391 £182.77

3 Thumper Sport Pro

Thumper Sport is considered to be the ultimate percussion massager for home use. Developed for active individuals who need to relax their muscles after exercise, and for those who don't get enough exercise and need to improve their circulation. Weighing only 1.4kg. Thumper's Sport patented percussive technology transmits energy deep into the muscle tissue. With a variable speed control from 20 to 40 hertz that match your muscles' natural healing frequency. It has an ergonomic handle that accommodates all hand sizes and helps you reach all muscle groups. With interchangeable massage heads that let you customize your massage experience. 09 118 3383 £107.07

4 Thumper Versa Pro Versa Pro is a whole new way to release muscular tension and invigorate your tired, aching body. Just rest your feet, calves, thighs or lower back against the Versa Pro and let the healing begin. It has 13 different massage settings, a remote control and 7 auto programs. Self-leveling steel suspension automatically adjusts to different body parts for maximum penetration and relief. 184 acu-pressure nodes are powered by direct-drive percussion and adjustable from 16 to 30 pulses per second. 09 118 3375 £226.03

306

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

039_EXPT_0305-0312:039_EXPT_0305-0312

23/11/09

17:57

Page 307

Massage 2

1 Baselin Massage Milk Non-greasy and specially developed for oily skin. Very suitable for cross fibre tissue work & manipulation. 000182

500ml

000158

5ltr

(1-5) £6.95

(6+) £6.45 £59.99

2 Chemodol Massage Oil Suitable for all skin types. Chemodol looks like a lotion but has a high oil content. Will not stain, water washable. Good skin contact and excellent for general massage. 004576

500ml

004577

5 Litre

(1-5) £6.95

(6+) £6.45 £59.99 A

3 Chemotherm Heat Rub 3

Contains menthol and eucalyptus oil to provide a mild warming effect. Suitable as a pre-sport rub and non-irritant to patient and massage therapist. 004578

500ml

004579

5 Litre

(1-5) £9.95

(6+) £9.25 £98.00

4 Chemovine Hypoallergenic Chemovine hypoallergenic oil is a water washable clear oil it is ideal for use on hairy skin. Will also help prevent hair follicle infection. Pure oil easily absorbed by the skin making it supple. Ideal for skin with heavy hair growth. 004580

500ml

004581

5 Litre

(1-5) £7.25

(6+) £6.85 £64.90

5 Chemoderm Massage Oil Suitable for dry, problem skin. Chemoderm contains camomile oil which helps prevent skin irritation. Also contains Vitamin E, which will help reduce redness in scar tissue. 004582

500ml

000141

5 Litre

(1-5) £10.86

6 Chemolan Ultrasound Gel

(6+) £10.20

£99.99

Not Illustrated

World Standard for Medical Ultrasound Transmission, it is used for diagnostic and therapeutic medical ultrasound. Recommended for all procedures where a viscous gel is required, including Ultrasonic diagnosis, Ultrasonic therapy, ECG, EEG, EMG and Defibrillation. Neutral contact gel for ultrasound and echotherapy. Has excellent conductive properties, is odourless and has a highly suitable viscosity. 015702 5 Litre £29.99

7 Chemodis Hand Care A non-greasy handcream with active ingredients, such as allantoin for cell regeneration and camomile oil and panthenol for moisture regulation. 004597 100ml £5.46

8 Pumps

Pump for 500ml 015701 Pump for 5ltr

For 500ml Bottle

£1.66

015807

For 5 Litre Bottle

£9.95

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

307

Therapy Consumables

039_EXPT_0305-0312:039_EXPT_0305-0312

23/11/09

17:57

Page 308

Therapy Consumables

Massage 1

Massage Lotions prevent the negative side effects of the mechanical handling of the skin during a massage. These lotions are hypoallergenic and easy to rinse off using water. NAQI Massage Lotions are skin-kind, oil-water emulsions with the same pH-levels as the skin. They are suitable for various applications and have specially-adapted lubricating properties. Special Massage Lotions can be developed for dermatological problems.

1 Naqi Massage Lotion Oil rich with excellent lubricant properties this lotion is specially developed for extended massages such as sports massages. Economical to use and particularly suitable for hairy skin. 011147 500ml £8.27 010878 5ltr £38.59

2 Naqi Ultra Lotion

This lotion has a pleasant texture with good immediate gliding and dispersal properties. The lotion provides lasting hydration and protection for the skin and restores the natural skin balance. After use skin is soft but never oily. Ideal for physiotherapy treatments. 011146 500ml £8.27 010880 5ltr £38.59 018177 Pump £4.99

3 Naqi Lotion Light Naqi Light is a non-oily skin care lotion, ideal for short massages. The lotion provides lasting hydration and protection and restores the natural skin balance preventing the build up of rough skin. 011148 500ml £8.27 010879 5ltr £30.87 018177 Pump £4.99

4 Naqi Lotion Plus* Naqi Plus is an oil rich lotion that is ideal for extended massages such as sports massages. With intense warming effect. 010882 500ml £9.87

5 Naqi Lotion Ultra Plus* This lotion provides a moderate warming effect and works easily on the skin. Suitable for physiotherapy treatments. 010883 500ml £6.99

6 Naqi Lotion Cool A cooling and refreshing massage lotion. Ideal for use after exercise and during warm weather. 010881 500ml £8.77

BEST

SELLER

308

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

039_EXPT_0305-0312:039_EXPT_0305-0312

23/11/09

17:57

Page 309

Massage Therapy Consumables

1 Naqi Gel Inflam • Reduces inflammation and pain • Keeps joints supple 018355

500ml

£13.45

2 Naqi Gel Lymphe • Stimulates venous circulation • Prevents water retention • Lightens heavy legs 018354

500ml

£13.45

3 Naqi Gel Cool • Very cold gel • Reduces inflammation and pain 018461

500ml

£13.45

4 Naqi Aroma Gel Plus • Stimulates circulation • Reduces stiff muscles 018601

500ml

£13.45

5 Naqi Warming Up This warm up and oil-free hydrogel protects against muscle aches and stiffness. Naqi warming up penetrates the skin immediately, does not stick and does not stain. This gel is particularly suitable for indoor sports and in warm, dry weather. 018352 200ml £7.22

6 Naqi Body Care

3 4 2

For intensive care of vulnerable and sensitive skin. Naqi Body Care is a high-quality, very effective skin cream which can be used as an aftersun. Body Care may be used on the face as well as the body & feet. • Intensive care for most kinds of skin problems

• Prevents reactions to sugar and protein • Neutralises harmful effects of free radicals • Hydrates intensively • Prevents and reduces irritations • Promotes skin renewal • Slows down the ageing process and yellowing of the skin 018353

500ml

£22.04

7 Myossage Lotion High quality massage lotion that helps to give a soothing and effective massage. Non-alcoholic, non-greasy and non-staining. AA98278 3.8 Litres £21.62 AA98279 237ml £1.73

8 Ultra-Myossage Lotion Formulated with aloe vera, this top quality lotion is ideal for massage or as an ultrasound coupling agent. No menthol, hexachlorophene or polysorbates. Non-allergenic, water soluble and greaseless. AA98280 3.8 Litres £21.62 AA98281 237ml £2.60

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

309

039_EXPT_0305-0312:039_EXPT_0305-0312

23/11/09

17:57

Page 310

Therapy Consumables

Massage 1

1 Vulkan Pre-Sport Massage Black Pepper, Rosemary and Grapefruit are blended to provide a stimulating, refreshing massage prior to sport. Designed to promote muscle circulation and help reduce the incidence of injuries. 0014901 500ml £8.40

2 Vulkan Post-Sport Massage A combination of Juniper, Basil and Lemongrass will provide the soothing touch for muscular aches and pains and will also help disperse lactic acid. 0014902 500ml £8.40

3 Vulkan Therapeutic Oil The excellent relaxant properties of this Lavender, Sweet Marjoram and camomile based oil make it the oil of choice to assist the therapist when performing massage. 0014903 500ml £8.40

4 Ibuleve Gel Colourless fragrance-free gel containing Ibuprofen 5% w/w. For the relief of backache, rheumatic and muscular pain, sprains and strains. Reduces swelling and inflammation. Also for pain relief in common arthritic conditions. 002618 30g £4.40 004094 50g £5.94

5 Ibuleve Spray Convenient spray reduces pain, swelling and inflammation Ibuleve Spray is a clear, fragrance-free spray containing ibuprofen, a proven anti-inflammatory painkiller. The spray is specially formulated to allow rapid absorption of ibuprofen through the skin for effective relief at the point of pain. 004095 35ml £5.24

6 Mueller Massage Lotion 6

Softens & soothes as it disappears into the skin. Greaseless and comes with pump. 010833 474ml £6.56 010834 5 Litre £22.00

7 Mueller Sports Balm Greaseless analgesic lotion for warming pain relief. Great for warming muscles before play and afterwards to help relieve soreness. 010856 474ml £12.08

8 Vulkan Sports Balm More economical than traditional heat rubs in tubes, this pre-sport heat balm comes in 2 sizes. 002931 175ml 002930 560ml

£3.03 £7.22

9 FisioCrem

310

Fisiocrem is a fast working anti-inflammatory cream suitable for use during the treatment of strained muscles, bruising, sprains, tendonitis, dislocations and other injuries. It aids the local circulation and may also offer some relief for rheumatism, arthritis, or venous congestion. Fisiocrem is a completely natural product that can be used in conjunction with pharmaceutical medicine and other physiotherapeutic treatments. It is recommended for use in all types of musculo/skeletal treatment and is suitable for use during all stages of rehabilitation therapy of muscles and joints. It quickly soothes the pain and inflammation of common injuries, bruises, sprains and strains. Avoid open wounds. 09 118 9851 60ml £7.95 09 118 9802 250ml £18.00

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

039_EXPT_0305-0312:039_EXPT_0305-0312

23/11/09

17:57

Page 311

Massage/Complimentary Therapy 1

Tui Massage Waxes A unique blend of Beeswax and Natural Vegetable Oils for a supreme massage experience. Semi-solid formula melts onto the skin and provides a working surface that delivers control, smoothness and a perfect finish without spills, mess and waste. 2 Sports Massage Wax A blend which works on the skin as well as the muscles making it an excellent pre and post event massage medium. It also has a wider use in all types of other massage therapies. Essential Oils of Calendula, Manuka and Lemon. 020661 500g £19.95

3 Orange Spice Wax Slightly softer wax than the sports allowing an easier spread during massage. Gently warming and used in a sport environment, it helps to disperse lactic acid to reduce aches and pains. Essential Oils of Grapefruit, Orange and Pimento. 022005 500g £19.95

Unscented Massage Wax

Contains no essential oils, but in all other respects offers exactly the same benefits as the other waxes in the range. Popular with aroma therapists who love the massage wax, but choose to create their own blends. 020653 500g £19.95

5 Painwave™ X4000 Pulsed magnetic wave therapy system featuring clinically proven technology to give lasting pain relief. The Painwave™ X4000 is a revolutionary new pain management device, which is a totally natural alternative to prescription medication. Unlike TENS and micro electric current therapy Painwave™ does not block pain via pain gateways, instead it reduces and removes the pain and promotes healing at cellular level. Painwave™ treats the cause rather than the symptoms. Painwave™ is a portable hand held device that works by delivering pulsed electromagnetic field therapy (PEMF). 017712 £149.99

6 Painwave™ Muscle & Joint Balm 6

A non-greasy, easily absorbed soothing balm for muscles and joints. This formulation includes added Menthol, which allows it to be safely and easily administered directly onto the skin with no greasy residue. Painwave™ Muscle and Joint Balm offers help to soothe aches and pains whether as a rub for pulled muscles or to ease painful, still joints. 018466 50ml £13.18

7 Painwave™ Muscle & Joint Gel A soothing water-based massage gel for the relief of muscular aches and pains and particularly popular with sports people prior to exercise. It’s clean and simple to use, with only small amounts required to massage gently into the affected area. 018467 100ml £11.01

8 Painwave™ Instant Moisturising Derma Spray Painwave™ Instant Moisturising Derma Spray revitalises and re-hydrates the skin leaving it feeling soft and supple. 018468 150ml £11.01

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

311

Therapy Consumables

1 Dynamint Muscle Balm Essential Oils of Calendula, Peppermint, Teatree and Eucalpytus blended in a gentle aqueous base. Deeply Penetrating, with a Cool-Warm sensation. Perfect for Deep tissue and Remedial sports massage. It's special formulation gives Dynamint its unique penetrative performance and allows it to get to work almost instantaneously and provide longer effect. 022070 Dynamint 30ml £1.41 022071 Dynamint 237ml £8.72 022101 Dynamint 2lt £62.95

039_EXPT_0305-0312:039_EXPT_0305-0312

23/11/09

17:58

Page 312

Therapy Consumables

Complimentary Therapy 1 Weleda Massage Balm

Weleda Massage Balm with Arnica. For muscular and rheumatic pain. 000386 50ml 000387 100ml 000388 500ml Weleda Massage Balm Dispenser Dispenser comes free of charge. 09 125 7948 Dispenser for 100ml 09 127 8712 Dispenser for 500ml

£3.75 £7.35 £33.08

2 Rhus Tox Ointment For symptomatic relief of rheumatism, recommended where there is muscular stiffness or muscle strain. 000381 100g £2.78

3 Ruta Ointment 2

For symptomatic relief of sprains. Recommended where tendons and ligaments are affected, where pain is due to excessive physical activity. 000382 100g £4.69

4 Profelan Arnica Helps with the effects of sports, injuries and accidents such as bruises, sprains, pulled ligament, sore muscles, contusions and bumps. 018426 100g £9.65

5 Traumeel Cream 017522

50ml

Not Illustrated £14.32

6 Arnica Lotion A traditional herbal remedy for symptomatic relief of sprains, muscular pain or stiffness, to reduce bruising and swelling from minor bumps. Helpful as a wet compress. A few drops in a warm bath can help relieve aching muscles. 000383 50ml £4.99

7 Arnica Ointment A traditional herbal remedy made with organic arnica for the symptomatic relief of bruising, muscular stiffness and to help reduce swelling after minor bumps or sprains. 000377 25g £4.41

8 Almond Carrier Oil 001616

500ml

£12.07

9 Lavender Essential Oil 001641

10ml

10 Tea Tree Oil 001647

10ml

11 Bio Oil 018452

7 8 9

312

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

200ml

£4.58

Not Illustrated £4.58

Not Illustrated £22.00

040_EXPT_0313-0320:040_EXPT_0313-0320

23/11/09

17:58

Page 313

Footcare Therapy Consumables

Intensive Care for tired legs Efasit balms, lotions and sprays are specially formulated with natural jojoba and rosemary oils, they also contain an antifungal ingredient. The Efasit range can help: • Soften dry skin and protect against moisture loss • Cool and revive hot and tired feet • Restore life and condition to tired and heavy legs

1 Efasit Intensive Moisture Balm

It penetrates deeply to help smooth and soften dry skin and to protect against moisture loss. 010501 80ml £3.30

2 Efasit Ultra Cooling Gel Formulated with effective and natural cooling properties to cool and revive hot and tired feet. 010503 80ml £3.30

3 Efasit 18 Hour Deodorant Spray Formulated to freshen hot and tired feet and deodorises for up to 18 hours. 010502 £3.30

4 Efasit Power Freshening Crème Formulated to cool and freshen hot and tired feet and legs. It also deodorises for 24 hours, has an antiperspirant action and contains an antifungal ingredient. 010507 80ml £3.30

5 Efasit Deep Care Gelé Efasit Deep Care Gelé penetrates deeply to invigorate over worked and tired legs. Use Efasit Deep Care Gelé regularly to restore life and condition to tired and heavy legs. 010508 80ml £3.30

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

313

040_EXPT_0313-0320:040_EXPT_0313-0320

23/11/09

17:58

Page 314

Therapy Consumables

Footcare 1

Ultimate Foot Care

The CCS range of skin care products are designed to be highly effective and cost effective. Benefits: •

Suitable for diabetics •

Excellent for dry skin •

Non greasy 1 CCS Foot Care Cream

CCS Foot care cream is extremely effective in the control of dry skin and cracked heels. It contains 10% urea, the body’s natural moisturiser which helps the skin to retain moisture and soften calluses and dry skin. It also contains bacteriacides and is lanolin free and hypo-allergenic. Recommended for Diabetic use. 016306 60ml tube £2.26 016303 175ml tube £4.67 016304 1Kg tub £21.95 016301 Pump for 1kg tub £39.20

2 CCS Heel Balm CCS Heel Balm is especially formulated to help control the most difficult case of rough, dry cracked heels. Contains Urea (25%) the body’s natural moisturiser and a high concentration (50 iu/g) of the anti-oxidant Vitamin E. Fast acting and able to exfoliate the skin without the need for pumice, CCS Heel Balm strengthens and balances the texture of the skin and shields it with a non greasy protective barrier. Lanolin Free and recommended by Diabetes Advisors. 016300 75g £4.25

3 3 CCS Foot Bath Salts CCS Foot Bath Salts are effective in the control of dry and rough skin. This treatment foot bath is ideal for softening hard thick skin as part of a regular foot care routine. The 100% Urea formula dissolves easily in water, softens skin and also helps feet feel fresh. Easy to use doses. 018979 5 x 15g £2.89

314

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

040_EXPT_0313-0320:040_EXPT_0313-0320

23/11/09

17:58

Page 315

Footcare

Foot Odour 1 Gehwol Balm For Normal Skin

Not Illustrated

Cooling menthol and natural essential oils. Sore feet and signs of fatigue disappear immediately, tired and aching feet are revived. It also protects against foot odour, athlete’s foot and keeps feet hygienically fresh. Dermatologically tested. Suitable for diabetics. 005568 75ml £3.03

2 Gehwol Fuss Herbal Bath Salts

Not Illustrated

Eliminates foot odour, cools and refreshes tired feet, softens calluses and prevents itching of the skin and athletes foot. 005558 400g £3.75 005525 10kg £49.61

3 Gehwol Med Deodorant Foot Cream Intensive deodorant foot cream with long-lasting protection. Regular use of the mildly moisturising cream gives you odourless feet, protection against fungi and smoothens your skin. 005601 75ml £3.58

4 Gehwol Deodorant Foot Spray Caring Foot Deodorant Spray. 005565 150ml

£4.90

5 Gehwol Fuss Herbal Lotion Eliminates foot odour, cools and refreshes tired feet, softens calluses and prevents itching of the skin and athletes foot. 005527 500ml £18.08 005526 150ml £4.97

Tired Heavy Legs 6 Gehwol Leg Vitality Fusskraft Leg Vitality is a balm for the special daily care of legs and feet. As well as vitalising the skin, it smoothes tired and heavy legs with its ingredients of avocado oil, algae extracts and vitamin E. Hamamelis soothes irritation and prevents wrinkles, preventing problem zones of dry and scaly skin. Dermatologically tested. Suitable for diabetics. 005557 125ml £4.75

7 Gehwol Bamboo Peeling

Not Illustrated

The main purpose of the leg- and feet-peeling is to exfoliate and smooth excess skin on shinbones and knees which are often dry and rough. Additionally, skin on the feet is smoothed and rough spots can be reduced. Massaging the product into the feet and legs promotes circulation. Aches and pains in the legs and feet can be reduced. 018981 150ml £4.74

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

315

Therapy Consumables

040_EXPT_0313-0320:040_EXPT_0313-0320

23/11/09

17:58

Page 316

Therapy Consumables

Footcare Tired Painful Feet 1 Gehwol Foot Cream

Not Illustrated

Foot cream prevents aching feet, sores, blisters, soreness and chafing. It has an anti-inflammatory effect, prevents athlete’s foot and brings the activity of the perspiratory glands back to a normal level.The cream strengthens the skin and makes it resistant. It protects amputation stumps and hands during strong strain. In addition, it offers protection against cold feet and frostbite. 005566 75ml £3.14

2 Gehwol Fuss Mint 2

A cooling foot balm, which is rapidly absorbed. The revitalising icy freshness of mint makes your feet fresh and fit, before or after an active day. In addition, it provides long-lasting protection against foot odour, and prevents athlete’s foot and itching between the toes. 005552 75ml £3.20 005513 125ml £4.36 005514 450ml £12.52

3 Gehwol Fuss Liquid

Not Illustrated

An optimal massage preparation after foot care, soothing for feet and legs. Is particularly well absorbed by the skin. 005553 1litre £13.19

4 Gehwol Liquid 8

Not Illustrated

Refreshing, deodorising and skin-caring foot spray. Especially between the toes and on the heels, immediately alleviates a burning sensation and symptoms of fatigue of the feet. 005536 1000ml £13.13

5 Gehwol Extra

Not Illustrated

Extra intensively cares and strengthens overstrained feet. 005567 75ml £3.18

6 Gehwol Fuss Herbal Bath Salts Herb Bath Salt 005558 400g

7 Gehwol Leg Balm

£3.75

Not Illustrated

Leg Balm is a pleasantly soothing medicinal herb balm for legs and feet. It contains an astringent effect and relieves irritation. Regular use prevents dry skin and premature ageing of the skin. Dermatologically tested. Suitable for diabetics. 005569 125ml £4.80 005529 450ml £11.58

Brittle Nails 8 Gerlan Nailcare Used for the treatment of fragile finger and toe-nails to promote healthy growth. It is also used to support the preparative treatment of nail mycosis. 005572 15ml £3.48

9 Gehwol Nail Compound Used to smooth uneven nail surfaces, strengthen broken nails, fix artificial nails and for the treatment of onychomycosis. 005544 15ml £5.34

10 Gehwol Med Nail Softener Quickly and carefully softens cornification and makes cuticles elastic. It alleviates the discomfort of ingrown toenails. The painful pressure of the nail on the nail bed is eliminated. 005599 15ml £3.48

316

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

040_EXPT_0313-0320:040_EXPT_0313-0320

23/11/09

17:58

Page 317

Footcare

Sweaty Feet 1 Gehwol Fuss Green A light emollient cream for sweaty feet. It contains well-tried disinfecting substances for the prevention of athlete’s foot, itching and the formation of blisters between the toes. Perspiration is normalised and the decomposition of sweat is prevented. For normal skin. Dermatologically tested. Suitable for diabetics. 005519 75ml £3.20 005504 125ml £4.36 005505 450ml £12.52

2 Gehwol Lotion

Not Illustrated

For cleansing and refreshing the feet before and after foot care. Protects against infections and bacteria. 005554 500ml £10.04

3 Gehwol Footbath

Foot bath helps aching, sore and sweaty feet. It revitalises tired feet and eliminates troublesome soreness. Calluses, weal’s and corns are softened and the skin is cleansed to the pores and remains resistant and smooth. Dermatologically tested. 005541 20g Pack of 10 £3.26 005571 400g £3.42

Dry Skin 4 Gehwol Med Lipidro-cream A light emollient cream for sweaty feet. It contains well-tried disinfecting substances for the prevention of athlete’s foot, itching and the formation of blisters between the toes. Perspiration is normalised and the decomposition of sweat is prevented. For normal skin. Dermatologically tested. Suitable for diabetics. 017120 20ml £0.66

5 Gehwol Fuss Blue A rich emollient cream for burning, tired feet. It contains well-tried antiseptics for the prevention of athlete’s foot and itching between the toes. For rough dry skin. Dermatologically tested. Suitable for diabetics. 005521 75ml £3.20 005507 125ml £4.36 005508 450ml £12.52

6 Gehwol Balm For Dry Rough Skin It is ideal for rough and brittle skin, and helps retain the skin’s natural smoothness. 016572 75ml £3.03

7 Gehwol Lipidro Cream

Not Illustrated

Gehwol Lipidro Cream is ideal for rough and brittle skin, and helps retain skin’s natural smoothness and suppleness. 010489 75ml £3.53 016370 125ml £4.36 010490 450ml £12.52 010346 Pump Refill for 450ml Tub £2.86

8 Gehwol Emulsion

Not Illustrated

Emulsion for foot massage creates a smooth film on the skin. Revitalises and stimulates the circulation. 005531 125ml £3.36 005570 1 litre Bottle £13.18 005533 2 litre Bottle £19.90 005532 450ml Refill £8.72

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

317

Therapy Consumables

040_EXPT_0313-0320:040_EXPT_0313-0320

23/11/09

17:58

Page 318

Therapy Consumables

Footcare Cold Feet 1 Gehwol Red Light A warming balm, which gives relief for tired, strained and sore feet. Proven antiseptics prevent foot odour, athlete’s foot and itching between the toes. 005524 75ml £3.20 005510 125ml £4.36 005511 450ml £12.52

2 Gehwol Red Rich A warming balm for dry skin, which gives relief for tired, strained and sore feet. Skin-friendly concentrated emollients revitalise dry and brittle skin, making it soft and smooth again. Dermatologically tested. 005561 75ml £3.20 005562 450ml £12.52

3 Gehwol Fuss Warming Bath Provide a spontaneous and long-lasting pleasant warm feeling of the feet. 005559 150ml £6.45

4 Gehwol Callus Softener

Not Illustrated

For the softening of hard calluses, corns and callosity before instrumental removal through foot specialists. 005517 500ml £7.44

Hard Cracked Skin

5 Gehwol Med Salve Effectively protects against fungal infections and the nails and skin regains their elasticity and beauty. Dermatologically tested. 017121 20ml £0.66 005596 75ml £3.58 005549 125ml £4.36 005550 450ml £12.52

Athletes Foot 6 Gehwol Med Protective Nail and Skin Oil Effectively protects against fungal infections and the nails and skin regain their elasticity and beauty. The nails receive a natural silky shine. Dermatologically tested. 005597 15ml £3.80

7 Gehwol Med Protective Nail and Skin Cream 005598

005537 005538

Fax: 08448 730 100

£3.80

8 Gehwol Foot Powder

318

15ml

www.mobilisrolyan.com

100g Shaker 500g Tub

£2.70 £6.78

040_EXPT_0313-0320:040_EXPT_0313-0320

23/11/09

17:58

Page 319

Footcare Therapy Consumables

Burning Feet 1 Gehwol Fuss Mint A cooling foot balm, which is rapidly absorbed. The revitalising icy freshness of mint makes your feet fresh and fit, before or after an active day. In addition, it provides long-lasting protection against foot odour, and prevents athlete’s foot and itching between the toes. 005552 75ml £3.20 005513 125ml £4.36 005514 450ml £12.52

2 Gehwol Refreshing Balm

Not Illustrated

Refreshing Balm immediately revitalises, cools and deodorises feet and gives a long-lasting feeling of freshness. Natural peppermint oil and menthol refresh tired, sore and strained feet and legs. Dermatologically tested. 009017 75ml £3.18

3 Gehwol Liquid Refreshing, deodorising and skin-caring foot spray. Foot care with Gehwol liquid, especially between the toes and on the heels, immediately alleviates a burning sensation and symptoms of fatigue of the feet. The well-tired foot tonic deodorises, prevents itching between the toes and offers effective protection against mucous infections of feet and nails. 005535 150ml £4.63

Marketing Point At Mobilis Rolyan we believe that it is extremely important to support our customers with their sales of our products. With this in mind we have pleasure in introducing this range of customer display units and consumer literature to help you.

Call now for your FREE cream samples and product literature!

Gehwol Counter Display Stand A clear and attractive display unit. This display is made out of acrylic with promotion card. 018208

Effective Care for Feet 30w x 22d x 37h (cm)

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

319

040_EXPT_0313-0320:040_EXPT_0313-0320

23/11/09

17:58

Page 320

Therapy Consumables

Footcare 1 ClearZal® Nail Solution

Treat Infected Nails. ClearZal® Bac offers the healing power for infected nails. ClearZal® Bac antimicrobial solution is a clinical strength formulation containing a strong broad spectrum antimicrobial agent. More effective than using an antifungal agent alone it will also stop a bacterial infection which can present in 50% of all cases of nail infection. • Kills 99.9% of the microbes that can cause nail infections • Helps fight infection on the skin, around and under the nail Effective against the following dermatophytes: • T. Rubrum • E. Floccosum • T. Mentagrophytes And more... It is also effective against Candida Albicans. 017498

30ml

£12.28

2 Silk Smooth™ SILK Smooth™ by ClearZal is specifically formulated to restore healthy skin on your feet. Created with urea, natural moisturising ingredients and vitamins in a rich Aloe Vera base this unique soothing, nutritional conditioning crème with advanced epidermal lipids helps rejuvenate healthy skin for healthy feet. Specially formulated to prevent moisture loss by attracting & retaining the skin’s natural hydration. Product Facts: Urea - Hydrates, Aloe - Conditions, Rosemary Stimulating Healing Extract. ClearZal® SILK Smooth’s unique use of these effective ingredients gives irritated, dry skin a wonderful, silky smooth, non-greasy feeling. You will really appreciate the difference. 017820 8oz Tubes £14.77 017823 2oz Pot £5.73

3 Silk Revitalising Foot Crème™ Specifically formulated to cool, soothe, tone and stimulate tired, aching, busy feet. Comprised of urea and aloe vera the formula attracts and retains the skin’s natural moisturisers. SILK revitalising Foot Crème is easily absorbed, leaving the skin supple and soothed with refreshing menthol to revitalise the feet instantly. Contains: Urea to re-hydrate the skin, Aloe Vera to condition and retain the skin’s moisture, Menthol, an analgesic pain reliever. Restore Vitality to your Feet!!! 017824 2oz Pot £5.73

320

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

057_EXPT_0449-0456:057_EXPT_0449-0456

24/11/09

09:02

Page 449

Electrotherapy 450 456 459 466 468 471 473 478 482

455 458 464 467 470 472 477 481 485 486 487 - 488

Combination Therapy & Vacuum Ultrasound Therapy Interferential & Muscle Stim Neurostimulation Bio Feedback Laser Shortwave Electrotherapy Accessories TENS Magnetic Therapy Compression Therapy

Innovative products to switch you on… We are proud to be exclusive partners for Enraf-Nonius in the UK. Enraf-Nonius have been developing products for physical therapists for over 80 years. They have a passionate interest in continually developing new and innovative products to support healthcare professionals worldwide. With the Enraf-Nonius brand you can always be guaranteed of reliability, functionality and durability.

We have a dedicated service & repair centre

Why not..?

Ask about our:

• Trade in your old equipment

• Service maintenance contracts

• Hire

• Workshop service & repair

• Lease

• Field service & repair

Call us for more details

Electrotherapy Update Your Skills! We often run Electrotherapy Update courses with Dr Tim Watson, held at various venues around the country throughout the year. Call us for the latest course details.

For more information, please call Customer Services

057_EXPT_0449-0456:057_EXPT_0449-0456

24/11/09

09:02

Page 450

Electrotherapy

Combination Therapy 1

SONOPULS 692V

1 Sonopuls 692, 692V & 692VS Complete equipment for ultrasound, electro and combination therapy The Sonopuls 692 is the latest innovation in combination therapy, and is a versatile and highly advanced piece of equipment for ultrasound, electrotherapy and combination therapy. Its design features include a crystal clear colour LCD screen and finger tip control, making calling up protocols quick and easy. With its ‘therapy assistant’ you have all the relevant treatment protocols ready to hand; an aid that will quickly prove to be indispensable in your practice. In addition you can create a separate protocol with the ‘therapy wizard’ and store it in memory, ready for the next treatment session and get to work straight away. The Sonopuls 692 is available with a vacuum unit: Sonopuls 692V The whisper quiet suction wave device has the option to apply four vacuum electrodes. The suction power can be set across a broad range and be applied either continuously or pulsed. A regulator system lets the pump only work when the vacuum has fallen below a certain minimum level. The vacuum electrodes are quick and easy to attach. They fit fully and comfortably to the body's surface. The electrode positioning is straightforward and easy to use and ensures a good contact across the full surface of the electrode. Features • Ultrasound, electro and combination therapy • 16 different electrotherapy currents • Continuous and pulsed ultrasound 1 & 3MHz with accurate dosage • Therapy Assistant (Pre-programmed protocols) • Therapy Wizard (Customizable programmes) • Colour LCD screen • Finger tip control • Option to upgrade with StatUS™ module (692VS) - See page 457 for further details • Further option to upgrade with EMG module - call for further details Model Detail 017102 Sonoplus 692 Standard Combination £2395.00 017099 Sonoplus 692V With Vacuum £3395.00 09 131 2024 Sonoplus 692VS With Vacuum & StatUS™ £3995.00

450

Fax: 08448 730 100

Standard Accessories for 692 • Moist pads for rubber electrode 6 x 8cm, set of 4 • Multi-frequency treatment head, large (5cm2), 1 & 3 MHz • Strap 100 x 3cm • Strap 250 x 3cm • Patient cable 2-core & 2mm male plugs - black • Patient cable 2-core & 2mm male plugs - purple • Rubber electrodes 6 x 8cm, 2mm female - set of 2 • Mains cable 230V • 250ml contact gel Technical Specification Current Channels: Current types: Ultrasound Frequencies: Ultrasound: Pulse frequency/duty cycle: No of US connections: No of vacuum electrodes: Intensity: Supply voltage: Dimensions (w x d x h): Weight: Warranty:

www.mobilisrolyan.com

2 independent, fully galvanically isolated 16 current types (36 variants) 1 & 3 MHz Pulsed & continuous 100Hz/ 5, 10, 20, 50, 80%. 16Hz/ 20%. 48Hz/20% 2 4 0 - 2W/cm2 continuous, 0 - 3W/cm2 pulsed 100 - 240V + 10% (50/60Hz) 45 x 37 x 29.5cm 6.2kg 2 years

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200. DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

057_EXPT_0449-0456:057_EXPT_0449-0456

24/11/09

09:02

Page 451

Combination Therapy Electrotherapy

BATTERY PACK AVAILABLE 1 Sonopuls 492 High quality, extreme functionality and an eye-catching design, provide the professional physiotherapist with all modern current forms plus dual frequency Ultrasound. Features • 1 and 3MHz treatment head with Contact control • Continuous and pulsed ultrasound • 2 & 4 pole Interferential • 19 Current types including Interferential, TENS, Stim, Faradic etc • 50 Preset protocol programs • 10 Programmable memory positions • Battery Option • Can be used in conjunction with Vacotron S & Vacotron 460 Standard Accessories • 5cm2 multi-frequency treatment head • 250ml contact gel • 2 x 2-pole patient cable • 4 electrodes 6 x 8cm • 4 sponges to fit 6 x 8cm electrodes • 1m & 2.5m (3cm wide) strap • Mains lead & power supply • Operating instructions and treatment guides with photographs 014817 Sonopuls 492 £1695.00 Optional Accessories S1514 Enraf Sonopuls 490 / 492 Battery pack £33.06 022094 Trolley for Enraf 4 Series with trays £199.00 (see page 481 for more details) 09 131 2016 4 Series Pro Padded Carry Bag £56.95 (see page 481 for more details)

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

Technical Specification Ultrasound Frequency 1 & 3MHz on all treatment heads Treatment heads 5cm2 and 1cm2 Output modes Continuous and pulsed - 80%, 50%, 20%, 10% ,5% Intensity 0 - 2W per cm2 (Cont) or 0-3W per cm2 (pulsed 5%, 10%, 20% or 50%) or 0-2.5W per cm2 (pulsed 80%). Timer 0-30 minutes Electrotherapy Interferential Carrier Frequency Output selection Frequency range Output current Timer Waveform mode Other waveforms

General Weight Dimensions Power requirements Warranty (Unit)

2KHz, 4KHz to 10KHz 2 & 4 pole with vector & dipole vector 0-200Hz (beat) 0-180Hz (spectrum) 0 - 100mA 0 - 60 minutes 1/1s, 6/6s, 12/12s or 1/30/1/30s TENS, High voltage, Microcurrent, Russian, Diadynamic, Faradic, IDC, Asymmetrical biphasic pulsed current & Medium frequency direct current all with variable settings. 4kg Width 28cm. Depth 29cm. Height 11cm 100 - 240V 50 - 60Hz 2 years

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

451

057_EXPT_0449-0456:057_EXPT_0449-0456

24/11/09

09:02

Page 452

Electrotherapy

Combination Therapy

MAINS OR BATTERY POWERED AS STANDARD

1 Sonopuls 491 This portable mains / battery powered combination unit provides Ultrasound Therapy (1 & 3MHz), 2 pole Interferential, TENS, Direct Current and Combination Therapy. Features • 1 and 3 MHz treatment head with Contact control • Continuous and pulsed ultrasound • Interferential with Variable carrier frequencies • 3 Current types:- Interferential, TENS, and direct current

Technical Specification Ultrasound Frequency 1 & 3MHz on all treatment heads Treatment heads 5cm2 and 1cm2 Output modes Continuous and pulsed - 50%, 20%, 10%, 5% Intensity 0 - 1.5W per cm2 (Cont) or 0 - 3W per cm2 (pulsed) Timer 0 - 30 minutes Electrotherapy Carrier Frequency Output selection Frequency range Output current Timer Waveform mode Other waveforms

• 10 programmable memory positions • Can be used in conjunction with Vacotron 460 • Battery included Standard Accessories • 5cm2 multi-frequency treatment head • 250ml contact gel • 2-pole patient cable

General Weight Dimensions Power requirements Warranty Unit

• 2 electrodes 6 x 8cm • 4 sponges to fit 6 x 8cm electrodes • 2.5m (3cm wide) strap • Mains lead & power supply

2KHz, 4KHz to 10KHz 2 pole 0 - 150Hz +100Hz 0 - 100mA (0-60mA in combination) 0 - 30 minutes 6/6s or 1/30/1/30s Asymmetrical biphasic pulsed current & Medium frequency direct current 4kg Width 28cm. Depth 29cm. Height 10.5cm 100 - 240V 50 - 60Hz 2 years

• Operating manual and treatment guides 014816

Sonopuls 491

£1295.00

Optional Accessories 022094 Trolley for Enraf 4 Series with trays 09 131 2016 4 Series Pro Padded Carry Bag (see page 481 for more details)

£199.00 £56.95

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

452

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

057_EXPT_0449-0456:057_EXPT_0449-0456

24/11/09

09:02

Page 453

Vacuum Electrotherapy

SHOWN WITH COMBINATION UNIT (NOT INCLUDED)

1 Vacotron 460

2 Vacotron S

The Vacotron 460 can be connected to all Enraf-Nonius 4 series electrotherapy and combination units, and can also be used as a table top model. It allows quick application of vacuum electrodes on positions where rubber electrodes and fixation straps cannot be used. It provides continuous and intermittent suction strength, as well as accurate adjustment of the suction strength Features • Continuous and intermittent suction • Accurate adjustable suction strength • Unique cable connection for fast application of rubber electrodes Standard Accessories • Patient cable with 2mm male plugs • 4 Vacuum electrodes Ø 60 mm • 4 Sponges Ø 65 mm • Electrode cable red • Electrode cable black • Water reservoir • Dummy plug • Mains cable • Operating manual 014811 Vacotron 460 £1195.00 (Fits 4 series trolley, see page 481 for details)

All the features of the Vacotron 460 with a shaped case to display combination units at an angle. Features • Continuous and intermittent suction strength • Accurate adjustment of the suction strength • Unique cable connection for fast application of rubber electrodes • Can only be used as a tabletop model Standard Accessories • 4 Vacuum electrodes Ø 60 mm • 4 Sponges Ø 65 mm • Electrode cable red • Electrode cable black • Dummy plug • Operating manual 014812 Vacotron S £1245.00

Technical Specification

Vacuum Power requirements Current consumption Dimensions Weight

Continuous and pulsed 220 - 240V 50 - 60 Hz max.0.26 A (at 115V) 35 x 36 x 11cm 5.7 kg

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

Continuous and pulsed 220 - 240V 50 - 60 Hz 1.0 A 24.5 x 21 x 9cm 4.2kg

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

453

057_EXPT_0449-0456:057_EXPT_0449-0456

24/11/09

09:02

Page 454

Electrotherapy

Combination Therapy

1 Dynatron D850 plus The Dynatron 850 plus offers a large range of standard features alongside some very unique options including Target Interferential, which allows the operator to direct the current to the area required with the electrode placement on the patient, giving a more precise treatment & better outcome. Ultrasound Features • Patented multi-frequency ultrasound 1 & 3MHz • Duty cycles: 10%, 20%, 50%, continuous

S4401

Dynatron D850 plus

£1395.00

Optional Accessories S4403 2cm2 1 & 3MHz treatment head S4404 10cm2 1 & 3MHz treatment head S0411 Hard carry case with foam inserts S0535 Padded carry case

£175.00 £175.00 £37.37 £27.50

• Two additional heads available: 2cm2, 10cm2 • Power settings: up to 1.6watts/cm2

Technical Specification

• Head warming

Ultrasound Frequency Treatment heads Output modes

• Coupling • Combo plus™ Electrotherapy Features • 2 and 4 pole Interferential, Russian, Biphasic muscle stim, High Volt, Microcurrent • Patented Target and Target Sweep feature for Interferential • Single, reciprocal, co-contraction modes in Russian, Biphasic muscle Stim • Selectable and customizable on/off times for High Volt, Biphasic and Russian • Modify pulse rate, pulse width in Biphasic, Russian • Microcurrent conductance indicator • Electrode conductance meter Standard Accessories • 5cm2 ultrasound head

Output power Timer Electrotherapy Carrier Frequency Output Selection Frequency range Output current Timer Other Waveforms General Weight Dimensions Power Requirements Warranty (Unit)

• Ultrasound gel • Mains lead • 2 x Velcro straps • 2 x patient leads

1 & 3MHz on all treatment heads 5cm2, optional 2cm2 and 10cm2 Continuous and pulsed (50%, 20% and 10%) 0 - 1.6W/cm2 0 - 99 minutes 4000Hz 2 & 4 pole 0 - 150Hz 0 - 100mA 0 - 99 minutes High voltage, Microcurrent, Russian, Biphasic 2kg Width 25cm. Depth 24cm. Height 9cm. 220 - 240V 50 - 60Hz 2 years

• 4 x rubber electrodes • 4 x sponge discs • Operating manual • Treatment guide

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

454

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

057_EXPT_0449-0456:057_EXPT_0449-0456

24/11/09

09:02

Page 455

Combination Therapy Electrotherapy

1 Dynatron Solaris 708 Complete unit for ultrasound, electro, combination, laser & light therapy The Dynatron Solaris 708 combination therapy unit offers Triple Frequency Ultrasound, 2 & 4 pole interferential with the unique option of Target Interferential, which allows the operator to direct the current to the area required within the electrode placement on the patient, giving a more precise treatment & better outcome. The unit also allows for laser & light therapy. This makes the Solaris 708 an extremely competitive and all round therapy unit. Ultrasound • Patented multi-frequency Ultrasound 1, 2, 3MHz

• Duty cycles: 10%, 20%, 50%, continuous • Additional soundheads available: 2cm2, 10cm2 • Ultrasound settings: up to 2 watts/cm2 • Display both in watts and watts/cm2 • Head warming • Coupling Electrotherapy • 3 channels • 1 High Volt channel • Interferential, Premodulated, Russian, Biphasic, High Volt, Microcurrent, Direct Current (probe only) • Target and Target Sweep feature for Interferential • Modifiable frequency ranges • Single, reciprocal, co-contraction modes in Russian, Biphasic • Selectable and customisable on/off times for High Volt, Biphasic and Russian • Modify pulse rate, pulse width in Biphasic, Russian • Microcurrent and High Volt therapy delivered with either electrodes or probes

Technical Specification

• Select Microcurrent and High Volt polarity (positive, negative, or bipolar) • Microcurrent conductance indicator • Electrode conductance meter • Direct Current delivered through MultiStim probe Light Therapy • Infrared cluster probe (optional) • Laser point probe (optional)

PLEASE NOTE that laser probes are not supplied with the unit these must be purchased separately. Standard Accessories • 5cm2 ultrasound head • Ultrasound gel • Mains lead • 2 x Velcro straps • 2 x patient leads

Ultrasound Frequency Treatment heads Output modes Output power Timer Electrotherapy Carrier Frequency Output Selection Frequency range Output current Timer Other Waveforms Laser / Light therapy Probe Combined output Output mode Cluster

• 4 x rubber electrodes • 4 x sponge discs • Operating manual • Treatment guide S4400

Dynatron Solaris 708

Optional Accessories S4406 2cm2 1 & 3MHz treatment head S4407 10cm2 1 & 3MHz treatment head S4408 1 x 875nm Laser / 3 x 660nm LED probe (625mW) S4409 36 LED diode cluster probe (900mW max)

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

£1569.75 £185.00 £185.00 £1149.75 £1025.00

Combined output Output mode General Weight Dimensions Power Requirements Warranty (Unit)

1, 2 & 3Mhz on all treatment heads 5cm2, optional 2cm2 and 10cm2 Continuous and pulsed - 50%, 20% and 10% 0 - 2.0W/cm2 0 - 99 minutes 4000Hz 2 & 4 pole 0 - 150Hz 0 - 100mA 0 - 99 minutes High voltage, Microcurrent, Russian, Biphasic - Choice of Probe or Cluster 1 x 875nm Laser 3 x 660nm LED 625mW Continuous 32 x 800nm LED 4 x 660nm LED 900mW (Max) Continuous, 90%, 50%, 10% 5.9kg Width 36cm. Depth 32cm. Height 12cm. 220 - 240V 50 - 60Hz 2 years

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

455

057_EXPT_0449-0456:057_EXPT_0449-0456

24/11/09

09:02

Page 456

Electrotherapy

Ultrasound 2

1 Dynatron D150 Dual Frequency Ultrasound

2 Kinetec Sonomed V Ultrasound Therapy Unit

A very competitively priced Dual Frequency Ultrasound, small and portable with a range of variables. Including 3 pulsed & continuous outputs, full digital control of time, output and pause treatment facility. Features • Patented multi-frequency Ultrasound 1, and 3MHz • Duty cycles: 10%, 20%, 50%, continuous • Only 1.5kg! Standard Accessories • 5cm2 ultrasound head • Ultrasound gel • Mains lead • Operating Manual Technical Specification

Frequency Treatment heads Output modes Output power Timer Weight Dimensions Power Requirements Warranty (Unit) S4402

1 & 3MHz on all treatment heads 5cm2, optional 2cm2 and 10cm2 Continuous and pulsed - 50%, 20% and 10% 0 - 1.6W/cm2 0 - 99 minutes 1.5kg Width 22cm. Depth 20cm. Height 9cm. 220 - 240V 50 - 60Hz 2 years

Dynatron D150

£625.00

Optional Accessories S4403 2cm2 1 & 3MHz treatment head S4404 10cm2 1 & 3MHz treatment head S0411 Hard carry case with foam inserts S0535 Padded carry case

£175.00 £175.00 £37.37 £27.50

This lightweight mains powered Dual Frequency Ultrasound unit provides Ultrasound Therapy at 1 and 3MHz, with continuous or a choice of pulsed modes, Digital and built in pre-set protocols. Features • 1 and 3MHz treatment head • Continuous and 3 pulsed settings • Wide range of commonly used Protocols preset. • 10+ Programmable memory positions Standard Accessories • 5cm2 ultrasound head • Ultrasound gel • Mains lead • Operating Manual Technical Specification

Frequency Treatment heads Output modes Output power Timer Weight Dimensions Power Requirements Warranty (Unit)

09 131 2040 Sonomed Ultrasound Therapy Unit

£495.00

Optional Accessories S0411 Hard Carry Case with Foam Inserts S0535 Padded Carry Case

£37.37 £27.50

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

456

Fax: 08448 730 100

1 & 3MHz 1 x Large Continuous and pulsed - 50%, 20% and 10% 0 - 2W/cm2 (Cont) or 0 - 3W/cm2 (Pulsed) 0 - 20 minutes 1.5kg Width 30cm. Depth 20cm. Height 11cm. 100 - 240V 50 - 60Hz 1 year

www.mobilisrolyan.com

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

058_EXPT_0457-0464:058_EXPT_0457-0464

23/11/09

18:19

Page 457

Ultrasound

CONTACT SURFACE FOR THE STATUS™ APPLICATOR AND THE SPECIAL GEL PAD

1 Sonopuls StatUS™ 692S

Complete unit for Stationary and Dynamic Ultrasound, Electro and Combination Therapy

HANDSFREE ULTRASOUND! StatUS™ stands for Stationary Ultra Sound and is Enraf-Nonius’ revolutionary new technique An effective ultrasound treatment session traditionally consists of an application lasting several minutes, whereby the treatment head is moved over the area. This dynamic approach is necessary due to possible cavitation and hotspots that can occur in the tissue. Thanks to the intensity modulation of StatUS™, cavitation and hotspots no longer occur! Keeping the ultrasound head in one place gives stimulation precisely where it is required. As there’s no need to hold the head in place it saves you valuable time!

Standard accessories • StatUS applicator (treatment head for StatUS) • Gelpad StatUS (strip of 6 pcs) • Fixation ring for gel pad StatUS (set of 3) • Mains cable • Screwdriver 6-series 022149 Sonopuls StatUS™ 692S 09 131 2024 Sonopuls StatUS™ 692VS with vacuum Optional Accessories 022079 Extra Gel Pads Pack of 48

£2995.00 £3995.00 £34.64

How does it work? StatUS™ differs from traditional ultrasound treatment in terms of two patented forms of modulation: • Duty cycle modulation • Amplitude modulation These forms of modulation ensure intensity peaks are diminished, that the chance of cavitation is reduced and that formation of hotspots is counteracted.

How is it applied? The StatUS™ applicator fixes to the body by means of the vacuum head piece. The therapist determines the pressure with which the StatUS™ applicator is fixed. A special gel pad ensures good transference of ultrasound energy. The gel pad is held in place with a fixing ring. The vacuum pressure creates a perfect seal between the body, the gel pad and the treatment head. With the StatUS™ you can work faster, more specifically and efficiently with increased comfort for you and your patient.

StatUS™ . . . taking Ultrasound to a new level

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

Technical Specification Current channels Current types Ultrasound Pulse frequency Duty cycle Number of US connections Intensity Programmable positions Pre-programmed programmes Supply voltage Dimensions Weight

2, independent, fully galvanically isolated 16 current types-36 variants 1 and 3MHz, continuous and pulsed 16, 48, 100Hz 5, 10, 20, 50, 80% (pulsed) 100% (continuous) 2 0 - 2 W/cm2 continuous, 0 - 3 W/cm2 pulsed unlimited 60 items 100 - 240 V ± 10% (50/60 Hz) 45 x 37 x 29.5cm (W x D x H) 6.2kg

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

457

Electrotherapy

NEW

058_EXPT_0457-0464:058_EXPT_0457-0464

23/11/09

18:19

Page 458

Electrotherapy

Ultrasound 2

1 Sonopuls 190 Single Frquency Ultrasound This portable mains powered unit provides ultrasound therapy at 1MHz. Features • 1 MHz treatment head with contact control • Continuous and pulsed ultrasound • 9 pre-programmed Protocols Standard Accessories • 1MHz 5cm2 ultrasound head • Utrasound gel • Mains lead • Power supply • Operating manual 014819 Sonopuls 190 £695.00

2 Sonopuls 490 Dual Frequency Ultrasound This portable mains powered unit provides ultrasound therapy at 1MHz and 3MHz. Features • 1 and 3 MHz treatment head with contact control • Continuous and pulsed ultrasound • 9 pre-programmed Protocols • 10 programmable memory positions • Optional rechargeable battery Standard Accessories • 1 & 3MHz 5cm2 ultrasound head superscript • Ultrasound gel • Mains lead • Power supply • Operating manual • Treatment guide with photographs 014815 Sonopuls 490 Optional Accessories S1514 Enraf Sonopuls 490 / 492 Battery pack 022094 Trolley for Enraf 4 Series with trays 09 131 2016 Mobile Pro Padded Carry Bag

Technical Specification

Ultrasound Frequency Treatment head Output modes Output power Timer Weight Dimensions Power requirements Warranty (Unit)

Ultrasound Frequency Treatment heads Output modes Output power Timer Weight Dimensions Power requirements Warranty (Unit)

1MHz 5cm2 Continuous and pulsed- 80%, 50%, 20%, 10% ,5% 0 - 3W per cm2 0 - 30 minutes 1.7kg Width 22cm, Depth 19.5cm, Height 22cm 100 - 240V 50 - 60Hz 2 years

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

458

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

£845.00 £33.06 £199.00 £56.95

1MHz and 3MHz on all treatment heads 5cm2 and 1cm2 Continuous and pulsed- 50%, 20%, 10% ,5% 0 - 2W per cm2 (Cont) or 0 - 3W per cm2 (pulsed) 0 - 30 minutes 4kg Width 28cm, Depth 29cm, Height 10.5cm 100 - 240V 50 - 60Hz 2 years

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

058_EXPT_0457-0464:058_EXPT_0457-0464

23/11/09

18:19

Page 459

Interferential & Muscle Stim Electrotherapy

1 Ultima Portable 2/4 Pole IFT Unit A portable interferential unit, capable of operation in 2-pole bipolar or traditional 4-pole modes. Features • Easy to use, with full range of adjustments • 2 channels of 2 pole or 1 channel of 4 pole operation • 6 preset treatment programmes • Easy to read digital display • Rechargeable NiMH battery with up to 3 hours operation • Small and light • Belt clip Standard Accessories The unit is supplied with charger, leads, electrodes, carry case and instructions. S2350 Ultima Portable IFT Unit £179.99 Optional Accessories S2351 Replacement lead for Ultima £6.00

Technical Specification Range Carrier wave Peak-to-peak current Waveform Treatment times Dimensions Weight

2 - 160 Hz 4000 Hz 66mA True sinusoidal 15, 30, 45 or 60 minutes with auto shut off 11.5 x 6.6 x 4.5cm. 258g

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

459

058_EXPT_0457-0464:058_EXPT_0457-0464

23/11/09

18:19

Page 460

Electrotherapy

Interferential & Muscle Stim

1 Endomed 182

2 EN Stim 4

The Endomed 182 is a complete unit for pain management with interference, pre-modulated and TENS currents. Features • Two pole interference, available over two channels • Tetrapolar interference • Isoplanar interference • Asymmetrical biphasic pulsed current (TENS) • Burst TENS • 30 pre-programmed treatment suggestions, adjustable and rewriteable. • Personalised programs • Large, crystal clear parameter displays Standard Accessories • Rubber electrodes 6x8cm (pk 2) • Moist pads for rubber electrodes 6x8cm (pk 4) • 1m & 2.5m (3cm width) straps • Net adapter • Cable adapter • Patient cable • Mains cable • Operating manual 014808 Endomed 182 £895.00

Technical Specification Mains voltage Output Dimensions Weight

4-Channel unit for electrotherapy This unit has 4 independent channels for muscle stimulation and pain control using TENS currents. The independent channels make it possible to treat major muscle groups simultaneously or perform bilateral treatments at the same time. This also means that this equipment is perfectly suited for sport and rehabilitation. Features • Optimum control via the graphic, illuminated LCD • Independent current channels • Detachable footrest • Many therapy possibilities • TENS currents Standard accessories • Patient cable 2-core & 2 mm male plugs – black, purple, grey & light grey • Rubber electrodes 6x8 cm, 2 mm female (pk 2) • Moist pads for rubber electrode 6x8 cm (pk 4) • 1m & 2.5m (3cm width) straps • Electrodes 5x9 cm, 2 mm female (pk 8) • Adaptor cable • Mains cable • Operating manual • Protocols 015047 EN Stim 4 £945.00 Technical Specification

100 - 240 Volt ± 10% (50/60Hz) 15VDC 13, 4A 22 x 20 x 20cm (W x D x H) 1.8 kg

Phase duration Pulse frequency Frequency modulation Pre-programmed protocols Programmable positions Type adapter Mains voltage Dimensions Weight

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

460

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

10 - 1000µs 1 - 200Hz 0 - 180Hz 39 100, single and sequential programs ENA-1524 100 - 240 Volt ± 10% (50/60Hz) 22 x 20 x 20cm (W x D x H) 1.8kg

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

058_EXPT_0457-0464:058_EXPT_0457-0464

23/11/09

18:19

Page 461

Interferential & Muscle Stim Electrotherapy

2 ENDOMED 682

1 Endomed 482 In the field of electrotherapy and diagnostics, the Endomed 482 can do just about everything. As many as 18 currents can be selected and delivered via its two-channels. It has isoplanar interference, unlike classical interference, which ensures modulation depth between the four electrodes is 100% at all points. This makes the placement of electrodes on the tissues less critical and also simplifies the use of a 4-pole application. As with all Enraf-Nonius units, you can be assured of high quality and effectiveness with the Endomed 482. Features • 18 current wave forms (low & medium frequency currents including Interferential, Russian stimulation, TENS, Rectangular- and triangular pulsed current, Iontophoresis, 2-5 Current, Diadynamic currents) • Variable carrier frequencies of 2, 4 or 10kHz at bi-polar interferential • Pre-programmed simple protocols • Pre-programmed sequential protocols • Pre-programmed treatment protocols enlarged with two channel applications • 10 free programmable memory positions for simple protocols • 10 free programmable memory positions for sequential protocols of 10 steps • Classical tetrapolar and isoplanar interference with or without dipole vector • Adjustable intensity per channel • Can be used with Vacotron 460 and Vacotron S • Battery option Standard Accessories • Patient cable 2-core & 2 mm male plugs - black, plus cable adapter • Patient cable 2-core & 2 mm male plugs - purple • Rubber electrodes 6x8 cm, 2 mm female (pk2) • Moist pads for rubber electrode 6x8 cm (pk4) • 1m & 2.5m (3cm width) straps • Adapter • Mains cable •Operating manual • Protocol Book 015072 Endomed 482 £1545.00 Optional accessories S1514 Battery pack £33.06 022094 Trolley for Enraf 4 Series with trays £199.00

2 Endomed 682 & 682V (with vacuum) Complete equipment for electrotherapy The Endomed 682 is a versatile and highly advanced piece of equipment for electrotherapy. With its 2 channels, 16 current types and their wide range of settings it is highly effective in pain reduction, the restoration of tissue and the stimulation of muscles and nerve cells. Its new design features include a colour LCD screen and finger tip control, making the machine easy to use and allows quick call up of the pre-programmed protocols. Features • 16 current waveforms • Therapy Assistant (Pre-programmed protocols) • Therapy Wizard (Customisable programmes) • Colour LCD screen • Finger tip control • Vacuum option Standard Accessories • Patient cable 2-core & 2 mm male plugs - purple, black • Rubber electrodes 6x8 cm, 2 mm female (Pack of 2) • Moist pads for rubber electrode 6x8 cm (Pack of 4) • 1m & 2.5m (3cm width) straps • Mains cable 230V 017100 Endomed 682 £1795.00 017101 Endomed 682V with vacuum £2795.00 Technical Specification Current channels Current types Programmable positions Pre-programmed programmes Number of vacuum electrode connections Supply voltage Dimensions Weight

2, independent, fully galvanically isolated 16 current types - 36 variants unlimited 60 items 4 100 - 240 V ± 10% (50/60 Hz) 39 x 37 x 24cm (W x D x H) 6.2kg

Technical Specification Current channels Type mains adapter Mains voltage Output voltage Max. output current Dimensions Weight

2, independent ENA-1550 100 - 240 V ± 10% (50/60 Hz) 15 V 3,3 A 29 x 28 x 11cm (W x D x H) 4kg

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

461

058_EXPT_0457-0464:058_EXPT_0457-0464

23/11/09

18:19

Page 462

Electrotherapy

Interferential & Muscle Stim

1 NeuroTrac Sports

2 NeuroTrac Sports XL

This new digital muscle stimulator offers accurate settings, with 15 preset programs and 3 customised programs. It is the ideal unit for quality muscle stimulation. Features • 15 preset programs • 3 user selectable programs • LCD display Standard Accessories • Digital Muscle Stimulator • Self adhesive electrodes • Battery • Leads • Manual • Carry case S0650 £59.99

8 Pad Digital Muscle Stimulator An exciting new product that offers 8 electrodes operated from 2 separate channels to give greater control over muscle stimulation and the ability to stimulate larger areas. Features • Can use up to 8 Electrodes • Alternating & synchronous stimulation between channels A & B • 21 preset programmes • 3 user customisable programmes • Lock mode function for measuring home compliance Standard Accessories • 4 patient cables, 8 rubber electrodes • 8 self-adhesives electrodes • Tape • Ultrasound gel • Battery • Operating manual S1064 £109.99

Technical Specification

Output selection Output modes Stim ON time Stim OFF time On ramp Programs Pulse rate/freq Pulse width Output Timer Battery Dimensions Weight Warranty

Output selection Frequency range Pulse width Output current Timer Waveform mode Ramp up time Weight Dimensions Power requirements Warranty

462

2 Channel Synchronous and alternate 2 - 60 seconds 2 - 60 seconds 0.1 - 9.9 seconds 15 preset, 3 customised Variable 2 - 100Hz 50 - 450 microseconds 0-90mA 1 - 180 minutes 1 x 9 volt battery (alkaline) Width 6.3cm, depth 3cm, height 10.5cm 72g excluding battery 2 years - unit only

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

2 Channel 2 - 100Hz 50µS to 330µS 0 - 90 mA into 500 ohms 1 - 90 minutes Symmetrical, rectangular bi-phasic with zero DC current 0.1 - 9.9 seconds 0.18kg Width 6.9cm, depth 2.9cm, height 13.4cm 9 volt PP3 Alkaline or Nickel Metal Hydride rechargeable 2 years - unit only

INFORMATION See page 503 for Pericalm, the Pelvic Floor stimulation unit.

058_EXPT_0457-0464:058_EXPT_0457-0464

23/11/09

18:19

Page 463

Interferential & Muscle Stim

1 KNEEHAB® Advanced therapy for Knee injuries KNEEHAB® is a unique, innovative and clinically proven* garment based Electrical Muscular Stimulation (EMS) device. It has been designed specifically to improve joint stability and treat quadriceps atrophy (thigh muscle wastage) resulting from a wide range of conditions affecting the knee including ligament injury, patella dislocation, fracture, osteoarthritis and stroke. The use of KNEEHAB® can help avoid or delay surgery and where surgery is required can significantly reduce post operative rehabilitation time.

Features and Benefits of KNEEHAB® • Carrier garment with positioning indicators: Neat & tidy with no unsightly/inconvenient cables. Indicators ensure exact and correct pad placement to ensure optimum results and maximum compliance • Large patented anatomically shaped pads: Maximises recruitment of correct muscle fibres. Ensure load dispersion and comfort • Load sensor for increased safety: Kneehab monitors the quality of the circuit and automatically cuts off the unit if the quality of contact with skin is impaired • Compliance monitor: Access at the touch of a button to see how many times the device has been used, total treatment time and average intensity used • Easy to Use: Once it has been initially set up it is just strapped on the thigh and the unit switched on • Pre-op / Post-op Strengthening: KNEEHAB® can be used both pre and post operatively to limit muscle wastage and speed recovery KNEEHAB® AT WORK

About Multipath™ KNEEHAB® incorporates Multipath™, a patented breakthrough stimulation technology which enables KNEEHAB® to deliver highly focused, accurately coordinated and comfortable quadriceps contractions.

MULTIPATH® Explained There are two channels within MULTIPATH®. Channel 1 directly activates the VMO muscle, which is the main stabilizer of the knee. Channel 2 activates the bulk quadriceps muscle which provides a strong, comfortable and highly effective contraction, or activation of the muscle. 021801R 021801L

Channel 1 A+B+D / C

Channel 2 (Delayed) Stage 1: A / B+C Stage 2: A / D

Right Left

£350.00 £350.00

Optional Accessories 021802 Kneehab replacement electrodes 021803R Kneehab replacement garment - Right 021803L Kneehab replacement garment - Left

£29.67 £51.07 £51.07

Clinical Proof Clinical research has shown EMS technology to be an effective treatment for quadriceps atrophy. Clinical evidence is available. Programme Table Size

Freq

Contract sec

Relax sec

1 2 3

50Hz 35Hz 50Hz

5 5 10

10 5 50

*Dr. H.H. Pässler (M.A.) & Dr. Sven Fiel, (M.A.), Centre for Knee and Foot Surgery, Sports Traumatology, ATOS Clinic Centre, Heidelberg, Germany: “The effectiveness of Kneehab in strengthening the quadriceps of patients rehabilitating after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction”, Heidelberg 2006.

KNEEHAB at work KNEEHAB used on subject’s right leg Conventional EMS used on subject’s left leg

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

463

Electrotherapy

NEW

058_EXPT_0457-0464:058_EXPT_0457-0464

23/11/09

18:19

Page 464

Electrotherapy

Interferential & Muscle Stim

4 PAD H-WAVE

6 PAD H-WAVE

1 H-Wave H-Wave pain relief for: • Muscular spasm • Arthritis • Acute injuries • Referred pain • Frozen shoulder • Whiplash injuries etc

H-Wave combined therapy (2Hz, 16Hz and 60Hz) for: • Frozen shoulder • Tennis/golfer’s elbow • Muscle strains • Back, neck and knee pain • Achilles tendonitis etc

Standard Accessories The Human H-Waves are supplied complete with: • Human operating manual • Patient leads • Charger • Self-adhesive electrodes • Electro-mist

H-Wave uses a signal that is natural to the human body. It emulates the H waveform found in nerve signals (Hoffman Reflex) and therefore enables greater and deeper penetration of a low frequency current, whilst using significantly less power than other machines. H-Wave, being natural to the human body, is accepted more readily and so requires less current to stimulate muscle. Furthermore, because of the natural wave-form of the signal, H-Wave allows you to inject 2 or 3 signals of different frequencies and amplitudes simultaneously, unlike most other electrotherapy modalities. H-Wave used at 60Hz (equivalent to 120Hz TENS mode) acts as an analgesic/anaesthetic. At 2Hz, muscle stimulation is activated, which is the main form of treatment. Muscle stimulation increases blood flow around the injury site promoting healing and also reduces oedema by encouraging drainage of the lymphatic system. H-Wave has been proved to be very successful in treating most conditions which have been traditionally treated by electrotherapy. However, it is particularly successful in dealing with difficult conditions such as amputation of diabetics whose poor circulation prevents rapid healing. S0661 S0660 S0260

6 Pad Human H-Wave 4 Pad Human H-Wave 4 Pad VET-Wave with carry bag

£1995.00 £1425.00 £1425.00

The Vet-Wave is supplied complete with: • Vet operating manual • Carry bag • Patient leads • Charger • Self-adhesive electrodes Technical Specification Output selection 4 pad-2 Channel, 6 pad-3 Channel Frequency range 2 - 60Hz Max current (1K load) 10mA rms (max. amplitude/max. frequency) Max voltage (1 k load) 10V rms (max. amplitude/max. frequency) Timer 1 - 20 minutes or continuous Waveform mode Exponential decaying wave form Bipolar Weight 4 pad - 2kg / 6 pad - 6kg Dimensions 4 pad - width 18.5cm, depth 18.5cm, height 6.5cm 6 pad - width 29cm, depth 28cm, height 14cm Power requirements Battery operated. Approximately 13 V DC (fully charged) re-chargeable battery Warranty 1 year - unit only

There is no difference between the 4 pad Human H-Wave and the 4 pad Vet-Wave. The operation manual for the Vet-Wave is specific to horses, otherwise the electronics and box are exactly the same. The Vet-Wave also comes with a carrying case for field work.

464

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

059_EXPT_0465-0472:059_EXPT_0465-0472

26/11/09

16:19

Page 465

FOR SERVICE AND REPAIR We offer VË .jÁÜ WjËË ? Íj ? WjË ÍÁ?WÍÄ Ë Flexible maintenance visits for preventative, safety and performance testing and repair VË 8 Á Ä ¬Ë.jÁÜ WjËFË-j¬? Á Ë Ë Ë Full quotations provided VË j aË.jÁÜ WjË-j¬? Á Ë Ë For unscheduled maintenance and repair

Ask about our . . . Second Hand Equipment, Trade-In Deals and Equipment Hire

Ask yourself Is your equipment safe to use? Are you putting patient safety at risk? Does your equipment deliver the correct dosage?

Please contact Customer Services for more information

059_EXPT_0465-0472:059_EXPT_0465-0472

23/11/09

18:20

Page 466

Electrotherapy

Neurostimulation NEW

RANGE

InterX® Therapy A unique combination of Neurostimulation, Massage, Myofascial Release, Therapeutic Exercise and Trigger Point Therapy

What is InterX®? • Non-invasive Interactive Neurostimulation delivered through fixed electrodes of the handheld portable device • Used by doctors and therapists for the treatment of acute and chronic pain • Returns patients to active rehabilitation and full function in optimal time

What is InterX® used for? Evidence based applications for: • Post surgical rehabilitation • Chronic neuropathic pain • Sports injury rehabilitation • Chronic musculoskeletal conditions • Statistical analysis of double blinded, randomised, controlled clinical trials has shown significant results in reduced pain, reduced medication intake, increased range of motion (ROM) and reduced inflammation

How does InterX® work? InterX delivers interactive, high amplitude, high density stimulation to the cutaneous nerves, activating the body’s natural pain relieving mechanisms (segmental and descending inhibition). Research suggests that high amplitude stimulation may also activate autonomic responses and point specificity may activate an anti-inflammatory mechanism mediated by peripheral opioids

How is InterX® therapy applied? The design and interactive waveform allow the therapist to deliver patient specific treatments and enables an entirely different treatment approach. Treatment can be applied locally, or to the dermatomes, the face and scalp and directly over the spine using the Scan, Target, Dynamic protocols: SCAN Identify optimal treatment points (points of low impedance) TARGET Deliver focused, high amplitude stimulation to those points DYNAMIC Perform range of motion, flexibility and resistance exercise while treating points of pain

What makes InterX® Therapy different from other E-stim devices? • The ability to scan the skin, identify optimal treatment points and provide high quality targeted treatment exactly where it is needed is unique to this technology • The parameters of each individual pulse delivered are set by the tissue being treated. These parameters change dynamically in response to the changes in the electrophysiology of the tissue • Its variable, Interactive Waveform and Short Treatment Protocols discourages the body’s natural tendency towards tolerance ensuring InterX® continues to be effective

466

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

059_EXPT_0465-0472:059_EXPT_0465-0472

23/11/09

18:20

Page 467

Neurostimulation 1

• Specifically designed for the management of chronic and acute pain, as well as rehabilitation from injury. • Stainless steel fixed concentric electrodes • Constant current device • Graphic display with simple selection navigation and selection • Preset stimulation patterns • Effective treatment times from 5 to 30 minutes • Fully portable, battery operated, weighing only 315g • Minimal set-up time, no skin preparation and no gel needed. • No calibration required £2495.00 021765 InterX® 5002

Optional Accessories A range of accessory electrodes allow for InterX® therapy to be easily applied on small or large areas (small circular, small classic and dome electrodes) areas of dense body hair (comb electrode) as well as providing unattended treatment options (Flexible Array Electrodes). The Soft Tissue electrode can be used for myofascial release techniques and soft tissue work. 021767 021768 021769 021770 021771 021772 021773 021774 021775 021776 021777

Classic Electrode Small Circular electrode Comb Electrode Soft Tissue Electrode Dome Electrode Kit 4x4 Flexible Array Electrode Kit 3x3 Dual Flexible Array Electrode Kit Professional Device Holster Personal Device Pouch Professional Carry Case Utility Bag small

£104.50 £104.50 £104.50 £192.50 £192.50 £330.00 £330.00 £16.49 £16.49 £38.49 £18.69

2 InterX® 1000 Kit For personal treatment & management of pain 021766 InterX® 1000

COMB ELECTRODE

£550.00

Training programmes are available by interactive web link Clinical trial data is available, please see www.nrg-unlimited.com for details Technical Specification Size Weight Power source Pulse duration Pulse frequency Output voltage Output current Waveform Warranty

InterX® 5002 220 x 60 x 45mm 315g 4AA alkaline batteries 10-500µsec 15-350Hz 20-450v 2-90mA pulsed, damped biphasic sinusoidal 1 year

InterX® 1000 215 x 52 x 43mm 185g 2AA alkaline batteries 10-500µsec 15-350Hz 20-450v 2-90mA pulsed, damped biphasic sinusoidal 1 year

DOME ELECTRODE

4 x 4 FLEXIBLE ARRAY ELECTRODE

SOFT TISSUE ELECTRODE

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

467

Electrotherapy

1 InterX® 5002 Kit

059_EXPT_0465-0472:059_EXPT_0465-0472

23/11/09

18:20

Page 468

Electrotherapy

Biofeedback 1 Stabilizer Pressure Bio-Feedback

The Stabilizer designed by physical therapists, is a simple device which registers changing pressure in an air filled pressure cell. The Stabilizer is principally used for exercises that focus on the protection and stabilisation of joints. Research has shown these types of exercises are especially important for the prevention and treatment of low back and neck pain. The Stabilizer is used to monitor and provide feedback on body movement during exercise. 90 days warranty on bag. S0232 £69.00

2 Peritone EMG Biofeedback Unit The Peritone is a single channel EMG biofeedback device. It can be used in a variety of applications including patella femoral pain, chronic tension headache, asthma, phantom limb pain, incontinence, lower back pain, RSI, pelvic pain, neck and shoulder pain, spinal conditions to name but a few. Its simple design and ease of use make it excellent for both clinic and home treatments Features • Accurate and sensitive - measures activity down to as low as 0.2µv and as high as 2000µv • LEDs display EMG level clearly and easily • LCD displays numerical EMG reading and work/rest countdown • After each session statistics can be reviewed (includes work and rest averages, average onset of muscle contraction and muscle release) • Lock mode function for recording time in use, statistics and locking the units parameters • Low cost, high quality and very accurate • Used with self adhesive electrodes, Periform®+ or Anuform® (not included) • Optional software available Standard Accessories • Patient cable • Reference cable • Battery • User manual • Stand to hold unit upright during use • Soft carry case 021848 £112.99

Additional Accessories 021849 Peritone Software £262.50 With the help of optional software Peritone produces and prints comprehensive patient progress reports for all key parameters, such as work/rest averages, onset contractions, muscle release times, peak values and work/rest average deviations • Microsoft Vista compatible • New software receives EMG data via the new Fibre Optic to USB adapter 012571 Self Adhesive electrodes 5 x 5cm (pk 4). £1.95 For other electrodes see page 479. £12.20 021972 Periform®+ Intra vaginal probe 013920 Spare patient cable £4.49 Technical Specification Range Sensitivity Work rest periods No of trials Unit dimensions Weight

0.2-2000µv 0.1µv RMS 2-99 sec 1-99 128.5 x 64 x 28.3mm 0.15kg

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

468

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

059_EXPT_0465-0472:059_EXPT_0465-0472

23/11/09

18:20

Page 469

Biofeedback 1

and Muscle Stimulation Unit CombiStim XP® is the latest device for the treatment of incontinence. Easy to use, flexible and very effective, CombiStim XP® combines the benefits of EMS and EMG in one device. Depending on the patient’s specific needs, CombiStim XP® can be used as • a pure Biofeedback device • a pure Muscle Stimulator • a Combined Biofeedback/Muscle Stimulation device which automatically contracts the patient’s pelvic floor muscles on achievement of a preset manual contraction target. CombiStim XP® comes with 7 programmes including an open EMS programme where the clinician can choose and set desired stimulation parameters. Program

Indication

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

ETS (EMG Triggered Stimulation) EMG and EMS alternating EMG Biofeedback EMS - Stress Incontinence EMS - Urge Incontinence EMS - Mixed Incontinence Open EMS Program

Features • Single Channel • 3 treatment options, 7 programmes • Clear LED display • Audio and visual biofeedback 019232

£350.00

2 CombistimXP® Software Software Features • Patient Database • EMG Work/Rest Assessment • EMG template Assessment • ETS Assessment • Patient Clinical Report • Patient’s home Compliance Report 022023

£399.00

INFORMATION For use with Anuform and Periform+. Please see pages 500 to 501 for details.

PATIENT’S DATABASE

EMG WORK/REST ASSESSMENT

EMG TEMPLATE ASSESSMENT

ETS ASSESSMENT

PATIENT’S CLINICAL REPORT

PATIENT’S HOME COMPLIANCE REPORT

COMBISTIM PACK

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

469

Electrotherapy

1 CombistimXP® Biofeedback

059_EXPT_0465-0472:Layout 1

1/12/09

14:15

Page 470

Electrotherapy

Biofeedback

NEW

1 Myomed 632

Clinical unit for EMG biofeedback, Pressure Biofeedback and Electrotherapy

Optional Accessories 015121 Cable for connecting Periform/Anuform EN-Pointer electrode The Myomed 632 has functions for biofeedback, pressure biofeedback and 09 131 1869 09 131 1877 Snap-connector, 2mm female, 3 pcs combination with electrotherapy. Several surface or internal electrodes can be connected. This makes the unit extremely suitable for all kinds of exercise 09 131 1885 Pregelled disposable electrodes, 25 pcs and relaxation therapies related to muscle re-education, including pelvic 09 131 1893 Anal pressure sensor floor re-education. 09 131 1901 Vaginal pressure sensor, 6 pcs Features 09 131 1919 Connecting cable for vaginal pressure probe, • 2 Channel EMG incl. air-inlet and syringe Independently operating channels allows 2 EMG signals to be measured 09 131 1927 Connecting cable for anal pressure probe at the same time. The feedback is visual and/or auditive. 09 131 1935 Connecting hose for vaginal pressure sensor • 1 Channel Pressure Biofeedback 09 131 1943 Vaginal pressure sensor CD, 6 pcs Pressure changes are measured by means of an anal or vaginal 09 131 1950 Ultrasound module for 6-series pressure probe. These pressure changes are the result of contractions 09 131 1968 Module for remote LCD display function of the pelvic floor muscles. Information to the therapist and patient is (Myocombox) presented in the same way as with EMG-feedback. • 3 different feedback modes • Continuous • Work/rest • Template • Electrotherapy With 16 different current forms, the Myomed 632 is the complete electrotherapy unit • EMG Combined with Electrotherapy Active and passive therapy can be fully integrated using EMG with electrotherapy (EMG triggered stimulation). The therapist decides whether EMG and stimulation occurs simultaneously, alternating or based on a pre-set threshold. • Graphical display and EMG/Pressure analysis feature This unit can be extended with other functional modules including therapeutic ultrasound and vacuum. Contact us for more details Standard accessories • User manual • EMG Cable • Cable for reference electrode for EMG • Dummy plug • Moist pads for rubber electrode 6 x 8cm, set of 4 • Mains cable 230V • Rubber electrodes 6 x 8cm, 2mm female, 2 x 2 pc • Patient cable 2-core & 2mm male plugs - black • Patient cable 2-core & 2mm male plugs - purple • Strap 250 x 3cm • Strap 100 x 3cm 022030 Myomed 632 £3295.00

470

Fax: 08448 730 100

£49.69 £49.69 £9.50 £27.00 £240.00 £270.00 £42.00 £42.00 £42.00 £270.00 £650.00 £450.00

Technical Specification EMG-feedback Pressure-feedback Combination EMG/pressure-feedback EMG range Pressure range Current channels Current types Pre-programmed programmes Number of vacuum electrode connections Supply voltage Dimensions Weight

www.mobilisrolyan.com

2 channels, independent 1 channel 1 channel EMG, 1 channel pressure 4-10.000 µV and logarithmically 0-360 hPa 2, independent, fully galvanically isolated 16 current types-36 variants 60 4 100-240 V ± 10% (50/60 Hz) 39 x 37 x 24cm (WxDxH) 6.2 kg

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

059_EXPT_0465-0472:059_EXPT_0465-0472

23/11/09

18:20

Page 471

Laser 2

NEW

2 PAIRS SUPPLIED WITH 830nm VERSION ONLY

1 Kinetec Portable Low Level Laser System - 670nm / 5mW This battery powered laser therapy unit is ideal for portable use and clinic use with a unique program system that allows you to select 10 different preset protocols. With an output of 5mW @ 670nm it is ideal for superficial sports injuries and wounds. Features • 10 preset protocols

Technical Specification

• Uses 2 AA batteries

Base Unit Class Output Modes Output Power Timer Weight Dimensions

Standard accessories This unit is supplied with a control unit, probe, protocol key, operating instructions, treatment guide & hard carry case.

Power Requirements Warranty

• Continuous and pulsed output

09 131 2032 Laser Therapy Unit with 670nm 5mW probe

Battery operated 3A Continuous and pulsed 5mW Linked to protocol Base & Probe <400g Base: Width 6cm, Depth 3cm, Height 14cm Probe: Length 17.5cm, 2.5cm Diameter 2 x AA Battery Unit 1 Year

£495.00

2 Kinetec Portable Low Level Laser System - 830nm / 160mW This battery powered laser therapy unit is ideal for portable use & clinic use with a unique program system that allows you to select 10 different preset protocols. With an output of 160mW @ 830nm it is ideal for musculoskeletal injuries and pain relief etc. Features • 10 preset protocols • Continuous and pulsed output

Technical Specification Base Unit Class Output Modes Output Power Timer Weight Dimensions

• Uses 2 AA batteries Standard accessories This unit is supplied with a control unit, probe 830nm 160mW , protocol key, operating instructions, treatment guide, hard carry case and 2 pairs of Protective glasses. 09 131 2057 Laser Therapy Unit with 830nm 160mW probe

Power Requirements Warranty

Battery operated 3B Continuous and pulsed 160mW Linked to protocol Base & Probe <400g Base: Width 6cm, Depth 3cm, Height 14cm Probe: Length 17.5cm, 2.5cm Diameter 2 x AA Battery Unit 1 Year

£1495.00

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

471

Electrotherapy

059_EXPT_0465-0472:059_EXPT_0465-0472

23/11/09

18:20

Page 472

Electrotherapy

Laser 1

1 Endolaser 422 The Endolaser 422 is an advanced and modern designed unit for laser therapy with interchangeable laser probes. Laser therapy, also known as photobiomodulation, low level laser therapy (LLLT), cold laser therapy, and as laser biostimulation is an effective method for: • Pain management • Wound healing • Soft tissue injury treatment • Nerve regeneration • Skin treatment • Cosmetic regeneration Laser is applied to the anatomical region of interest by means of a diode probe. This application can be static and very localized or dynamic for larger regions. A general treatment only takes a few minutes. Features • 2 channel unit • Automatically calculates dosage • Over 80 pre-programmed treatment protocols • Customisable programmes • Laser test – allows for easy verification of the laser probe • Choice of single and cluster probes Being an Enraf-Nonius product, the Endolaser 422 is of high quality and good design and you can be assured of years of excellent functioning and effectiveness. Standard Accessories • Mains cable • Protective goggles x 2 • Operating manual 017685 Endolaser 422 £995.000 Optional Accessories 017682 25mW, pulsed single laser diode £695.00 017681 100mW, pulsed single laser diode £1295.00 017680 500mW, continuous single laser diode £1495.00 017679 400mW, pulsed cluster (4) laser diodes £1595.00 010118 Replacement Safety goggles £26.50 022094 Trolley for Enraf 4 Series with trays £199.00

A 500mW with 1 laser diode 808nm The 500mw single diode is ideal for the treatment of small surface areas. It features an 808nm wavelength and has a 500mw output. This laser diode is ideal for muscular skeletal conditions, pain relief and many outpatient laser applications including treating very deep conditions.

B 400mW Clusterprobe with 4 laser diodes The 400mw cluster diode is ideal for the treatment of larger surface areas. It features a 905nm wavelength and has a 400mw output. This laser diode is ideal for muscular skeletal conditions, pain relief and many outpatient laser applications. Technical Specification Mains voltage

230vac 50-60Hz ± 15% 115 vac 50-60Hz ± 15% Max power consumption 15VA Double fuse protection 250mA Rit 5x20mm Plug for Interlock/safety key (contacts normally closed) Programmable treatment time Diode laser wavelength for 25,100, 400mW pulsed diode Diode laser wavelength for 500mW continuous laser diode Laser classification Max permissible exposure Accessible emission limit Divergence NOHD (Nominal ocular hazard area) direct light NOHD diffused light IR Radiation sensor for external laser probe Programmable impulse frequency Duty cycle, (only avail with continuous laser diodes) Independent output channels Pre-programmed protocols Free programmable positions Plastic desktop container dimension (lxhxd) Weight of machine body

For laser combined with Electrotherapy and Ultrasound see the Dynatron Solaris 708 on page 455.

472

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

up to 60mins 905nm 808nm 3B 5032.06J.m-2 77.1mW (class 3B) 107mrad 2.89m 0m on front panel 10-10,000Hz 10-9900Hz 2 82 50 29 x 28 x 11.5cm 3.2kg

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

060_EXPT_0473-0480:060_EXPT_0473-0480

23/11/09

18:20

Page 473

Shortwave Electrotherapy

1 PSW-180 Shortwave Unit Shortwave therapy operates at approximately 27MHz. At this frequency, electromagnetic energy is converted to thermal energy by the induction of circulating currents in the tissue and dielectric absorption in insulating tissue. Shortwave therapy benefits include the encouragement of healing, pain relief, reduction of muscle spasm and increase in mobility. This new pulsed shortwave offers a wide range of pulse frequencies and pulse widths and a large range of applicators, rigid or malleable. The malleable electrodes are enclosed within felt making application simple, with straps to secure to joints etc. Rigid electrodes are supplied as standard with the unit, plus a choice of 2 sized Inductive applicators to offer the widest range of treatments possible. Features • Large graphic screen • 28 memory slots for frequently used treatments • Fully screened to shield Therapist and other equipment Standard Accessories • 2 x Condenser electrodes (135mm) • Test tube • Treatment guide • User manual S1710 PSW-180 Shortwave Unit £2750.00 Optional Accessories S1711 Inductive applicator 70mm S1712 Inductive applicator 135mm S1714 Condenser electrode 70mm S1715 Rubber pad electrodes with built in felt 165 x 165mm (pair) S1717 Rubber pad electrodes with built in felt 165 x 280mm (pair) S1719 Induction cable

£204.75 £309.75 £103.95 £204.75 £220.50 £207.90

Technical Specification Frequency Pulse frequency Pulse width Memory programs Gross weight approx Dimensions Inductive electrodes Condenser electrodes Rubber pad electrodes Power output

27.12MHz 25 - 900Hz adjustable 10 steps 0.65 - 15.2ms adjustable 10 steps 28 26kgs 835mm(H) X 380(W) X 320(D)mm 70mm and 135mm 70mm and 135mm Medium & large 5-80 watts

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

473

060_EXPT_0473-0480:060_EXPT_0473-0480

23/11/09

18:20

Page 474

Electrotherapy

Shortwave 1 Curapuls 670

Pulsed Shortwave The Curapuls 670 is provided with two outlets so that two electrodes can be used simultaneously. Both outlets have independently adjustable pulse width and peak (average) power. Usually the Curapuls 670 is used a-thermally but thermal effects can also be achieved by long pulse times and high pulse repetition frequencies. Circuplodes The 3 advanced induction-electrodes have been developed for the Curapuls 670. They are provided with a Faraday screen that eliminates capacitive effects to give a virtually pure magnetic field. This means no energy is absorbed in superficial fatty tissues, so optimum treatments of deeper-lying tissues is obtained. This is in contrast to conventional inductive electrodes, in which the transfer of energy is limited by the capacitive currents in superficial fatty tissues. • Circuplode Ø 9 cm; for the treatment of small body parts such as wrist and ankle joints • Circuplode Ø 14 cm; for the treatment of lager body parts such as hip and shoulder joints • Circuplode-E; for the treatment of large body parts such as knee joints and oblong muscles. The Circuplode-E can generate a frequency of 800 Hz. Ideal for thermal treatment. The Curapuls 670 has a Power Indicator. If there is insufficient or no loss on a Circuplode, the unit senses this. The power is automatically reduced to a very low level until the load condition is corrected. This feature controls the energy transfer to the patient. Another unique feature is that the actual transferred power is displayed. Features • Adjustable peak power (maximum 200 Watt) • Adjustable pulse width and frequency • Conveniently arranged display – user friendly & functional • 50 Pre-programmed treatment suggestions • 25 Free programmable memory positions • Special induction-electrodes • Power indicator • Actual power transfer indicator • Adjustable electrode arms Standard Accessories • Electrode arm white for Curapuls 670 & 970 • Cable clamp • Circuplode Ø 140 mm, 670 • Induction electrode for the treatment of lager body parts such as hip and shoulder joints • Mains cable 230V • Operating manual 014807 Curapuls 670

Technical Specification Frequency Channels Pulse power Average power Treatment time Mains voltage Power consumption Dimensions Weight (unit) Electrode arm

27.12 MHz (± 0.6%) 2 0-200 W (± 20%) into 50 ohm 0-64 W (± 20%) into 50 ohm 0-30 minutes 110-120 V ± 10% (50/60 Hz) max 1.6 A (230 V) 39x40x93 cm (WxDxH) 45 kg (excluding arm) 2.5 kg

Optional Accessories 015000 Circuplode Ø 9 cm, 670 015060 Circuplode-E, 670 015420 Fixed height wooden couch, lifting back

£3495.00

£495.00 £493.90 £395.00

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

474

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

060_EXPT_0473-0480:060_EXPT_0473-0480

23/11/09

18:20

Page 475

Shortwave Electrotherapy

1 Curapuls 970

Continuous & Pulsed Shortwave The continuously adjustable intensity and the output of 400 Watt provides optimum application possibilities. Continuous shortwave therapy increases the circulation and stimulates the metabolism. The pulsed peak power can be set to a maximum of 1000 Watts. The related average power is, however, much lower. Biological processes which should not be heat-treated, can therefore be treated a-thermally. Pulsed mode effects Besides the well known effects of heat therapy with continuous radiation, the unit’s pulsed mode will stimulate wound healing, oedema- and haematoma absorption, pain reduction and stimulation of the peripheral circulation. Electrodes An electrical field can be created with the disc electrodes or the rubber electrodes. There is a wide range of capacitive electrodes, dependent on the body part to be treated. A magnetic field can be created with the Circuplode or with the Flexiplode. Flexiplode This induction electrode is well suited to treatment of deeper lying tissues. Its treatment planes can be adjusted to fit the body part. Its large surface totalling 412x225mm allows for larger body parts to be treated in one application. Features • Conveniently arranged display – user friendly & functional • Wide range of disc & flexible rubber electrodes • 4 large castors, 2 lockable – easy to move and immobilise • Adjustable electrode arms Standard Accessories • 2 Electrode arms, white for Curapuls 670 & 970 • 2 Electrode cables • 2 Cable clamps • Disc electrode Ø 130 mm • Neon check light • Operating manual 014809 Curapuls 970

£4750.00

Optional Accessories 015058 Two way plug for multi-electrode technique 015036 Electrode arm (white) 017457 Electrode cable for 970 015029 Neon check light 015035 Cable clamp 015420 Fixed height wooden couch, lifting back

£126.80 £347.29 £126.39 £24.15 £6.55 £395.00

Electrodes 015028 Circuplode Ø 140mm for 970 015001 Flexiplode for 970 015046 Disc electrode Ø 42mm for 970 015002 Disc electrode Ø 85mm for 970 015061 Disc electrode Ø 130mm for 970 015076 Flexible rubber electrode 9.5x10cm for 970 015077 Flexible rubber electrode 12x12cm for 970 015078 Flexible rubber electrode 15x25cm for 970

£495.00 £495.00 £62.95 £87.10 £99.70 £52.45 £60.85 £73.45

Felt Spacers 015083 10.5x5cm for Flexible rubber electrode 9.5x10cm £11.30 015082 13x17cm for Flexible rubber electrode 12x12cm £12.60 015081 16x30cm for Flexible rubber electrode 15x25cm £15.05

Technical Specification Generator frequency Output power: Continous HF Output power: Pulsed HF Pulse duration Pulse repetition frequency Mains supply Mains voltage variation Current consumption Dimensions Length electrode arms Weight

27.12 MHz, ± 0.6% max 400W max 1000W (peak) ca. 400 µs 15-200 Hz adjustable in 10 steps 220-240 V / 50 Hz max. ± 10% max. 6 A (at 230 V) 56x43x92.5 cm (WxDxH, without arms) 93 cm ca. 80 kg

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

475

060_EXPT_0473-0480:060_EXPT_0473-0480

23/11/09

18:20

Page 476

Electrotherapy

Shockwave Therapy

PiezoWave Shockwave therapy The new, highly efficient, non-surgical treatment of chronic pain in the musculoskeletal system The PiezoWave combines extracorporeal shock wave therapy (ESWT) applications with trigger point shock wave therapy (TPST) applications. Extracorporeal shock waves have been used successfully in the treatment of chronic pain since the early '90s. The PiezoWave offers a significant expansion of the range of applications for myofascial pain syndrome. The extracorporeal, focused shock wave allows precise diagnosis and therapy of active and latent trigger points. Trigger points are thickened, pain-sensitive points within a usually tense muscle. They can cause a variety of pains â&#x20AC;&#x201C; even well away from their own location.

How does extracorporeal shock wave therapy work? The Piezowave generates sound waves with high energy (extracorporeal) based on the piezoelectric principle. These waves are passed into the body through gel filled cushions. The patient feels the short pulses and helps the clinician to direct the shock waves to the point where the most pain is felt. Treatment is gentle and takes up to 15 minutes. Approximately 3 treatments are necessary at intervals of 1 to 2 weeks. 018836

476

Shockwave Unit

ÂŁ15995.00

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

060_EXPT_0473-0480:060_EXPT_0473-0480

23/11/09

18:20

Page 477

Shockwave Therapy Electrotherapy

Focused Extracorporeal Shockwave Therapy - ESWT Applications The Piezowave ESWT unit is used to treat chronic pain particularly in the transitional regions between tendons and bone and in muscle attachments in: • Radial/ulnar epicondylitis • Patellar tendinopathy • Plantar fascilitis with or without heal spurs • Tendinosis calcarea (shoulder) • Adhesive capsulitis (frozen shoulder) • Pseudoarthrosis Advantages in ESWT • High, clearly defined penetration depth • Highly accurate treatment • Maximum energy directly in the treatment area • Low risk of haematoma • Practically no skin irritation • Small design, portable, compact unit • Practically maintenance free

Trigger Point Shock Wave Therapy – TPST Applications The extracorporeal, focused shock wave allows both the therapy and the precise localisation of active and latent trigger points. The trigger is excited by the small focus point of the PiezoWave. This allows precise localisation without palpation that is often painful for the patient. TPST is used to treat chronic pain particularly in transitional regions between tendons and bone and in muscle attachments in the: • Neck • Shoulder • Back • Buttock • Knee Advantages in TPST • Mobile and focused ESWT system • Deep penetration up to 40mm • Treatment with a pulse frequency up to 8Hz • Precise localisation of trigger points • Low risk haematoma • Broad range of applications • Individual therapy options • Long working life – extremely economical Combined advantages of ESWT & TPST • Wide range of applications • Outpatient treatment is fast and gentle • Only 1 to 3 sessions necessary • Fast alleviation of pain • Success in alleviating or eliminating pain has been documented in up to 85% of cases Research and studies relating to the effectiveness of treatments are available.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

477

060_EXPT_0473-0480:060_EXPT_0473-0480

23/11/09

18:21

Page 478

Electrotherapy

Electrotherapy Accessories 1

1 Vacuum Electrodes

220271

30mm side entry suction cup small

£12.60

S0084

65mm side entry suction cup medium

£19.00

S0083

95mm side entry suction cup large

£21.00

2 Vacuum Sponges

220275

28mm dia for 30mm suction cup

£0.70

220045

58mm dia for 65mm suction cup

£1.20

220046 S0089

77mm dia for 95mm suction cup 87mm dia for 95mm top entry suction cup

£1.35 £1.45

3 Suction Leads

S0524

(Blue/blue end) 4mm socket

£19.00

S0525

(red/red end) 4mm socket

£19.00

220035

4mm plug / 4mm socket white

£36.75

220229

4mm plug / 4mm socket red

£36.75

4 Flexible Conductive Rubber Electrodes Enraf Range

015020

4 x 6cm, 4mm female, set of 2

£29.81

014838

6 x 8cm, 4mm female, set of 2

£32.67

014991

8 x 12cm, 4mm female, set of 2

£24.20

015016

4 x 6cm, 2mm female, set of 2

£16.28

015015

6 x 8cm, 2mm female, set of 2

£32.67

014992 F 8 x 12cm, 2mm female, set of 2 £26.44 Universal Range 4mm shrouded female socket electrode

S0438 G 4 x 6cm (black) S0440 6 x 8cm (black) S0442 8 x 12cm (black) S0439 4 x 6cm (red) S0441 6 x 8cm (red) S0443 8 x 12cm (red) Universal Range 4mm plug electrode

£12.50 £14.50 £16.50 £12.50 £14.50 £16.50

S3100 S3101 S3102 S3103 S3104 S3105

£12.50 £14.50 £16.50 £12.50 £14.50 £16.50

4 x 6cm (black) 6 x 8cm (black) 8 x 12cm (black) 4 x 6cm (red) 6 x 8cm (red) 8 x 12cm (red)

5 Rubber Electrode Sponge Covers F

S0095

Glove sponge for 4 x 6cm electrodes

£1.35

S0094

Glove sponge for 6 x 8cm electrodes

£1.24

S0093

Glove sponge for 8 x 12cm electrodes

£1.43

S0370

Glove sponge for 3" (77mm) electrodes

£1.57

S0371

Glove sponge for 2" (50mm) electrodes

£1.05

6 Mobile Electrodes

5 C

A range of mobile electrodes that are insulated on one side so therefore can be moved during treatment to obtain the best position for treatment and for scanning over muscle. S0067

S0068

S0069

S0070 S0071

3" (77mm) round black, 2mm socket

£12.00

3" (77mm) round red, 2mm socket

£12.00

2" (50mm) round black, 2mm socket

£9.45

2" (50mm) round red, 2mm socket

£9.45

4x5cm black, 2mm socket

£7.88

7 Dynatronics Patient leads - for 850 & Solaris A

478

S4410 S4411

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Patient lead red Patient lead black

£16.95 £16.95

060_EXPT_0473-0480:060_EXPT_0473-0480

23/11/09

18:21

Page 479

Electrotherapy Accessories 1

£12.20

2 Internal Electrodes: Anuform Intra-anal probe. Revolutionary shape allows for more comfortable stimulation and improved biofeedback. Also approved for vaginal use. 09 120 3249

£15.79

3 Adaptors For converting lead wires to accept different sized electrodes & self adhesive electrodes 015073 015074

2mm female to 4mm male Adaptor, black 2mm female to 4mm male Adaptor, red

£4.95 £4.95

S0080

4mm to 2mm Adaptor

£6.97

4 Velcro Straps These Straps are ideal for use on electrotherapy electrodes, ice packs and hot packs. They are manufactured from washable elasticated material with self-fastening velcro hooks. S0096 Velcro Strap 7.5 x 50cm £3.52 220051 Velcro Strap 7.5 x 90cm £4.15 S0098 Velcro Strap 7.5 x 120cm £5.62 S0099 Velcro Strap 10 x 50cm £3.52 220054 Velcro Strap 10 x 90cm £5.20 S0101 Velcro Strap 10 x 120cm £6.67

5 Nylatex® Straps

Nylatex® wraps are made from a stretchable, laminated loop material that is ideal for holding electrodes in place, ensuring good contact. Pack of 3. 2945 6 x 61cm £21.37 294501 6 x 45cm £17.26 294502 6 x 91cm £25.49 294503 6 x 122cm £18.80 294504 10 x 45cm £23.84 294505 10 x 91cm £33.78 294506 10 x 122cm £41.96 294507 15 x 45cm £30.37 294508 15 x 91cm £41.96 294509 15 x 122cm £52.41 294510 Assorted pack of 8, includes one £86.48 of each size except 6 x 61cm

6 A

6 Self Adhesive Electrodes Suitable for all TENS, STIM, FES and EMG applications • Reusable, comfortable and long lasting • Offers optimal conductivity and adherence to the skin • Low allergy gel reduces skin irritation • Current disperses evenly across the electrode eliminating hot spots • New carbon wire construction reduces interference for EMG applications 012574 012575

30mm Dia. Round (Pack of 4) 50mm Dia. Round (Pack of 4)

£2.57 £3.78

012572 221958

50 x 90mm (Pack of 4) 50 x 100mm (Pack of 4)

£4.19 £2.95

012571

50 x 50mm (Pack of 4)

£1.95

7 Durastick II Electrodes Highest quality range of flexible yet strong self-adhesive electrodes with a unique silver printed conductor. They are easy to remove and extremely durable. S0034

30mm Dia. Round (Pack of 4)

£6.95

S0035

50 x 50mm (Pack of 4)

£6.95

S0036

50mm Dia. Round (Pack of 4)

£6.95

S0037 S0038

50 x 90mm (Pack of 4) 70mm Dia. Round (Pack of 4)

£7.99 £8.99

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

479

Electrotherapy

1 Internal Electrodes: Periform+ 09 120 3231

060_EXPT_0473-0480:060_EXPT_0473-0480

23/11/09

18:21

Page 480

Electrotherapy

Electrotherapy Accessories 1

1 Aquasonic® 100 Ultrasound Gel

Aquasonic® 100 is the most widely used gel for diagnostic and therapeutic medical ultrasound. Recommended for all procedures where a viscous gel is required. Hypoallergenic, bacteriostatic and non-sensitising, this gel will not stain clothes, damage transducers or irritate skin. 303101 1 Litre £10.17 303102 5 Litre £16.98

2 Ultrasound Gel 5ltr - Eko Bag

5 litres of Ultrasound Gel supplied in a clear Eko Bag with a built-in handle for ease of carrying. Each container is also supplied with a free 250ml empty bottle, and also a nozzle that screws onto the neck to make it easier to decant. The packaging is much softer than the original cubitainer, making it more economical as every last drop can be squeezed out and also, once empty, the bag can be rolled up for easy and efficient disposal. 220015 £9.40

3 Mobilis Rolyan Ultrasound Gel This ultrasound gel is water-soluble and will not irritate tissue or damage the ultrasound head. 009850

5ltr non rigid container + free empty 250ml bottle 250ml bottle

£10.97

S0057 S0058

1ltr bottle 250ml empty bottles x 10

£3.95 £0.58

S0259

Pump dispenser to fit 5ltr gel container

£8.35

009731

£1.38

4 Lectron II Electrode Gel Ideal for use with muscle stimulators, TENS etc. It will not breakdown or irritate. Available in three sizes. S0214 60ml Lectron gel £1.58 S0590 90ml Lectron gel £1.94 S0591 250ml Lectron gel £2.47

5 High Conductive Gel 250ml A

This high Conductive Gel is excellent for problem applications such as treatment through hair, especially useful in animal therapy. 220078 £3.15

6 Aquaflex Ultrasound Gel Pad A 2cm x 9cm aqueous, flexible, disposable ultrasound standoff for use in difficult to visualize and near field areas, or when gels alone won't do. Disposability eliminates the risk of cross contamination in diagnostic and therapeutic ultrasound procedures. Features: • Requires no gel, except in prolonged procedures • Requires only gentle, even pressure • Disposable • Cushions sensitive areas • Hypoallergenic, bacteriostatic

3043B 3043A

Single Pad Box of 6

£9.99 £49.00

7 Disinfectant wipes These wipes are designed to disinfect hard surfaces, ultrasound applicators and couches etc. They contain a 70% w/w Isopropyl Alcohol solution which is active against grampositive and gramnegative bacteria as well as most viruses including Salmonella, Listeria, E.coli, TB, HIV and MRSA.

480

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

S0922

A Pocket Packet 70 £2.00 (wipe size 70mm x 130mm - 70 wipes per pack)

S0923

B Container 100 £2.89 (wipe size 130mm x 180mm - 100 wipes per container)

061_EXPT_0481-0488:061_EXPT_0481-0488

23/11/09

18:21

Page 481

Electrotherapy Accessories 1

2 2 Level Trolley With drawer and large metal castors. Width 510mm. Depth 430mm. Height 810mm S0153

£166.95

3 Wide 2 Level Trolley with drawer Width 63mm. Depth 430mm. Height 710mm S0220

£145.95

4 3 Level Trolley With drawer and large metal casters. Width 510mm. Depth 430mm. Height 1000mm. 220123

£145.95

5 Mobile Pro Padded Carry Bag

SHOWN WITH 4 SERIES UNIT

This new bag has been designed for use with the Enraf 4 series range of machines; it is easy to use, with a simple peel back cover to access all the controls, and when closed ensures that the unit is kept clean and secure. With pockets both sides to store heads and accessories it will make units truly portable. Ideal for use with All Enraf 4 series including combination, ultrasound , Interferential and laser. 09 131 2016 £56.95

6 Bags & Cases A choice of soft padded carry bag or hard carry case. The bag has an extra strong strap and plenty of storage space in its four compartments. The hard carry case is perfect for regular movement of items that require extra protection. S0405

Hard carry case

£36.75

S0411

Hard carry case with foam inserts

£37.37

S0535

Soft padded carry case

£27.50

INFORMATION Please refer to pages 536 to 537 for additional trolleys.

NEW

B ENRAF 4 SERIES MOBILE BAG

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

481

Electrotherapy

1 Trolley for Enraf 4 Series with trays This new trolley is perfect for any of the Enraf 4 series equipment to sit on. The trolley has a 250ml ultrasound gel holder and lockable castors. Height 900mm. Width 430mm. Depth 400mm. 022094 £199.00

061_EXPT_0481-0488:061_EXPT_0481-0488

23/11/09

18:21

Page 482

Electrotherapy

TENS 1 MediTENS XP Labour & General

For Obstetric and General use - Advanced dual channel digital TENS therapy for pain management Features: • 5 easy to select TENS programmes • Combined pain-gate and endorphin release programme targeting chronic pain • Sweeping TENS programme for targeting acute pain • ‘Trigger’ button to maximise pain relief - perfect for obstetric use • Pulse frequency 4-150Hz • Pulse width 150µsec • Intensity lock button • Belt clip 018942 £64.99

2 SKF Dual Channel TENS A low cost TENS unit that offers all the main features required from a TENS unit but with high quality components to ensure reliability. Standard version includes TENS with case, battery, leads, self adhesive electrodes and operating manual. Deluxe version additionally includes gel and tape. Features • Selectable modes: Normal, burst and modulated • Variable frequency 2-150Hz • Variable pulse width 30-260µsecs • Weight 115g including battery

Specification Base Unit Internally powered (9V PP3) No. of channels 2 (isolated) outputs Output intensity 0-80mA peak, Dimensions Width 6.5cm, depth 2.3cm, height 9.5cm Warranty period 3 years - unit only S0262 Standard £27.00 S1305 Deluxe £36.00

3 Neen TENS

STANDARD

DELUXE

A dual channel digital TENS unit. Its compact and user friendly design make it perfect for everyday use. It has eight preset programmes and has three customisable programmes so can be tailored to specific patient needs. Features: • Selectable modes: Normal, burst, modulate • Variable frequency 2-150Hz. • Variable pulse width 60-250µs • Patient compliance timer • Belt clip • Auto switch off after four minutes of non use • Dimensions: 8cm x 6.7cm x 4.5cm 012530 £34.99

4 Acticare TSE

Transcutaneous Spinal Electroanalgesia (TSE) is a form of electrical pain relief that bridges the gap between TENS machine and implanted spinal cord stimulators. • Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulation (TENS) Constant, Burst, and Modulated modes • High Frequency TENS up to 500Hz • Acupuncture-like TENS (AL-TENS) down to 1Hz • Neuromuscular stimulation (NMES) • High voltage pulsed galvanic stimulation AA971619 £225.98 AMPLITUDE KNOB

5 11th Generation Digital EMS Unit CHANNEL OUTPUT

MODE

PULSE RATE / PULSE WIDTH TIMER

BATTERY INDICATOR SET BUTTON

MODE BUTTON LID COVER

A portable dual channel device for muscle exercise and treatment of injury. A series of stimulated contraction and relaxation phases will enable an individual to build, tone, strengthen and improve contour to the muscles. Scientific design with accurate setting can be proven to exercise body muscle fast, efficiently and effectively. With a large LCD display and flip clip design. Contains: 1 x EMS unit, carrying case, 2 sets of lead wires, 4 self-adhesive electrodes, 1 x 9v battery and an instruction manual. Dimensions: 24 x 59 x 101mm. AA9722 £67.05

INFORMATION For Muscle Stimulation, please see pages 459 to 464

482

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

061_EXPT_0481-0488:061_EXPT_0481-0488

23/11/09

18:21

Page 483

TENS Garments 1

With a ‘fix’ garment the patient doesn’t have to remember where exactly to place the electrode pads! When pain restricts mobility and patients find it difficult to comply with pad placement advice, treatment outcomes with home based TENS and NMES often suffer. These new conductive garments from neurotech have been specifically developed to improve patient compliance by simplifying correct electrode pad placement. Better treatment outcomes are the result. Features • Breath-O-Prene® material • Latex-free and adhesive-free • Unique micro climate control system • Stretch and recovery characteristics • One size fits all • Thin, low profile construction • Reusable Garments are used with Meditens XP - Needs to be purchased separately. See page 482. Universal connector that allows connection to all TENS machines coming soon – please ask for details 022204 Genufix TENS applicator for knee £25.99 022206 Lumbofix applicator for the back £40.64 022205 Genufix/Lumbofix replacement electrodes £16.99 5cm diameter. Packk of 4.

GENUFIX

Theraknit™ Electrodes Designed to be used in conjunction with pulsed galvanic electrostimulation for muscle stimulation and TENS for reduction of pain and swelling. These garments eliminate guesswork in the size and placement of electrodes - they stimulate the entire involved area for maximum therapeutic effect. 2 Theraknit™ Elbow Sleeve A939220 A939221 A939222

Small Medium Large

Circumference 15-23cm 25-30cm 30cm

LUMBOFIX

£48.82 £48.82 £48.82

3 Theraknit™ Knee Sleeve A939230 A939231 A939232

Small Medium Large

Circumference 30-36cm 38-46cm 46cm

3 £65.85 £65.85 £65.85

4 Theraknit™ Glove A939200 A939201 A939202 A939203

Small Medium Large X-Large

Palm Width Up to 8cm 8-9cm 9-10cm Over 10cm

£48.82 £48.82 £48.82 £48.82

5 Theraknit™ Sock A939210 A939211 A939212

Small Medium Large

Mens Sock Size 6-9 10-13 14 and up

4 £48.82 £65.85 £65.85

6 Theraknit™ Pigtail-Snap Adaptor 554291

Pigtail-Snap Adaptor

£7.48

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

483

Electrotherapy

1 Genufix & Lumbofix The new dimension in Patient-friendly electrotherapy

061_EXPT_0481-0488:061_EXPT_0481-0488

23/11/09

18:21

Page 484

Electrotherapy

TENS Garments

BAXOLVE XP® Baxolve is the latest innovative means of controlling back pain using two clinically proven therapies, Lumbar Support and TENS, in one integrated belt. BAXOLVE Lumbar Support and TENS can be used together for maximum pain relief or separately, as the situation requires.

Quality features •

How to use Baxolve XP®

Easy Fastening and adjustment system

1 For great support

Fitted with a simple Velcro based fastening system with pockets and thumb loops. Baxolve XP® is easy to apply even for elderly patients at home.

•

Use just the lumbar support belt to ease lower back pain or help prevent its onset. The BAXOLVE belt supports the spinal and abdominal muscles and restricts painful movement. This can improve posture and positional awareness.

2 For enhanced pain relief

Skin friendly material suitable to wear all year round

Attach the specially designed unique ‘pelotte’ or massage pad. The small rubber nipples mounted on the pad have a massage effect on the lower spine area, improving local blood circulation and helping to reduce pain.

Baxolve XP® is made from a specially developed very thin elasticated skin friendly material called Flextex™. It has excellent breathability and humidity management characteristics with any excess moisture being quickly carried to the surface where it can evaporate.

•

3 For further compression Attach the outer Duopress® belt for extra comfort, support and compression.

Developed by experts and clinically tested Behind the development of Baxolve XP®, lies years of experience of leading orthopaedic and orthotic experts. Every detail was optimised, checked and validated to ensure the product’s compliance with the highest quality standards and the needs of doctors and patients.

Clinical Research Clinical research has demonstrated that lumbar support and TENS are an effective method of pain relief. For a more in-depth insight into the clinical trials please visit www.mobilisrolyan.com

4 For maximum pain relief with lumbar support and TENS The outer Duopress® belt also contains the attachments for the MediTENS XP unit. The electrode cables are completely integrated so there is no cable spaghetti! Simply attach the electrodes to the belt, plug the TENS unit in and switch on!

0217301 0217302 0217303 0217304 0217305

Size 1 2 3 4 5

Waist (cm) 64-78 78-92 92-106 106-120 120-142

Waist (inches) 25-30 30-36 36-41 41-47 47-55

£134.99 £134.99 £134.99 £134.99 £134.99

Testimonials “With an increasing number of people becoming addicted to pain killers due to prolonged back pain, new products which offer drug free relief from back Includes Lumbar Support and MediTENS XP. (See page 482 for details of TENS machine.) pain are to be welcomed. BAXOLVE™ combines two clinically proven therapies, TENS and lumbar support, giving the patient control of their pain SPARES management and simultaneously easing the burden on the health services”. Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200. Dr Peter Skew, President of the British Institute of Musculoskeletal Medicine

484

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

061_EXPT_0481-0488:061_EXPT_0481-0488

23/11/09

18:21

Page 485

TENS Accessories 1

£1.95 £4.19 £2.95 £2.57 £3.78 £4.73

2 Durastick II Electrodes Highest quality range of flexible yet strong self-adhesive electrodes with a unique silver printed conductor. They are easy to remove and extremely durable. S0035 50 x 50mm Pack of 4 £6.95 S0037 50 x 90mm Pack of 4 £7.99 S0034 30mm Round Pack of 4 £6.95 S0036 50mm Round Pack of 4 £6.95 S0038 70mm Round Pack of 4 £8.99

3 Uni-Tab™ Electrodes Single use electrodes with low profile design. Constructed for clinical applications to promote hygienic treatment. All Uni-Tab™ electrodes require the purchase of an adaptor to attach a standard pin to the electrode tab. 09 117 7633 3 x 4cm Pack of 48 £10.85 09 117 7641 5 x 5.7cm Pack of 48 £15.51 09 117 7658 10 x 5.7cm Pack of 48 £27.61

4 Uni-Tab™ Pin to Alligator Clip Adaptors Convert a standard 2cm pin to alligator clip for attachment to Uni-Tab™ electrodes. 09 117 7666 Black Adaptor £5.43 09 117 7674 Red Adaptor £5.43

5 Unipatch® Superior Silver Electrodes Silver conductor results in optimal current dispersion and increased patient comfort. Soft, non-irritating gel conforms and adheres to irregular surfaces. Flexible, soft fabric backing is manufactured with an outer coating to increase electrode durability. Moulded lead wire connector accepts minor variations in pin diameters. Size/Shape Quantity 2371 5cm Round 40 £61.36 552371 5cm Round 4 £6.87 2372 7cm Round 40 £74.37 552372 7cm Round 4 £8.52 2373 5cm Square 40 £65.08 552373 5cm Square 4 £7.85 2377 5 x 9cm 40 £90.98 552377 5 x 9cm 4 £10.89

6 Re-ply™ Snap Connecting Electrodes Electrodes are reusable, economical and self-adhering. Low profile design is available in two different sizes. These electrodes can be used for multiple applications up to 14 days. 922472 5 x 5cm Pack of 4 £5.04 922473 5 x 10cm Pack of 4 £6.99

7 Reflex Carbon Electrodes Pre-Gelled Carbon Electrodes Re-usable, self-adhering, pre-gelled electrodes. 09 117 7708 5 x 5cm £7.19 09 117 7716 4.5 x 10cm (High Heat) £11.51 09 117 7724 4 x 4.5cm (High Heat) £5.65 09 117 7732 4 x 4.5cm £5.65 Top Connecting Non-Adhesive Carbon Electrodes To be used with patches (listed below). 09 117 7740 4 x 4.5cm, Pack of 4 £5.65 09 117 7757 4 x 10cm, Pack of 4 £12.74 09 117 7773 4 x 10cm, Pack of 20 £19.93 Tape Patches Single use, disposable patches are designed to be used with non-adhesive carbon electrodes (above). 09 117 7781 7.5 x 7.5cm, Pack of 100 £21.69 09 117 7799 7.5 x 12.5cm, Pack of 100 £49.82

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

485

Electrotherapy

1 Self Adhesive Electrodes Suitable for all TENS, STIM, FES and EMG applications • Reusable, comfortable and long lasting. 012571 50 x 50mm Pack of 4 012572 50 x 90mm Pack of 4 221958 50 x 100mm Pack of 4 012574 30mm Round Pack of 4 012575 50mm Round Pack of 4 012576 75mm Round Pack of 4

061_EXPT_0481-0488:061_EXPT_0481-0488

23/11/09

18:22

Page 486

Electrotherapy

TENS Accessories & PEMF 1

1 Rubber Electrodes S0237 S1790

Rubber electrode 5x5cm (pair) with pigtails Rubber electrode 9x5cm (pair) with pigtails

£5.25 £7.35

2 TENS Leads 013920 S1448

Replacement TENS leads for NEEN TENS, £4.49 Neurotrac Sports & Sports XL Replacement TENS leads £5.25 for SKF Dual Channel TENS

3 Rechargeable Battery & Charger

S0133 S0134 220869

Battery charger Rechargeable battery PP3 Rechargeable battery AA, Pack of 4

£12.95 £9.72 £14.12

4 Standard Batteries S0394 022128 022075 022076

PP3 Battery Duracell AAAA Batteries, Pack of 2 Duracell size AA Battery, Pack of 4 Duracell size C Battery, Pack of 2

£0.57 £4.99 £8.94 £6.70

5 Lectron II Electrode Gel Ideal for use with muscle stimulators, TENS etc. It will not breakdown or irritate. Available in three sizes. S0214 60ml Lectron gel £1.58 S0590 90ml Lectron gel £1.94 S0591 250ml Lectron gel £2.47

6 Micropore Tape Micropore tape for holding electrodes to skin. 2.5 x 10cm. S0138 £0.74

7 Kings Guide to Tens

A simple step by step guide to managing pain using a TENS unit. This well illustrated guide has been written for the person with no previous medical knowledge 221520 £5.20

8 Painwave

486

The Painwave X4000 has been designed stimulate the body’s own natural pain relieving processes in order to reduce acute and chronic pain symptoms and encourage wound healing. It uses the principles of Pulsed Electromagnetic Field Therapy (PEMF) and emits a pulsed electromagnetic wave that penetrates cells around the area of pain which: • stimulates cell metabolism • improves cellular oxygen utilisation • improves blood circulation • encourages the release of endorphins and enkephalins • encourages and accelerates removal of pain-causing toxins • activates macrophages to strength the immune system ..thereby promoting healing and regeneration and reducing pain. The device is applied directly to the point of pain or used on acupuncture points. It is most beneficial when moved in a circular motion over the point of pain, which allows the therapeutic effects to extend through all types of body tissue at least 6cm and to a lateral radius of 9cm. It can be used through clothing, dressings (including hydrogels and plaster casts). Benefits • Non invasive • Light, compact and portable • Charge it up like your mobile phone, lasts 50 x 7 min cycles • Safe - no possibility of over treating • People with all types of implants (except heart pacemakers) can be treated • No heat is generated so can be used to accelerate healing in people with pins and bone plates Unlike TENS the Painwave does not block pain signals to the brain via pain gateways. It also does not contain magnets. 017712 £149.99

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

061_EXPT_0481-0488:061_EXPT_0481-0488

23/11/09

18:22

Page 487

Compression Therapy 1

• Strong - virtually unbreakable plastic case. • Simple - easy to use, ergonomic design. • Quiet - reliable maintenance free Cyclone pump. • Adjustable pressure - adjustable for individual comfort. • Adjustable time cycle - 5 to 120 seconds for wide variety of treatment regimes. • Single or twin garment inflation - can treat two limbs simultaneously. • Automatic deflation - fail safe feature ensures garment fully deflates at the end of the treatment cycle. • Single chamber garments - for uniform limb compression. 012213

£215.00

2 Pulse Press Solo Pro

Specifically designed for ward and physiotherapy department use. The unit comes complete with carrying handle for maximum portability and flexibility. • Compact - only slightly larger than the Solo. • Strong - case is made of a special plastic polymer for extra strength. • Simple - easy to use. • Quiet - does not disturb other patients. • Adjustable pressure - for extra patient comfort. • Digital Pressure Meter - for safety and ease of use. • Adjustable time cycle - for variation of therapy cycles. • Single or twin garment - can treat two limbs simultaneously. • Wide range of garments - for maximum flexibility. • Automatic deflation - fail safe ensures that garment fully deflates at the end of the treatment cycle. • Single chamber garments - for uniform limb compression. 012214

£299.00

HALF LEG

LONG LEG

3 Intermittent Compression Chamber Garments For use with the Pulse Press Solo and Solo Pro. Code

Description

004875 001845 004882 004885 004888 001847 004890 004891 004893

Half arm sleeve

50cm

43cm

42cm

Long arm

54cm

74cm

42cm

Wide arm sleeve

60cm

76cm

47cm

Foot & Ankle

50cm

25cm

30cm

31cm

50cm

Half leg

60cm

50cm

30cm

31cm

50cm

Long leg

67cm

66cm

30cm

31cm

50cm

Long leg

70cm

74cm

30cm

31cm

50cm

Long leg

73cm

82cm

30cm

31cm

50cm

Long leg

76cm

90cm

30cm

31cm

50cm

£56.00 £61.00 £89.00 £89.00

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

487

Electrotherapy

1 Pulse Press Solo Specially designed for use at home. This easy to use unit can be used to reduce the number of hospital visits and improve patient compliance for better clinical results. The unit offers: • Compact - The smallest unit in the range.

061_EXPT_0481-0488:061_EXPT_0481-0488

23/11/09

18:22

Page 488

Electrotherapy

Compression Therapy 1 Pulse Press Multi 3 Channel

£325.00

2 Pulse Press Multi 6 Channel

£675.00

3 Pulse Press Multi 6 Pro

£645.00

Description

010362 009727 010363 009730

Half Arm

50cm

43cm

42cm

Wide Long Arm

60cm

76cm

47cm

Half Leg

60cm

50cm

Long Leg

70cm

74cm

488

Fax: 08448 730 100

30cm

31cm

50cm

30cm

31cm

50cm

£82.00 LONG LEG

£149.00

www.mobilisrolyan.com

064_EXPT_0505-0512:064_EXPT_0505-0512

23/11/09

18:23

Page 505

Clinic Furniture 506 - 527 512 - 513 514 - 520, 522 521 523 - 524 525 528 - 529 530 - 534 535 536 - 537 538 - 547 548 - 551 552 - 553 554 - 555 556 - 559 560 561 - 566 567 - 568

Salli Saddle Chairs For full range see page 532

Couches & Plinths Traction Couch System Couches & Plinths Patient Chairs Couch Accessories Changing Tilt Tables Chairs & Stools Screens & Mirrors Trolleys & Cabinets Workstations & Tables Steps, Step Ladders & Ramps Parallel Bars Suspension Frames, Wall Bars & Pulleys Standers Lamps Hardware & Domicillary Equipment Reality Orientation

064_EXPT_0505-0512:064_EXPT_0505-0512

23/11/09

18:23

Page 506

Universal Couches A range of heavy duty couches designed for all types of examination, manipulation and osteopathy procedures. Their strong, robust design with a 2 year guarantee, makes these an ideal choice for your clinic.

DAY DESPATCH

1 Two Section Universal Couch

Homecraft

• Now manufactured with an anti-bacterial coating • 2 section • Twin lift design • Electric and hydraulic models • Hand control operation on electric model • Positive/negative head section • Raising backrest from horizontal to 90° • Clearance of 23cm for a mobile hoist • Breathing hole and plug as standard • Retractable wheels as standard • Facility for fitting cot sides • Height 50-92cm. • Upholstery dimensions: Length 188cm. Width 65cm.

63cm

125cm

AA9505EB AA9505EH AA9505EK AA9505EG 09 115 6801 09 115 6819 09 115 6827 09 115 6835 AA9505HB AA9505HH AA9505HK AA9505HG AA9527 AA9526

65cm

Clinic Furniture

Couches & Plinths

Maximum user weight

Electric Blue Electric Beige Electric Dark Blue Electric Black Electric Blue Electric Beige Electric Dark Blue Electric Black Hydraulic Blue Hydraulic Beige Hydraulic Dark Blue Hydraulic Black Cot Sides - Pair Paper Roll Holder

225 kg

UK Plug UK Plug UK Plug UK Plug EU Plug EU Plug EU Plug EU Plug

351/2 st

COT SIDES

UK NEXT DAY DESPATCH

NDD Available from stock. Please contact Customer Services for

more information. MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.

BLUE

BEIGE

DARK BLUE

BLACK

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

506

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

INFORMATION A range of optional accessories are available on page 523.

£702.98 £702.98 £702.98 £702.98 £702.98 £702.98 £702.98 £702.98 £670.53 £670.53 £670.53 £670.53 £102.21 £34.07

064_EXPT_0505-0512:064_EXPT_0505-0512

23/11/09

18:23

Page 507

Couches & Plinths

1 Three Section Universal Couch

Homecraft

• Manufactured with anti-bacterial coating • High quality 3 section universal couch • Twin lift design • Electric and hydraulic models available • Hand control operation on electric model • Positive/negative head section • Raising backrest from horizontal to 90° • Mobile hoist clearance 23cm • Breathing hole and plug • Retractable wheels • Height adjustment 50 - 92cm (19 - 36") • Upholstery: Length 193cm (75"). Width 65cm (25") AA9506EB AA9506EH AA9506EK AA9506EG 09 115 6918 09 115 6926 09 115 6934 09 115 6942 AA9506HB AA9506HH AA9506HK AA9506HG

Electric Electric Electric Electric Electric Electric Electric Electric Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic

Optional AA9527 AA9526 09 118 2443

Cot Sides - Pair Paper Roll Holder Anti-bacterial Upholstery

225 kg

UK Plug UK Plug UK Plug UK Plug EU Plug EU Plug EU Plug EU Plug

DAY DESPATCH

£767.87 £767.87 £767.87 £767.87 £767.87 £767.87 £767.87 £767.87 £735.42 £735.42 £735.42 £735.42 £102.21 £34.07 £39.38

351/2 st

77cm

53cm

63cm

65cm

Maximum user weight

Blue Beige Dark Blue Black Blue Beige Dark Blue Black Blue Beige Dark Blue Black

UK NEXT DAY DESPATCH

NDD Available from stock. Please contact Customer Services for

more information. MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable. INFORMATION A range of optional accessories are available on page 523.

BLUE

BEIGE

DARK BLUE

BLACK

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

507

Clinic Furniture

064_EXPT_0505-0512:064_EXPT_0505-0512

23/11/09

18:23

Page 508

1 Five Section Universal Couch

63cm

53cm

79cm

Homecraft

• Manufactured with anti-bacterial coating • High quality 5 section universal couch • Twin lift design • Electric and hydraulic models available • Hand control operation on electric model • Positive/negative head section • Raising backrest from horizontal to 90º • Mobile hoist clearance 23cm • Breathing hole and plug • Retractable wheels • Height adjustment 50 - 92cm (19 - 36") • Upholstery: Length 195cm (76"). Width 65cm (25") 65cm

Clinic Furniture

Couches & Plinths

AA9591EB AA9591EH AA9591EK AA9591EG 09 115 6983 09 115 7007 09 115 7023 09 115 7031 AA9591HB AA9591HH AA9591HK AA9591HG

Electric Electric Electric Electric Electric Electric Electric Electric Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic

Blue Beige Dark Blue Black Blue Beige Dark Blue Black Blue Beige Dark Blue Black

UK Plug UK Plug UK Plug UK Plug EU Plug EU Plug EU Plug EU Plug

Optional AA9527 Cot Sides Pair AA9526 Paper Roll Holder 09 118 2443 Anti-bacterial Upholstery Maximum user weight

225 kg

351/2 st

£886.83 £886.83 £886.83 £886.83 £886.83 £886.83 £886.83 £886.83 £843.57 £843.57 £843.57 £843.57 £102.21 £34.07 £39.38 3-4 wks

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information. MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.

BLUE

BEIGE

DARK BLUE

BLACK

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

508

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

INFORMATION A range of optional accessories are available on page 523.

064_EXPT_0505-0512:064_EXPT_0505-0512

23/11/09

18:23

Page 509

Couches & Plinths

1 Paediatric Two Section Universal Couch This paediatric two section couch is designed to the same high standard as the Universal 2, 3, 5 section couch, but is brightly coloured making it more fun for children and aiding compliance. • Manufactured with anti-bacterial coating • High quality 2 section universal couch • Twin lift design • Electric and hydraulic models available • Hand control operation on electric model • Positive/negative head section • Raising backrest from horizontal to 90º • Mobile hoist clearance 16cm • Breathing hole and plug • Retractable wheels • Height adjustment 50 – 92cm • Upholstery: Length 188cm (74") Width 65cm (25") 09 120 1110 £919.28 Maximum user weight

225 kg

351/2 st

NEW

4-6 wks

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information. MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable. INFORMATION A range of optional accessories are available on page 523.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

509

Clinic Furniture

NEW

064_EXPT_0505-0512:064_EXPT_0505-0512

23/11/09

18:24

Page 510

Clinic Furniture

Couches & Plinths 1

64cm

124cm

1 Akron Streamline™ Popular Couch

The Popular provides strength and rigidity, minimal maintenance and long life. Height range 44 to 93cm. Head section angle adjusts from -20° to 80°. Features • Variable height control: hydraulic or electric • Clearance 125cm • Hand switch height control on electric models • Single lever, power assisted head section • Retractable wheelbase • Adjustable foot for uneven flooring • Breathing hole and plug Akron Streamline™ Popular Couch 2 Section Colour

Electric UK Plug

09 113 5029 Beige 09 113 5045 Dark Blue 09 113 5052 Grey 09 113 5037 £773.27 Blue

EU Plug

Hydraulic UK Plug

EU Plug

09 117 0521 09 117 0547 09 117 0554 09 117 0539 £773.27

09 113 5060 09 113 5086 09 113 5094 09 113 5078 £735.42

09 117 0489 09 117 0505 09 117 0513 09 117 0497 £735.42

4 Maximum user weight

225 351/2 kg

4-6 wks

2 Couch Covers

Not Illustrated

High quality stretch towelling covers to provide additional hygiene for patients as well as protecting the couch from body sweat and oil based products that can rapidly reduce its life. AA95114C Cream £17.85 AA95114B Light Blue £17.85

3 Fold Down Cot Sides These Fold Down Cot Sides provide additional patient safety. Popular Couch requires 89cm and Continental Couch requires 65cm. Chrome plated. Sold in pairs. AA95115A 89cm £155.74 AA95115B 65cm £155.74

4 Cot Side Pads

LIGHT BLUE

BEIGE

DARK BLUE

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

510

Fax: 08448 730 100

GREY

Pads that can be quickly and simply secured to the cot sides above, providing additional comfort for the patient. AA95116A 89cm £95.17 AA95116B 65cm £95.17

www.mobilisrolyan.com

064_EXPT_0505-0512:064_EXPT_0505-0512

23/11/09

18:24

Page 511

Couches & Plinths

63cm

58cm

74cm

48cm

58cm

81cm

Akron Streamline™ Continental Couch The versatile Continental Couch is suitable for a wide range of manual therapy techniques, various medical procedures, massage and complimentary medicine. Height range 44 to 93cm. Three-section head section angle adjusts from -20° to 80°. Five-section head section angle adjusts from -20° to 45°. Foot section angle on both models adjusts from 0° to 80°. Features • Variable height control: hydraulic or electric • Breathing hole and plug • Hand switch height control on electric models • Retractable wheelbase • Single lever, power assisted head and foot sections • Adjustable foot for uneven flooring Maximum user weight

225 351/2 kg

• Width 64cm

Akron Streamline™ Continental Couch 3 Section

Colour Blue Beige Dark Blue Grey

EU Plug

Hydraulic UK Plug

EU Plug

09 113 5201 09 113 5227 09 113 5235 09 113 5219 £805.72

09 117 0604 09 117 0612 09 117 0620 09 117 0638 £805.72

09 113 5243 09 113 5268 09 113 5276 09 113 5250 £773.27

09 117 0562 09 117 0570 09 117 0588 09 117 0596 £773.27

Akron Streamline™ Continental Couch 5 Section

Colour 4-6 wks

Electric UK Plug

Blue Beige Dark Blue Grey

Electric UK Plug

EU Plug

Hydraulic UK Plug

EU Plug

09 113 5284 09 113 5300 09 113 5318 09 113 5292 £897.65

09 117 0687 09 117 0695 09 117 0711 09 117 0703 £897.65

09 113 5326 09 113 5342 09 113 5359 09 113 5334 £854.39

09 117 0646 09 117 0653 09 117 0661 09 117 0679 £854.39

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

511

Clinic Furniture

064_EXPT_0505-0512:064_EXPT_0505-0512

23/11/09

18:24

Page 512

Clinic Furniture

Traction Couch System 1 Traction Couch System

Traction table with an excellent heavy duty rolling top, floating on eight large ball bearings, with a full 6 inches (15cm) travel. The Cervical in sitting accessories and all harnesses are supplied as standard, not extras. A high specification digital traction unit with variable hold, rest and force settings, the unit has built in safety features that are continually monitoring the functions of the unit. S0700 Traction package supplied with hydraulic rolling top traction bed, digital traction unit, thoracic and lumbar harnesses, flexion Stool, cervical in sitting frame, spreader bar, head halter, counter traction straps, cord extensions. S0701 as above but with an electric traction bed. S0700 Traction package (Hydraulic Bed) £2625.00 S0701 Traction package (Electric Bed) £2887.50 S0699 Digital Traction Unit only £1548.75 Accessories S0640 Lumber Traction Belt £45.00 S0641 Thoracic Traction Belt £45.00 S0642 Head Halter £26.25 015321 Spreader Bar £6.62 220358 Counter Traction Straps £28.88 220360 Complete Set Traction Harness as above £150.15 220369 Flexion Stool £78.75 Maximum user weight

220369

225 kg

351/2 st

3-4 wks

S0699

SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions

Length:196cm (77") plus 43cm (17") when traction machine is fitted. Width:46cm (18") approx. Height:46cm (18") to 94cm (37") approx.

Maximum Traction Force Switching Device

Equipped with a 90kg (200lbs)/9kg (20lbs) switch that can be toggled during cervicolumber traction for increased traction preset accuracy.

Manual Progressive Traction Mode

Traction is adjustable by the therapist during treatment as required. Following adjustment, the start button is pressed and the new program automatically replaces the original program for progressive traction.

Precision Traction Tension Display

Indicates exact degree of tension at each stage during traction.

Automatic Tension Compensation

If patient movement during therapy causes tension to decrease 1.8kg (4lbs) below the preset value, the machine automatically restores tension back to the original value, thereby ensuring tension accuracy.

Therapeutic Program Once locked, the preset program cannot be changed should the Memory Lock patient turn the traction tension knob during the therapy process. Moreover, if the program already preset is appropriate for the next patient, the therapist only needs to press the start button since resetting is unnecessary. Innovative Adjustable Traction Speed

Faultless Time-setting System

512

Tension application speed up to the preset tension is adjustable along a stepless continuous range as clinically required, with release maintained at the slowest rate. The resulting traction curve and traction count variations promote therapeutic effectiveness during the same therapy sessions. Two-digit button sets therapy duration from 1 to 99 minutes. Digital display indicates the time remaining during therapy sessions,with an alarm signalling the end of the preset duration.

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information. MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.

065_EXPT_0513-0520:065_EXPT_0513-0520

23/11/09

18:24

Page 513

Akron Traction Couch System 1

• Rolling top - For effective transmission of traction force to a specific area of the lumbar spine • Gas assisted head and foot sections - Enabling single hand operation for easy positioning • Industrial strength retractable castors - For easy movement of couch • Adjustable foot - For stabilising of the product on uneven surfaces • Self lubricating bearings - No 'metal on metal' joints; decreasing friction and subsequent wear • Traction machine mount - Variable height for different treatment procedures 221134 221135 221136 221137 221138 221139 221140 221141 221142 221143 015321

Akron Traction Package - Hydraulic Akron Traction Package - Electric Akron ATP9 Traction Machine Akron ATP9 & Mobile Traction System Cervical in Sitting Unit for Traction Tables Counter Traction Straps Deluxe Head Halter Flexion Stool Traction Belt-Thoracic Traction Belt-Pelvic Spreader Bar

Maximum user weight

225 351/2 kg

£3463.90 £3463.90 £1599.00 £1779.75 £115.50 £18.90 £23.10 £148.05 £42.00 £42.00 £6.62 4-6 wks

221138

221137

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 4 to 6 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information. MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.

BEIGE

LIGHT BLUE

DARK BLUE

YELLOW

DARK GREY

BLACK

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

513

Clinic Furniture

1 Akron Traction Couch System Variable height traction tables are available with either hydraulic or electric height control. Each model is supplied with the mounting platform for fixing the traction machine. The platform is adjustable in height to vary the angle of pull from the traction machine. The backrest and head/foot sections of the couch are fully adjustable in angle by means of a locking gas strut. The head section will adjust into a negative position and includes a breathing hole and plug for prone treatments. Please state couch colour when ordering. • Variable height - To promote correct working height and posture for therapists in all aspects of treatment and examination procedures

065_EXPT_0513-0520:065_EXPT_0513-0520

23/11/09

18:24

Page 514

1 Neurology Couch

DAY DESPATCH

125cm

63cm 102cm

COT SIDES

Homecraft

An extremely firm and stable neurology couch, which provides a very wide, variable height treatment surface for postural exercise and Bobath techniques. Cot sides available but must be ordered at the same time as couch for fitting purposes. • Now manufactured with an anti-bacterial coating • Two section • Twin lift design • Electric & hydraulic models • Hand control operation on electric model • Positive/negative head section • Raising backrest from horizontal to 90° • Clearance of 23cm for a mobile hoist • Height 50 to 92cm • Upholstery dimensions: Length 188cm. Width 102cm. AA9507EB Electric Blue UK Plug £1016.61 AA9507EH Electric Beige UK Plug £1016.61 AA9507EK Electric Dark Blue UK Plug £1016.61 AA9507EG Electric Black UK Plug £1016.61 09 115 8039 Electric Blue EU Plug £1016.61 09 115 8054 Electric Beige EU Plug £1016.61 09 115 8070 Electric Dark Blue EU Plug £1016.61 09 115 8013 Electric Black EU Plug £1016.61 AA9507HB Hydraulic Blue £984.17 AA9507HH Hydraulic Beige £984.17 AA9507HK Hydraulic Dark Blue £984.17 AA9507HG Hydraulic Black £984.17 AA9527 Cot Sides - Pair £102.21 Maximum user weight

225 351/2 kg

NDD

2 Low Wide Exercise Table An extra wide, low, fixed height exercise table that provides a greater range of movement and safety. Supplied in beige, flame retardant vinyl upholstery. Supplied flat packed. Height 46cm. Length 183cm. Width 92cm. Weight 38kg. AA9531 £297.41 Maximum user weight

140 kg

23 st

UK NEXT DAY DESPATCH

92cm

Clinic Furniture

Couches & Plinths

NDD Available from stock. Please contact Customer Services for

183cm

more information. DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information. MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.

BLUE

BEIGE

DARK BLUE

BLACK

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

514

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

INFORMATION A range of optional accessories are available on page 523.

3-4 wks

065_EXPT_0513-0520:065_EXPT_0513-0520

23/11/09

18:24

Page 515

Couches & Plinths 1

Akron Bobath Plinth

09 113 5409 Beige 09 113 5425 Dark Blue 09 113 5433 Grey 09 113 5417 £1080.42 Blue

Maximum user weight

225 kg

71cm

EU Plug

Hydraulic UK Plug

EU Plug

09 117 0745 09 117 0752 09 117 0760 09 117 0778 £1080.42

09 113 5441 09 113 5466 09 113 5474 09 113 5458 £1032.83

09 117 0786 09 117 0794 09 117 0802 09 117 0810 £1032.83

124cm 106cm

Colour

Electric UK Plug

4-6 wks

2 Akron Bobath 5

71cm

124cm 106cm

The Bobath 5 addresses the lifting and handling problems associated with very heavy patients. The increased safe working load of 325kgs and the electrically powered backrest facility provide the clinician with a safe means of raising and positioning the patient for medical examinations and procedures. Patient support handles or loops can be added to further assist the patient into a sitting or standing position either before or after treatment. The large wheel system, with steering facility also enables movement or transport of the ‘on board patient’ around clinic or ward. Height adjustable from 50 to 96cm. Backrest adjustable from 0° to 85°. Features • Safe working and lifting capacity of 325kgs • Electrically powered backrest • Both height and backrest angle can be operated in combination via two way hand switch • Electric variable height with battery backup • Large wheel system with steering facility • Mobile hoist compatible

WITH OPTIONAL FOLD DOWN COT SIDES

Akron Bobath Plinth Colour

Electric UK Plug

EU Plug

09 113 5482 Beige 09 113 5508 Dark Blue 09 113 5516 Grey 09 113 5490 £1703.36 Blue

Maximum user weight

325 kg

09 117 0828 09 117 0836 09 117 0844 09 117 0851 £1703.36

51 st

Optional Accessories AA95150 Chrome Plated Fold Down Cot Sides - Pair AA95116A Cot Side Pads - Pair AA95124 Support Loops - Pair AA95123 Support Handles Pair AA95125 Arm/Leg Support Attachment with Angular Adjustments AA95126 Knee Support Block and Harness

4-6 wks

SUPPORT LOOPS

SUPPORT HANDLES

£178.45 £95.17 £60.56 £60.56 £245.50 £204.40 ARM-LEG SUPPORT ATTACHMENT

ARM-LEG SUPPORT ATTACHMENT

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 4 to 6 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information. MADE TO ORDER These items are made to order and therefore, are not refundable.

LIGHT BLUE

BEIGE

DARK BLUE

GREY

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

515

Clinic Furniture

1 Akron Bobath Plinth Specifically designed for the rehabilitation of patients diagnosed with various neurological conditions. The enhanced rigidity and large upholstered top allows for the performance of treatment techniques and exercises, with room for both patient and therapist. The low operating height of 46cm is excellent for patient transfers and for balance and standing techniques. The power-assisted backrest is adjustable from horizontal to 85° and provides support during both lying and sitting exercises. Hydraulic models are operated by a foot lever for height adjustment, whilst electric models have a hand control.Height adjustable 46-91cm. Features • Variable height control: hydraulic or electric • Retractable wheelbase • Positive angled head section • Mobile hoist compatible • Adjustable foot for uneven flooring • Strong and rigid design

065_EXPT_0513-0520:065_EXPT_0513-0520

23/11/09

18:24

Page 516

1 Mat Platform

DAY

125cm

DESPATCH

186cm

Homecraft

Designed to accommodate a variety of therapeutic treatments that require extra width and a greater working surface. • Twin lift design • Constructed from robust steel for maximum stability and strength • Electric and hydraulic models available • Hand control operation on electric model • Clearance of 23cm for a mobile hoist • Height adjustment 50 - 92cm (19 - 36") • Upholstery dimensions: Length 186cm (73"). Width 125cm (49"). AA9514EB Electric Blue UK Plug £967.94 AA9514EH Electric Beige UK Plug £967.94 AA9514EK Electric Dark Blue UK Plug £967.94 AA9514EG Electric Black UK Plug £967.94 09 115 7114 Electric Blue EU Plug £967.94 09 115 7122 Electric Beige EU Plug £967.94 09 115 7148 Electric Dark Blue EU Plug £967.94 09 115 7155 Electric Black EU Plug £967.94 AA9514HB Hydraulic Blue £940.91 AA9514HH Hydraulic Beige £940.91 AA9514HK Hydraulic Dark Blue £940.91 AA9514HG Hydraulic Black £940.91 Maximum user weight

225 351/2 kg

NDD

2 Bariatric Platform

120cm

Clinic Furniture

Couches & Plinths

Homecraft

The Bariatric Platform is an extremely robust, high quality platform that has a safe working load of 300kg (47st). It has an extra large working surface and the electrical raising and lowering mechanism is extremely smooth. Constructed from strong steel, it has a reinforced twin lift base for maximum strength and stability. Available in four colours. Choose from a hand controller or foot controller. Height adjustment 54 - 96cm (21 - 37"). Upholstery dimensions: Length 180cm (70"). Width 120cm (47"). Controller Colour AA95141B Hand Blue £1865.59 AA95141K Hand Dark Blue £1865.59 AA95141H Hand Beige £1865.59 AA95141G Hand Black £1865.59 AA95142B Foot Blue £1865.59 AA95142K Foot Dark Blue £1865.59 AA95142H Foot Beige £1865.59 AA95142G Foot Black £1865.59

180cm

Maximum user weight

300 kg

3-4 wks

47 st

3 Folding Mat Platform

Homecraft

The Folding Mat Platform is designed to accommodate a wide variety of treatments that require extra width and a greater working surface. It easily folds to aid storage and transportation. Constructed from robust steel for maximum stability and strength. Height 50cm (19"). Upholstery dimensions: Length 200cm (78"). Width 120cm (47"). AA95122B Blue £621.86 AA95122K Dark Blue £621.86 AA95122H Beige £621.86 AA95122G Black £621.86 Maximum user weight

140 kg

22 st

UK NEXT DAY DESPATCH

NDD Available from stock. Please contact Customer Services for

more information. DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

BLUE

BEIGE

DARK BLUE

BLACK

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

516

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.

3-4 wks

065_EXPT_0513-0520:065_EXPT_0513-0520

23/11/09

18:24

Page 517

Couches & Plinths 1

28 st

Arm Support - Fully adjustable arm support, can be fitted on either side of the couch.

£107.07

09 119 1055

Seat Raiser - Allows maximum support and access when applying full length dressings and casts.

£85.44

09 119 1071

Leg Support - Height and angle £139.51 adjustment allows excellent access for lower limb procedures. Can be fitted on either side of the couch.

09 119 1089

Instrument Kit - Can be fitted on either side of the couch.

42cm 53cm

65cm

Accessories 09 119 1048

180

22cm

Maximum user weight

90cm

£102.74 3-4 wks

ARM SUPPORT

SEAT RAISER

LEG SUPPORT

INSTRUMENT KIT

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information. MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.

BLUE

BEIGE

DARK BLUE

BLACK

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

517

Clinic Furniture

1 Split Leg Orthopaedic Couch A high quality Orthopaedic Couch with split legs, and a range of accessories ideal for use in Plaster Rooms. • Electric model as standard • Hand control operation on electric model • Gas strut adjustable leg and back rest • Positive back section to 85˚ • Negative leg section - 90˚ to + 15˚ • Telescopic arm rests • Clearance for a mobile hoist is 12cm (47/10") • Choice of upholstery colours Height adjustment: 48-96cm (18.9 – 377/10") Upholstery Dimensions: Back Length 90cm (35") Seat Length 53cm (208/10") Width 65cm (251/2") Leg Section Length 42cm (161/2") Individual Leg section length 22cm (86/10") 09 119 1006 £1080.42

065_EXPT_0513-0520:065_EXPT_0513-0520

23/11/09

18:25

Page 518

Clinic Furniture

Couches & Plinths 1 Podiatry Couch

NEW

A fantastic new range of couches designed specifically for Podiatry use within both Private Practice and NHS. The couch is available in three operating models and all features have been designed with patient and practitioner comfort in mind. • Safe working load 200kg (32st) • Self levelling swing back arm rests • Foot rests lowering to 90° • Twin lift system for extra stability • Low seat height of 47cm for easy patient access • Foot control and breathing hole as standard on all models • Warranty: 12 months Labour. 24 months Parts Standard features Breathing hole. Gas assist leg rests. Foot switch. Memory foam seat. Adjustable foot. Optional extras Large lockable castors. Quick release electric backrest. Single stainless steel footbath. Double stainless steel footbath. Headrest cushion. Couchroll holder. Battery pack. Self levelling arms. Removale step. Specifications Max Load Overall Length Overall Width Seat dimensions Seat height Leg Rest Extension Leg Rest Height Max Leg Rest Adjustment Back Rest Length Back Rest Adjustment Leg Gas Spring Assistance Hoist Clearance Weight Input voltage

200kg (31st) 1700mm – 1850mm 610mm 610mm(L) x 550mm (W) Min 470mm Max 920mm 150mm 1190mm 12° x -90° 775mm 89° x -12° 320 Newton 32kg 130mm 82.5kg 220-240v AC

Pod 1 Electric twin lift base, manual seat tilt & manual backrest 022217BEI Beige £1025.52 022217BL Blue £1025.52 022217DR Dark Red £1025.52 022217G Grey £1025.52

Pod 2 Electric twin lift base, electric seat tilt & manual backrest 022218BEI Beige £1107.08 022218BL Blue £1107.08 022218DR Dark Red £1107.08 022218G Grey £1107.08 Pod 3 Electric twin lift base, electric seat tilt & electric backrest 022219BEI Beige £1188.65 022219BL Blue £1188.65 022219DR Dark Red £1188.65 022219G Grey £1188.65 Maximum user weight

200 kg

32 st

3-4 wks

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

BLUE

BEIGE

DARK RED

GREY

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

518

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.

065_EXPT_0513-0520:065_EXPT_0513-0520

23/11/09

18:25

Page 519

Couches & Plinths 1

NEW

• Maximum safe working load 300kg (47st) • Easy to operate leg rests, providing 80kg (13st) gas lift assistance for the practitioner • A low seat height of 44cm, allowing for easy patient access • Balanced twin lift system for extra strength and stability • Motorised tilt back increasing practitioner access to the foot • Foot control, breathing hole, and couch roll holder as standard • Removable step to assist with patient access and footbath positioning • Meets Medical Devices Directive 93/42/ECC • Warranty: 12 months Labour. 24 months Parts Standard features Breathing hole. Gas assist leg rests. Foot switch. Memory foam seat. Large lockable castors. Removable step. Adjustable foot. Seat belt facility. Couch roll holder. Optional extras Foot bath. Headrest cushion. Seat belt. Battery pack. 400kg (67st) maximum load. Self levelling arms. Specifications Overall Length Overall Width Seat dimensions Seat height Leg Rest Extension Leg Rest Height Max Leg Rest Adjustment Back Rest Length Back Rest Adjustment Leg Gas Spring Assistance Hoist Clearance Weight 022220BEI Beige 022220BL Blue 022220DR Dark Red 022220G Grey Maximum user weight

300 kg

1750mm – 19100mm 700mm 600mm(L) x 7000mm (W) Min 440mm Max 870mm 160mm 1209mm 12° x -90° 775mm 89° x -12° 800 Newton 80kg 130mm 107kg £1734.57 £1734.57 £1734.57 £1734.57

3-4 wks

47 st

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information. MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.

BLUE

BEIGE

DARK RED

GREY

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

519

Clinic Furniture

1 BariPod Couch A brand new design in the couch range, specifically for use with very heavy patients. Extremely strong, versatile, and comfortable, our couch incorporates key features that ensure patient and practitioner comfort. • Foot rests lower to 90°

065_EXPT_0513-0520:065_EXPT_0513-0520

23/11/09

18:25

Page 520

Clinic Furniture

Couches & Plinths 1

1 Lemi Podo Dream Couch

The Podo Dream ensures the best comfort both to the client and to the operator. It can be lowered to the height of cm 52, enabling everybody to go up and down comfortably; moreover the seat can be brought to the height of cm 125, enabling the operator to work easily in every position. The Podo Dream couch has been conceived in every single detail to ensure an extraordinary comfort: the soft mattress, the lumbar support, the cervical support that can be regulated in accordance with the client’s needs. The mattress is made of high-quality long lasting materials. Available in: Ice Blue, Light Grey, Cream, Light Green, Sand, Grey, Lime Green. Width 78cm Height seat surface 50cm min. 82cm max. Height foot support 133cm max. Max. seat depth 49cm Length of leg 31cm min. and foot supports: 53cm max. Chair rotates through ca. 180º Max. load bearing 170kg Weight: 74kg 018938C Cream 018938G Grey 018938IB Ice Blue 018938LITEG Light Green 018938LG Light Grey 018938L Lime Green 018938S Sand Maximum user weight

170 kg

27 st

£2750.00 £2750.00 £2750.00 £2750.00 £2750.00 £2750.00 £2750.00 3-4 wks

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information. MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.

520

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

066_EXPT_0521-0528:066_EXPT_0521-0528

23/11/09

18:25

Page 521

Patient Chairs 1

• Adjusts from 54cm minimum seat height (position ‘0’) to 100cm maximum seat height • Foot pedal to raise and lower the chair • Height of foot rest can be adjusted for treatment up to 114cm • Pneumatic powered back adjustment from 90° to 180° prone position • Forward movement synchronised with inclination up to Trendelenburg 23° • The leg supports can be moved outwards by 35° and can be extended by 25cm • The chair can be easily rotated 45° from side to side • Width 62cm • Seat height 54cm-100cm 016426C 016426BLU 016426GRE 016426GRY Maximum user weight

Cream Ice Blue Light Green Silver Grey

£1870.00 £1870.00 £1870.00 £1870.00

145 223/4

7-8 wks

2 Meridian Patient Chair The Meridian Podiatry Chair is the perfect couch for your surgery as it can be permanently fixed in place. The chair has a powerful electric motor, which allows triple electric adjustment - backrest, tilt and height - operated through a foot switch. The split legs are movable and gas assisted for each adjustment. The chair can be easily placed in the Trendelenburg position. It has an access height of 54cm with movable arms for side access and exceptional working height whether sitting or standing. The couch is the most comfortable chair for your patients. It is upholstered in durable and comfortable vinyl leatherette and contains dual density memory foam. It is of course flame retardant to EU standards. Specification: • Seat Height 54-103cm

• Length 164-188cm • Width 72cm • Max Leg Rest Height 125cm • Rotation 180º • Max Load 160kg • Weight 92kg 018940B 018940RB 018940MG 018940IB Maximum user weight

Beige Royal Blue Mint Green Ice Blue

160 kg

25 st

£2599.00 £2599.00 £2599.00 £2599.00 3-4 wks

DELIVERY Please contact Customer Services for more information.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

521

Clinic Furniture

1 Atlas Patient Chair The Atlas treatment chair is compact and ideally suited for smaller treatment rooms. It offers you and your patients a series of advantages. Features • A quiet electric motor effortlessly adjusts to any treatment position

066_EXPT_0521-0528:066_EXPT_0521-0528

23/11/09

18:25

Page 522

Clinic Furniture

Couches & Plinths 1 SKF Pro Aluminium Massage Table

Portable and professional massage table with hand stitched, luxury leather style upholstery and Luxurious 2" Therafoam padding. It has a strong aluminium frame, cable tension rods and locking leg struts. It has a tapered face hole, adjustable lifting backrest, non-slip feet, carry handle and easily adjustable height legs. Also includes a free carry case. Specification • Adjustable lifting back rest 10 position / 75° • Adjustable height 66 to 79cm (26 to 32") • Cushion depth 5cm (2"). Length 185cm (73") • Width 62cm (25") • Weight 14.5kg S0086 SKF Pro Aluminium Massage Table Optional Accessories 220000 Couch Cradle & Arm Support Maximum user weight

226 351/2 kg

£269.00 £36.75 3-4 wks

2 Height Adjustable Portable Cable Couch

A lightweight, portable couch with a variable height and adjustable backrest. Constructed from aluminium with soft foam padded upholstery and a hinged breathing hole plug as standard. The couch has a cable design, which provides excellent stability. Height 72 to 80cm. Length 183cm. Width 61cm. Weight 15kg. AA9565B Blue £408.81 AA9565H Beige £408.81 AA9565K Dark Blue £408.81 AA9565G Black £408.81 AA9543C Carry Case £34.61

Maximum user weight

190 kg

30 st

3-4 wks

3 Hi-Value Portable Couch

This portable couch has fire retardant upholstery mounted on an extremely rigid and sturdy yet lightweight aluminium frame. Standard features include multi-position raising backrest, breathing hole and a protective carrying bag. Height 76cm. Length 183cm. When folded: Height 17cm. Length 91cm. Width 76cm. Width Weight AA9543B Blue 61cm 15kg £394.75 AA9543H Beige 61cm 15kg £394.75 AA9543K Dark Blue 61cm 15kg £394.75 AA9543G Black 61cm 15kg £394.75 AA9543WB Blue 69cm 19kg £431.52 AA9543WH Beige 69cm 19kg £431.52 AA9543WK Dark Blue 69cm 19kg £431.52 AA9543WG Black 69cm 19kg £431.52 AA9543C Carry Case £34.61

Maximum user weight

190 kg

30 st

3-4 wks

4 Colenso Examination Couch Features stylish and stable round legs and a paper roll holder as standard. The flame retardant upholstery is 50mm deep and the backrest is self-locking in several positions. Height 78cm. Length 183cm. Width 60cm. 09 115 8112 Black £323.64 09 115 8120 Blue £323.64 09 115 8138 Grey £323.64 09 115 8146 Beige £323.64 Maximum user weight

125 kg

20 st

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

BLACK

BLUE

GREY

BEIGE

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

522

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

MADE TO ORDER These items are made to order and therefore, are not refundable.

3-4 wks

066_EXPT_0521-0528:066_EXPT_0521-0528

23/11/09

18:25

Page 523

Couch Accessories 118 118 118 118 118 118

0264 1429 1494 0272 1437 1502

Couch Roll 25cm (10") Couch Roll 25cm (10") case of 24 Couch Roll 25cm (10") 3+ cases of 24 Couch Roll 50cm (20") Couch Roll 50cm (20") case of 12 Couch Roll 50cm (20") 3+ cases of 12

£1.89 £27.04 £23.79 £2.49 £27.04 £23.79

2 Paper Roll Holder For use with couches shown on pages 506 to 509. AA9526 Paper Roll Holder

£34.07 2-3 wks

3 Universal Cot Sides

Homecraft

Adjustable in height with four height settings locked in place by spring loaded locating pin. For patient transfers, the sides can be released and pushed down below the lever of the upholstered top. White powder coated paint finish. Sold in pairs. AA9527 2, 3 & 5 section Couch £102.21 09 119 1782 Neurology Couch £97.34

2-3 wks

4 Couch Covers A new range of top quality couch covers. These are extra thickness covers have a gsm (grams per square metre) of 325. Made from 80% cotton & 20% polyester knit stretch terry towelling with elastic edging and two ties. Available in four different colours to fit standard 2 and 3 section couches. S1989 Pure White with breathing hole £9.95 S1988 Royal Navy with breathing hole £9.95 S1991 Powder Blue with breathing hole £9.95 S1990 Burgundy with breathing hole £9.95 220626 Pure White without breathing hole £9.40 220627 Royal Navy without breathing hole £9.40 220629 Powder Blue without breathing hole £9.40 220630 Burgundy without breathing hole £9.40

5 Face Savers Many patients find lying in the prone position both uncomfortable and claustrophobic. Face Savers are soft and comfortable, and when placed over the breathing hole, they allow the patient to lie with the forehead and cheeks on the saver and relax and breathe easily. This compact product is manufactured from polyurethane foam and comes complete with looped fleece cover, removable for laundering. Additional covers available to match couch covers. 009690 Face Saver Standard Foam £26.20 009570 Face Saver Memory Foam £17.30 221102 Standard Cover - Royal Navy £6.25 221103 Standard Cover - Pure White £6.25 221104 Standard Cover - Burgundy £6.25 221105 Standard Cover - Powder Blue £6.25 221404 Memory Foam Cover - Royal Navy £6.25 221405 Memory Foam Cover - Pure White £6.25 221406 Memory Foam Cover - Burgundy £6.25 221407 Memory Foam Cover - Powder Blue £6.25

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 2 to 3 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

ROYAL NAVY

PURE WHITE

POWDER BLUE

BURGUNDY

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

523

Clinic Furniture

1 Couch Paper Rolls 09 09 09 09 09 09

066_EXPT_0521-0528:066_EXPT_0521-0528

23/11/09

18:25

Page 524

Clinic Furniture

Couch Accessories 1 Patient Footbath

An ideal way to wash your patients feet before you start treatment. The footbath is on lockable wheels to secure the position and comes with disposable basin covers to reduce cross infection. 016429 £105.88 Patient Footbath Disposable Footbath Covers 016430 15 covers £4.17

2 Doherty Waste Bins A high quality range of bins designed specifically to suit the requirements of the modern clinic, hospital, nursing and residential care home environment. Each bin comes complete with a range of features and is manufactured primarily from galvanised steel to exacting specifications in the UK. Features • Pull out handle to allow easy movement • The bins are designed so that they are difficult to open, by hand, encouraging the user to use the foot-operated pedal; thus minimising the risk of cross contamination • The silent closing feature means that the lid closes quietly and slowly. This minimises the aerosol effect that could cause the spread of bacteria when a traditional bin lid closes

• Each bin is fitted with a specially designed wide pedal, which allows the sack holder to be approached from both the front and sides • Wherever possible sharp edges have been removed and replaced with rounded corners • Rubber Feet are fitted to stop the bin marking the floor and leaving unsightly rust marks • The Air Gap allows the free movement of air beneath the bins stopping the build up of stagnant air that encourage the growth of bacteria • Each bin comes with a comprehensive two-year warranty • All the bins are fully fire retardant to HTM 83 • All bins come with a choice of lid colour, white for domestic waste and yellow for clinical waste Doherty Waste Bins

Height Width Depth Overall Depth Fire Retardancy

20ltr Small 570mm 210mm 278mm 340mm HTM 83

50ltr Medium 792mm 404mm 390mm 420mm HTM 83

70ltr Large 805mm 395mm 337mm 430mm HTM 83

A 20ltr Small Waste Bin 2

09 117 1057 Solid Body/Domestic Waste 09 117 1065 Solid Body/Clinical Waste

£107.07 £107.07

B 50ltr Medium Waste Bin with Solid Body 09 117 1073 Solid Body/Domestic Waste 09 117 1081 Solid Body/Clinical Waste

£123.29 £123.29

C 50ltr Medium Waste Bin with Removable Body With the added benefit of a removable body allowing for easy cleaning and sterilisation. 09 117 1099 Removable Body/Domestic Waste £140.60 09 117 1107 Removable Body/Clinical Waste £140.60

D 70ltr Large Waste Bin with Opening Door Comes with a front opening door to allow easy removal of the sack and at the same time allows better access for cleaning the inside of the bin. 09 117 1115 Front Opening/Domestic Waste £156.82 09 117 1123 Front Opening/Clinical Waste £156.82 2 wks

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 2 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

524

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

066_EXPT_0521-0528:066_EXPT_0521-0528

23/11/09

18:25

Page 525

Changing

1 Pressalit Nursing/Shower Bench This height adjustable nursing bench is designed to help with the safe moving and handling of children and adults while they are being changed or showered. The bench is slightly curved making it extremely comfortable and safe. The height adjustable bench can be adjusted from a suitable transfer height (300mm) to a safe caring height (1000mm) (note these heights are dependent upon fixing position). This movement is easily controlled by a simple, remote control hand unit. When the fixed height bench is mounted at the recommended height, the lying surface height is 865mm above the floor. The integrated gas cylinder also enables the bench to be folded easily against the wall when not in use to maximise floor space. The nursing bench benefits from a water collection tray with an integrated water outlet that prevents water from splashing on carers or on the floor. The bench, end caps and safety rail are all covered with polyurethane foam so that there are no cold surfaces exposed. The bench also benefits from a manually adjustable back support at both ends for increased comfort for the user. The safety rail can be easily folded up or down using only one hand. Available in two adjustable height versions and two fixed height versions. Supplied complete with safety rail Total Length 09 117 4721 Adjustable Height Bench 1430mm £3450.00 09 117 4739 Adjustable Height Bench 1930mm £3525.00 09 117 4747 Fixed Height Bench 1430mm £1645.00 09 117 4754 Fixed Height Bench 1930mm £1725.00 Spares 09 117 4762 Safety Rail 1636mm £359.00 09 117 4770 Safety Rail 1200mm £359.00 Maximum user weight

200 kg

311/4 st

4 wks

FOLDED AWAY

MAXIMUM USER WEIGHT The maximum user weight/load given for these products is dependent upon the correct choice of fixings for the mounting surface. For this reason, all rails should be installed by a person who has suitable qualifications and/or experience in installing this type of product, ensuring the fixtures are appropriate for the specific installation. DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

BENCH WITH SAFETY RAIL

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

525

Clinic Furniture

066_EXPT_0521-0528:066_EXPT_0521-0528

23/11/09

18:25

Page 526

Clinic Furniture

Couches & Plinths 1

1 Paediatric Two Column

Homecraft

Changing Table

NEW

This height adjustable changing table is designed to assist with the moving and handling of children and adults while they are being changed. It has a height range of 520-1030mm (+100mm for Mobile versions with castors) to provide safe transfer heights and a safe working height. The height adjustment is easily controlled using a simple battery powered rechargeable hand controller. It is available as either a 1200mm or 1500mm length and with or without castors. It is brightly coloured to aid compliance and the strong and robust design ensures a long life with minimal maintenance. Two year guarantee. • Rechargeable Hand Controller • Manufactured with anti-bacterial coating • Width 700mm. Two Length options. Height adjustable from 520 to 1030mm on standard versions and 620 to 1130mm on mobile versions Standard without Castors 09 118 2781 Length 1200mm 09 118 6923 Length 1500mm Mobile with Castors 09 120 6085 Length 1200mm 09 120 6093 Length 1500mm Maximum user weight

180 kg

£959.00 £995.00 £1050.00 £1095.00 4-6 wks

281/4 st

2 Paediatric Two Section

Homecraft

Universal Couch This heavy duty paediatric two section electric couch is designed to the same height as standard Universal couches, but is brightly coloured making it more fun for children and aiding compliance. It is suitable for a wide range of therapy applications and the strong, robust design ensures a long life with minimal maintenance. 2 Year Guarantee. • Manufactured with anti-bacterial coating • High quality 2 section universal couch

NEW

• Twin lift design • Hand control operation • Positive/negative head section • Raising backrest from horizontal to 90º • Mobile hoist clearance 16cm • Breathing hole and plug • Retractable wheels • Height adjustment 500 - 920mm • Upholstery: Length 1880mm (74") Width 650mm (25") 09 120 1110 Maximum user weight

£919.28

225 kg

351/4 st

MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable. DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 4 to 6 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

526

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

4-6 wks

066_EXPT_0521-0528:066_EXPT_0521-0528

23/11/09

18:26

Page 527

Couches & Plinths Homecraft

DAY DESPATCH

• Retractable wheels • 16cm clearance for mobile hoist • Padded cot sides as standard Length 150cm (59"). Width 70cm (27"). Width including cotside 85cm (33"). Height adjustment 44 - 86cm (17 - 33"). Max overall length when lowered 182cm (71"). Recommend a manuovreability clearance of 160cm (63") is allowed. AA95111 Electric UK Plug £919.28 09 115 8104 Electric EU Plug £919.28 09 115 8096 Hydraulic £897.65 Maximum user weight

180 kg

NDD

2 Universal Changing Table

Homecraft

This changing table has excellent manoeuvrability due to retractable wheels and can be fitted with cot sides for patient safety. It features a strong, robust design and a two-year guarantee. • Hand switch control on electric model • Retractable wheels

DAY DESPATCH

• 23cm clearance for mobile hoist Length 182cm (71"). Width 70cm (27"). Height adjustment 50 - 92cm (19 - 36"). AA9509H Hydraulic AA9509E Electric UK Plug 09 116 4250 Electric EU Plug AA9527 Cot Sides - Pair Maximum user weight

225 351/2 kg

£864.12 £864.12 £864.12 £102.21 NDD

3 SKM Changing Table This extremely versatile platform has a staggering height range from 35 to 108cm and can carry a load of up to 100kg. Its attractive non-clinical design ensures it never looks out of place, wherever it is used. Safety is paramount and padded safety rails at the side and a steel back panel ensure containment on all sides when the operator is in front of the table. Mains powered with remote control. Available as standard or folding to save space when not in use. The legs are not folding. Total distance from wall when folded 52cm (20"). Length 120cm (47"). Width 70cm (27"). Height adjustment 35 - 108cm (13 - 42"). Note: The SK Electronic Easychange is not intended for use in wet areas. AA95091 Folding £1649.29 Maximum user weight

100 153/4 kg

COT SIDES

3-4 wks

UK NEXT DAY DESPATCH

NDD Available from stock. Please contact Customer Services for

more information. DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information. MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

527

Clinic Furniture

1 Paediatric Changing Table

The paediatric table is made to the same high standards as the Universal Changing Table below but is brightly coloured making it more fun for children and aiding compliance. It is strong and robust and has a two-year guarantee. • Hand switch control on electric model

066_EXPT_0521-0528:066_EXPT_0521-0528

23/11/09

18:26

Page 528

Clinic Furniture

Tilt Tables 1 Electric Adult Tilt Table

Homecraft

An economical tilt table that includes some outstanding features. Manufactured to a very high standard, it represents exceptional value for money. Tilt tables are used extensively in functional rehabilitation where the requirement to stand or be upright is of paramount importance. Standing can improve quality of life, assist in the natural gravitational functions of the body, re-educate balance mechanisms affected by long periods of lying and give a degree of independence. The design of this tilt table also means that the footboard can be removed so it can be used as a plinth featuring a negative head section and breathing hole with plug. With an extremely smooth movement, this tilt table is designed to promote confidence in both the client and the therapist. Features • Smooth electric tilt operation • 0 to 90° tilt adjustment • Four large braking castors for safety and ease of movement • Three straps for added client safety • Side handles to promote client confidence • Worktable as standard • Flame retardant upholstery • Steel frame with powder coated finish for strength and durability

Height 71cm. Length 183cm. Width 60cm. AA95139BUK Blue UK Plug AA95139HUK Beige UK Plug AA95139KUK Dark Blue UK Plug AA95139GUK Black UK Plug AA95139BEX Blue EU Plug AA95139HEX Beige EU Plug AA95139KEX Dark Blue EU Plug AA95139GEX Black EU Plug Maximum user weight

140 kg

£1568.18 £1568.18 £1568.18 £1568.18 £1568.18 £1568.18 £1568.18 £1568.18 4-6 wks

22 st

2 Electric Paediatric Tilt Table

Homecraft

This electric tilt table has been especially designed for children, catering for a number of treatment requirements to improve the quality of life for the smaller patient. Brightly coloured in blue and red vinyl to promote compliance, it also features an adjustable pommel and pelvic supports to improve confidence for both the child and the therapist. Features • Electric tilt operation • 0 to 90° tilt adjustment • Four large braking castors for safety and ease of movement • Height adjustable footboard and pommel • Adjustable pelvic supports • Flame retardant, brightly coloured upholstery • Steel frame with powder coated finish for strength and durability

Height 65cm. Length 137.5cm. Width 48cm. AA95140UK UK Plug AA95140EX EU Plug Maximum user weight

60 kg

£1568.18 £1568.18 4-6 wks

91/2 st

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 4 to 6 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information. MADE TO ORDER These items are made to order and therefore, are not refundable.

BLACK

BEIGE

BLUE

DARK BLUE

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

528

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

067_EXPT_0529-0536:067_EXPT_0529-0536

23/11/09

18:26

Page 529

Tilt Tables 1

• Full 90° of tilt • Adjustable angle foot board • Lowers to wheelchair height • Large braking castors • Tilt angle indicator • Choice of four upholstery colours (see below) Height 46 to 84cm. Length 190cm. Width 64cm. Accessories Included (Standard) • Work table (adjustable angle and removable) • Hand grips (removable) • Three fixation belts (thoracic, pelvic and knee) Accessories Included (Split Leg) • Hand grips (removable) • Three fixation belts (thoracic, pelvic and knee) • Individual Knee Harness - Pair Akron Tilt Table Colour

Standard UK Plug

09 113 6894 Beige 09 113 6910 Dark Blue 09 113 6928 Grey 09 113 6902 £1620.00 Blue

Maximum user weight

180 kg

EU Plug

Split Leg UK Plug

EU Plug

09 113 6712 09 113 6738 09 113 6746 09 113 6720 £1620.00

09 113 6829 09 113 6845 09 113 6852 09 113 6837 £1700.00

09 113 6787 09 113 6803 09 113 6795 09 113 6811 £1700.00

4-6 wks

28 st

2 Accessories A number of accessories are available that cater for users who require additional support during tilt table procedures. These accessories must be specified at the time of ordering. AA9528S Replacement Fixation Belts - Set of 3 £89.76 AA9528F Adjustable Height Child Footboard* £95.17 AA9528K Replacement Individual Knee Harness - Pair* £54.08 AA9528P Adjustable Height Pommel* £65.97 AA9528B Pelvic/Upper Body Supports - Pair £112.48 AA9528H Sculptured Head Cushion £35.69 AA9528Q Quick Release Option £178.45

*The split leg version must be ordered for the fixation of these accessories.

QUICK RELEASE OPTION

2 DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 4 to 6 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information. MADE TO ORDER These items are made to order and therefore, are not refundable.

BLACK

BEIGE

BLUE

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

DARK BLUE INDIVIDUAL KNEE HARNESSES

www.mobilisrolyan.com

ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT FOOTBOARD

Tel: 08448 730 035

529

Clinic Furniture

1 Akron Tilt Table The Akron Tilt Table has numerous applications in both examination and treatment procedures. As a product it adds diagnostic value in vascular laboratories, for haemodynamic assessments; in general ultrasound departments, for positional scanning and in cardiac departments for ‘tilt-testing’. Tilt tables are also used extensively in the area of functional rehabilitation for disabled people where the requirement to stand or be upright is of paramount importance, where it improves the ‘quality of life’, assists the natural gravitational functions of the body, re-educates the balance mechanisms affected by long periods of lying and gives a degree of independence. A quick release option is available to enable the lowering of the table from a tilted position to horizontal in an emergency situation such as a clinical need for the user or during a mains power failure. Features • Electric height and electric tilt

067_EXPT_0529-0536:067_EXPT_0529-0536

23/11/09

18:26

Page 530

Clinic Furniture

Chairs & Stools 1 Pneumatic Wheelie Stool

A height adjustable wheelie stool with swivel castors for easy mobility when sitting. Made from high density thick foam with a wipe clean vinyl seat. Colours may vary. Seat height adjusts from 41 to 54cm. Seat diameter 46cm. AA9524 £85.44 Maximum user weight

117

2 Gas-Lift Stools

This high quality gas-lift stool features a deluxe comfortable padded seat with anti-bacterial upholstery. Available in a choice of colours. The five castors offer stability and ease of manoeuvrability. The seat is adjustable from 48 to 61cm. Available in a range of colours (see below). 09 115 7320 Speckle Black £113.56 09 115 7338 Speckle Parchment £113.56 09 115 7353 Jade £113.56 09 115 7361 Sky Blue £113.56 09 115 7346 Nimes Grey £113.56

2 wks SPECKLE BLACK

SPECKLE PARCHMENT

JADE

SKY BLUE

NIMES GREY

3 Multi-Purpose Stool This height adjustable stool benefits from a shaped cushion for better posture and circulation. Aluminium five star base and a single lever height adjustment. Seat height 43 to 54cm. Weight 5kg. AA95008 £112.48

4 Saddle Stool

A cost effective height adjustable saddle stool. Shaped to encourage better posture and circulation, when sitting for long periods of time. Height adjustment: 560 to 740mm 09 118 5891 £140.60

5 Buddi Stool A height and angle adjustable stool for therapists, designed to take the strain out of therapy time. Assists physiotherapists when working at a low level with disabled children. This enables the therapist to interact at eye level with the children they are attending, thus reducing the need for bending. The Buddi can be tilted to benefit posture and is height adjustable by means of a lever controlled gas lift. The Buddi has a five point base with castors to aid manoeuvrability. An upholstered sleeve-on pad is also included for extra comfort. Seat height with seat horizontal 40 to 50cm or with seat angled forward 37 to 47cm. Seat width 37cm. Weight 6.9kg. AA9578 £189.26

6 Posture Stool 6

The ergonomically designed posture stool helps to reduce the discomfort of sitting for long periods and improves seated posture. Exceptional value for money, this high quality stool is fully height adjustable and the seat has a tilt facility for added versatility. It is available with or without a backrest, in a range of colours (see below) to suit any clinic. Five-year guarantee. Height can be adjusted from 52 to 71cm. Colour AA95061H Without Backrest Sand £340.67 AA95061B Without Backrest Space Blue £340.67 AA95061K Without Backrest Imperial Blue £340.67 AA95061G Without Backrest Forest £340.67 AA95062H With Backrest Sand £475.86 AA95062B With Backrest Space Blue £475.86 AA95062K With Backrest Imperial Blue £475.86 AA95062G With Backrest Forest £475.86

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 2 to 6 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information

SAND

SPACE BLUE

IMPERIAL BLUE

FOREST

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

530

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.

067_EXPT_0529-0536:067_EXPT_0529-0536

23/11/09

18:26

Page 531

Chairs & Stools 1

2 wks SPECKLE BLACK

SPECKLE PARCHMENT

JADE

SKY BLUE

NIMES GREY

2 Advance Chair A comfortable height and tilt adjustable chair, with a contoured seat, and lumber support backrest to encourage correct posture. Height Adjustment 500 to 630mm (19.6 to 24.8"). Available in a range of colours (see below) to suit any clinic environment. 09 118 8614 £394.75

3 Five Star Chair A comfortable height and tilt adjustable chair, with a shaped and contoured seat, and lumber support backrest to encourage correct posture. Height Adjustment 510 to 710mm (20 to 28"). Available in a range of colours (see below) to suit any clinic environment. 09 118 8663 £394.75

4 Gemini Chair Standard A comfortable height adjustable chair, with lumber support backrest. Aluminium base with twin wheel castors. Chassis and metalwork finished in RAL 9002 cream. Height Adjustment 480 to 610mm (18.9 to 24"). Available in a range of colours (see below) to suit any clinic environment. 09 118 8697 £351.49

5 Gemini Stool with Swing Around Support A comfortable height adjustable stool with a swing around support. Aluminium base with twin wheel castors. Chassis and metalwork finished in RAL 9002 cream. Height Adjustment 550 to 730mm (21.6 to 28.7"). Available in a range of colours (see below) to suit any clinic environment. 09 118 8671 £486.68

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 2 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information. MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.

SAND

SPACE BLUE

IMPERIAL BLUE

FOREST

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

531

Clinic Furniture

1 Gas-Lift Chairs A comfortable therapy chair with a thick padded seat and back covered in durable wipe clean upholstery. The five-point base with castors aids manoeuvrability. Gas-lift, seat height is adjustable from 45 to 59cm. Available in a range of colours (see below), with or without arms. AA95070 Without Arms Speckle Black £124.37 AA95071 Without Arms Speckle Parchment £124.37 AA95072 Without Arms Jade £124.37 AA95073 Without Arms Sky Blue £124.37 AA95074 Without Arms Nimes Grey £124.37 AA95075 With Arms Speckle Black £136.27 AA95076 With Arms Speckle Parchment £136.27 AA95077 With Arms Jade £136.27 AA95078 With Arms Sky Blue £136.27 AA95079 With Arms Nimes Grey £136.27

067_EXPT_0529-0536:067_EXPT_0529-0536

23/11/09

18:26

Page 532

Clinic Furniture

Chairs & Stools 1 Salli MultiAdjuster Saddle Chair Salli MultiAdjuster is an excellent and versatile saddle chair adjustable for all users. The seat is divided into two parts, making full-time work possible for both genders. Hand controlled seat height adjustment with gas spring. The width of the seat and the inclination of the seat is also easily adjustable to suit every user. Product Weight 11.5kg (1.8st). See product codes in table opposite.

The Salli Saddle Chair is changing the way that people think of sitting at 120 183/4 work. By giving your lower back and pelvis a neutral position whilst sitting, Maximum st kg user weight it has enormous benefits to posture, flexibility and core strength. 2 Salli Twin Saddle Chair The ingenious design encourages healthy sitting, which eases back and neck pain and increases circulation. Other benefits include: • Stress on your knees and hip diminishes • Better posture deepens the breathing and prevents the user from becoming tired. • Easy to manoeuvre between patients, instruments, couches and tables • Leaning forward turning and reaching are effortless • Use of legs and back creates a training effect which strengthens the back muscles • Easy to mount/dismount

Salli Twin is excellent all-round saddle chair designed with a two part divided seat for added comfort making it suitable for both genders. Hand controlled height adjustment with gas spring. The inclination of the seat is also easily adjustable to suit every user. Product Weight 10.5 kg (1.65st). See product codes in table opposite. Maximum user weight

120 183/4 kg

3 Salli Swing Saddle Chair

• Easy to use in manual therapy

Salli Swing saddle chair has a rocking mechanism that enables the seat to be tilted into every direction without a separate adjustment lever. This makes it possible for the user to exercise while sitting, which adds to the mobility and metabolism of the lower back, and activates the whole body. The Swing has a two part divided seat for added comfort making it suitable for both genders. Hand controlled height adjustment with gas spring. Product Weight 10.5 kg (1.65st). See product codes in table opposite.

Enables those who work in what are traditionally considered to be “standing professions” i.e. physiotherapists, masseurs etc. to work while sitting.

Maximum user weight

120 183/4 kg

4 Salli Strong Saddle Chair CONVENTIONAL SEATING POSTURE

The Salli Strong has a two part divided seat for added comfort making it suitable for both genders. Hand controlled height adjustment with gas spring and inclination adjustment as standard. Suitable for more heavy-duty use and larger individuals, with special strong design, and large base Ø 600mm. No accessories can be mounted to the chair. Product Weight 13kg (2st). See product codes in table opposite. Maximum user weight

150 231/2 kg

5 Salli Classic Saddle Chair

SALLI SEATING POSTURE

Good all-round saddle chair for women. Not recommended for men except for short periods of time. With a solid seat design. Hand controlled height adjustment with gas spring. The inclination of the seat is also easily adjustable to suit every user. Product Weight 10.5 kg (1.65st). See product codes in table opposite. Maximum user weight

532

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

120 183/4 kg

067_EXPT_0529-0536:067_EXPT_0529-0536

23/11/09

18:27

Page 533

Chairs & Stools Clinic Furniture

Accessories 6 Seat Top • Add-on-seat to be placed onto a conventional chair. Now you can take your saddle seat with you everywhere you go. • Gives practically the same ergonomic benefits as other Salli Saddle Chairs (better back health, more relaxed shoulders, deeper breathing, better circulation in legs and feet, improved genital health as a result of the gap in the seat, etc.). • Leather upholstery, divided seat • Width 43 cm, height 13,5 cm, length from back to front 38 cm. • Weight 5.8 kg (0.9st) 09 120 2845

Black

£204.97

7 Stretching Back Support For momentary stretching. Height and inclination adjustments. Suitable for all chair models (except Salli Strong), must be ordered at the time of ordering Salli Saddle Chair. Stretching back support always comes in the same upholstery as the seat and with a large base (600mm diameter). 09 120 1318 £108.15

8 Foot Height Control Makes it possible to adjust the height without touching by hands clean environments. Must be ordered at the time of ordering Salli Saddle Chair. 09 117 7492 £189.26

9 Seat Cover Cotton seat cover is available in blue or green. It protects the seat and is water resistant. 09 117 7518 Blue £17.85 09 131 2065 Green £17.85 PRODUCT CODES / COLOURS Model

Black

MultiAdjuster

09 09 09 09 09

Twin Swing Strong BLACK

TERRACOTTA

STEEL GREY

Classic

117 117 120 120 117

7435 7443 2829 2837 7450

Terracotta

Steel Grey

09 09 09 09 09

120 120 120 120 120

2910 2936 2878 2852 2894

120 120 120 120 120

2928 3074 2886 2860 2902

£308.23 £391.40

CHAIR DIMENSIONS Model

Medium Gas Spring (Hand Adjustment)

MultiAdjuster

58-77cm (223/4 - 301/3")

Twin Swing Strong Classic

59-78cm (231/4 - 303/4") 59-78cm (231/4 - 303/4") 59-78cm (231/4 - 303/4") 59-78cm (231/4 - 303/4")

Medium Gas Spring (Hand /Foot Adjustment)

Base Diameter

Castors Diameter

User Height

56-75cm (22 - 294/5")

540mm (211/4")

65mm (251/2")

150-175cm (44/5 - 53/4ft)

57-76cm (221/2 - 294/5") 57-76cm (221/2 - 294/5") 57-76cm (221/2 - 294/5") 56-75cm (22 - 291/2")

540mm (211/4") 540mm (211/4") 600mm (231/2") 540mm (211/4")

65mm (251/2") 65mm (251/2") 65mm (251/2") 65mm (251/2")

150-175cm (44/5 - 53/4ft) 150-175cm (44/5 - 53/4ft) 150-175cm (44/5 - 53/4ft) 150-175cm (44/5 - 53/4ft)

Seat Height Adjustment

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

533

067_EXPT_0529-0536:067_EXPT_0529-0536

23/11/09

18:27

Page 534

Clinic Furniture

Therapy Stools & Benches 1 Adjustable Therapy Benches

NEW

SAME

Homecraft

These Adjustable Therapy Benches are ideal for use by therapists or parents when working with children who do not need back support but need a seat that can be adjusted so that their feet rest on the floor. The height is easy to adjust and the seat can be tilted, which places more weight on the child’s feet and aids postural control. Available in two sizes. Width Length Height 09 120 7232 Small 270mm 660mm 180-280mm £179.00 09 120 7240 Large 360mm 800mm 270-430mm £250.00

100 153/4

SDD

DAY

Maximum user weight

This Therapy Stool is designed for use by therapists, teachers or parents. The stool has a padded seat with a colourful vinyl covering to aid compliance. The height is adjustable from 340-460mm (13-18") and the stool has lockable castors for added security. Measures 450 x 370mm (173/4 x 141/2") 09 120 6887 £135.00

DESPATCH

2 Mobile Therapy Stool

NEW

Maximum user weight

Homecraft

100 153/4 kg

SDD

3 Therapy Benches

SAME

DAY DESPATCH

SAME

DAY DESPATCH

These therapy benches have adjustable height and are designed to angle along or across the bench surface. They are available in three sizes and two widths. The ends have a side slot for easy safe and positive adjustment. Short Height Length Width AA75315N 195-295mm 610mm 250mm £295.00 AA75315W 195-295mm 610mm 300mm £255.00 Medium AA75316N 280-455mm 820mm 300mm £269.00 AA75316W 280-455mm 820mm 380mm £285.00 High AA75317N 415-705mm 820mm 325mm £299.00 AA75317W 415-705mm 820mm 380mm £320.00 SDD

4 Wheely Therapy Stool 4

SAME

DAY DESPATCH

Designed for use by therapists, teachers and parents when working at floor level with children. They are adjustable in height to suit the individual and for stability. They should be used by sitting astride the narrower side. Available with a Red seat or a Green seat. Height 340-460mm (13 to 18"). Length 450mm (171/2"). Width 370mm (141/2"). AA75312F Red £161.14 AA75312G Green £161.14 SDD

5 Therapy Stool and Bench To be used by therapists, teachers and parents, these stools and benches are padded, mobile and height adjustable. Stools are available with or without lockable castors. Therapy Stool 490 x 540mm, height adjustment 360-460mm. AA75362 Swivel Castors £145.00 AA75363 Lockable Castors £189.26

Maximum user weight

80 kg

121/2 st

UK SAME DAY DESPATCH

SDD Now available from stock. Please contact Customer Services for

more information.

534

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

067_EXPT_0529-0536:067_EXPT_0529-0536

23/11/09

18:27

Page 535

Screens & Mirrors DAY DESPATCH

PATCHWORK GREEN

PATCHWORK BEIGE

1 Mobile Folding Screens These unique screens feature smooth panels that are easy to clean or replace. Available in four or five sections, with either plain white, coloured patchwork or bubble design panels. Fold flat for ease of storage. Two-year warranty. Four section: Length 250cm. Width 39cm. Height 182cm. Five section: Length 310cm. Width 39cm. Height 182cm. AA95034W AA95034B AA95034G AA95034Y AA95034U

White Patchwork Blue Patchwork Green Patchwork Beige Bubbles

Four Section SDD £264.97 Four Section SDD £297.41 Four Section £297.41 Four Section £297.41 Four Section £297.41

AA95035W AA95035B AA95035G AA95035Y AA95035U

White Patchwork Blue Patchwork Green Patchwork Beige Bubbles

Five Section £340.67 Five Section £362.30 Five Section £362.30 Five Section SDD £362.30 Five Section £362.30

PATCHWORK BLUE

SDD

SAME

DAY DESPATCH

2 wks

2 Three-Panel Screen A portable, ample sized privacy curtain. Each panel measures 69 x 124cm and overall height is 175cm. Frame is 2.5cm anodised aluminum tubing. The washable, replaceable curtains are flame retardant, bacteriostatic 6ml white vinyl. 5.1cm twin wheel castors allow for easy movement. Weight 6.75kg. 920986 £147.08

3 Glass Mirrors

BUBBLES

WHITE

SAME

DAY DESPATCH

Sammons Preston

For educational and therapy programmes where a reflective glass surface is preferred. Heavy plate glass with electroplated copper produces bright, distortion free images. Oak laminate frame provides an attractive appearance. The single section mirror and each panel of the three section mirror measure 69cm wide and 183cm high and may be locked into position. Both mirrors include brackets for mounting to a wall, and castors for a free standing unit. 5350 Single Section £351.49 5351 Three Section £647.82 4-6 wks

4 Posture Mirrors

Posture mirrors can be used for postural re-education and feedback for normal movement. Glass is bonded to laminate for added safety. Available on a hinged frame with castors for easy manoeuvrability and adjustability or as a wall mounted mirror. Panel size 120 x 36cm. AA9569 Mobile £262.27 AA9569W Wall Mounted SDD £183.86 SDD

4-6 wks

UK SAME DAY DESPATCH

SDD Now available from stock. Please contact Customer Services for

more information. DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 2 to 6 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

535

Clinic Furniture

SAME

067_EXPT_0529-0536:067_EXPT_0529-0536

23/11/09

18:27

Page 536

Clinic Furniture

Trolleys & Cabinets 1

Vista Multi-Purpose Trolleys A practical, durable range of trolleys supplied fully assembled with a two-year warranty. The removable trays feature tray labels with covers as standard and are strong and easy to clean. The removable top shelf has an upstand on three sides to prevent items rolling off.

2 wks

1 Vista 50

SAME

DAY DESPATCH

Vista 50 trolleys are available with a choice of either six single trays or four single trays and one deep tray making them versatile enough for any clinic. Width 56cm. Depth 52cm. Height 101cm. Colour Configuration AA9500BC Clear 4 Shallow Trays, 1 Deep Tray £356.90 AA9500BB Blue 4 Shallow Trays, 1 Deep Tray £356.90 AA9500BG Green 4 Shallow Trays, 1 Deep Tray £356.90 AA9500MC Clear 6 Trays £356.90 AA9500MB Blue 6 Trays £356.90 AA9500MG Green 6 Trays £356.90

2 Vista 30 Vista 30 trolleys provide maximum storage in a compact design. They feature two shallow trays and two deep trays to suit a range of requirements. Width 39cm. Depth 52cm. Height 101cm. AA9500VC Clear £300.66 AA9500VB Blue £300.66 AA9500VG Green £300.66 SDD

3 Vista 20 3

Vista 20 trolleys have a lower height of just 78cm so that they fit under a work surface. Available with four trays or two trays with a deep tray. Width 56cm. Depth 52cm. Height 78cm. Colour Configuration 09 115 7171 Clear 4 Trays £308.23 09 115 7163 Blue 4 Trays £308.23 09 115 7189 Green 4 Trays £308.23 09 115 7205 Clear 2 Shallow Trays, 1 Deep Tray £308.23 09 115 7197 Blue 2 Shallow Trays, 1 Deep Tray £308.23 09 115 7213 Green 2 Shallow Trays, 1 Deep Tray £308.23

4 Accessories

09 115 7221 09 115 7239 09 115 7262 09 115 7247 09 115 7254 AA9500AB AA9500AT AA9500AN

TRAY DIVIDERS AND LABELS

PROTECTIVE BUFFERS

Locking door for Vista 50 (6 trays) Locking door for Vista 50 (4 trays with basket) Locking door for Vista 30 Locking door for Vista 20 (4 trays) Locking door for Vista 20 (2 trays with basket) Protective Buffers - Set of 4 Tray Dividers for Vista 50 Trays Tray Dividers for Deep Vista 30 Trays

£83.28 £83.28 £75.71 £71.38 £71.38 £23.79 £14.06 £14.06

5 Dressing Trolley This durable trolley is designed for everyday use. Made from strong epoxy coated steel with glass effect safety shelves that do not shatter like normal glass. The top tray has a unique lift-off design with integral handles. Supplied fully assembled. Two-year warranty. Width 46cm. Depth 52cm. Height 86cm. AA9500D3 3 Shelves £243.34 AA9500D2 2 Shelves £202.24 2 wks

6 Surgical Trolley Similar to the Dressing Trolley above but with a stainless steel frame and shelves. Two-year warranty. Width 46cm. Depth 52cm. Height 86cm. AA9500S3 3 Shelves £317.96 AA9500S2 2 Shelves £264.97 2 wks

LOCKING DOOR

536

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

068_EXPT_0537-0544:068_EXPT_0537-0544

23/11/09

18:27

Page 537

Trolleys & Cabinets SAME

SAME

DAY

DESPATCH

SDD

2 Economy Trolley It features three 40 x 50cm shelves, all with a lip to prevent items from falling off. It has a hardwearing white finish and two of the castors are braked. Height 69cm. AA95088 £107.07 SDD

3 Stainless Steel Trolleys These stainless steel utility trolleys are constructed from heavy duty, polished stainless steel. All shelves feature thick, 22 gauge steel shelves with double thick 16 gauge legs. 360° rotating castors are standard on all models. Holds up to 135kg.

554071

Width 35.5cm. Depth 35.5cm. Height 76.2cm. Three-Shelf Trolley with Drawer

£164.66

554072

Width 53.3cm. Depth 40.6cm. Height 76.2cm. Three-Shelf Trolley with Handle

£367.71

554073

Width 61cm. Depth 40.6cm. Height 81.3cm. Three-Shelf Trolley with Locking Cabinet

£210.89

554074

£302.82

Width 53.3cm. Depth 40.6cm. Height 76.2cm

SAME

Three-Shelf Trolley

DAY DESPATCH

SDD

4 Gym/Equipment Trolley

A durable and practical storage trolley for large or awkward equipment. Made from epoxy coated steel with castors for easy manoeuvrability. Length 127cm. Width 66cm. Height 106cm. AA9516 £378.53 SDD

5 Lockable Cabinets Lockable cabinets conforms to both the Misuse of Drugs (Safe Custody Regulation) 1973 and exceeds British Standard BS 2881:1989 Security Level 1. The locking mechanism complies with BS 3621:1998 so keys cannot be removed if left open and it has more than 1000 combinations. They are constructed from 16 gauge steel with hardened hinges for security. Height Width Depth 09 115 7270 25cm 20cm 20cm £270.38 09 115 7288 40cm 30cm 20cm £317.96 09 115 7296 50cm 40cm 25cm £340.67 09 115 7304 60cm 50cm 30cm £394.75 09 115 7312 60cm 60cm 30cm £443.42

SAME

DAY DESPATCH

2 wks

UK SAME DAY DESPATCH

SDD Now available from stock. Please contact Customer Services for

more information. DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 2 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

537

Clinic Furniture

1 Economy Multi-Purpose Trolley Features a removable clear tray with label and cover and an adjustable shelf with two height settings. The white epoxy coated frame offers durability and ease of cleaning. Twin wheel castors aid movement. Width 56cm. Depth 52cm. Height 101cm. AA9500E £178.45

068_EXPT_0537-0544:068_EXPT_0537-0544

23/11/09

18:27

Page 538

BESPOKE Design Service

BUILT ON-TIME AND WITHIN BUDGET GUARANTEED

Clinical Finish Have your new clinic DESIGNED, BUILT and FITTED BY EXPERTS. • FREE NO OBLIGATION QUOTATION • FREE ON-SITE DESIGN SERVICE • FROM CONCEPT TO FINISHED CLINIC • FINANCE AVAILABLE

We provide innovative modern designs that complement modern interiors, clinics, offices and all areas that require attention to detail. While also offering the durability, flexibility, and practicality required in the healthcare sector. We combine styling with quality build standards, which makes our furniture and designs practical and durable. A product that will meet and far exceed the HTM63 specification as required by the Department of Health, giving you confidence that quality will not be comprised. We can provide full project management including

scheduling, site surveys and design / cad facilities. Our philosophy is to ensure we develop a working relationship with you or your team. There is no project too small or too large. Our partners have over 20 years experience in surgery, clinic and hospital installations. Each environment will be individually designed to meet your requirements. We offer Computer Assisted Design with plans, elevations and service diagrams to help you plan your project. Advice can be given on complete design, reception areas, colour schemes etc if required.

Please call Customer Services for further information

068_EXPT_0537-0544:068_EXPT_0537-0544

23/11/09

18:27

Page 539

Workstations 1

• 3 function unit (air, water, spray) • Suction complete with dust bag • Micromotor suitable for a podiatry handpiece • Reservoir for water or disinfectant liquids (capacity 1 litre) • Foot pedal controls • Micromotor reverse switch, can be adjusted through console • Micromotor speed adjustment through the console • External pneumatic feeding provision • A choice of colours are available to suit your clinic • Made to specific customer requirements Please contact Customer Services for further information on this product or to place an order.

2 Saturn Unit • A handcrafted unit, made with the finest materials • The unique Corian® top ensures durability, and the ability to survive impacts, nicks and cuts. It has also been tested for resistance to stains and most acids • Touch-latch drawer system for ease of operation and maintaining a hygienic environment; simply press the front and the drawer will glide out • The unit's clean lines and sleek surfaces are not only stylish and contemporary in appearance, but also hardwearing and easy to maintain • Very sturdy and comes with two lockable wheels • A power cable and extra socket are supplied with the unit so that a drill and lamp can be powered from it 021986

£988.90

BEST SELLER

MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable. DELIVERY Please contact Customer Services for more information.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

539

Clinic Furniture

1 Compact Podiatry Unit The Compact podiatry unit makes every clinic stand out from the rest with its scratchproof worktop and rubber-tread castor wheels. They come equipped with a range of accessories: • Instruments table (up to 4 instruments)

068_EXPT_0537-0544:068_EXPT_0537-0544

23/11/09

18:28

Page 540

Clinic Furniture

Workstations 1 Orion Unit

BEST SELLER

This is a solid, hand made cabinet ideal for those clinics with minimum storage space. Features • An optimum working level to reduce stress on the shoulder and back • A pull up section to store 25cm couch roll • 2 drawers to store dressings and blades • A spacious drawer and cupboard compartment with more storage space for larger tools and care products • Drawers held securely in place using magnetic strips • Supplied with power cable so you can use a drill or lamp from the unit Specification • Height - 74cm • Working height - 61cm • Width - 60cm • Depth - 39.5cm 016432

£608.58

2 Midi Unit with UV The Midi Unit with UV combines an extremely attractive up-to-date appearance with a quality and functionality that fulfils all your requirements. The exclusive model has an elegant design with slightly rounded front section and satin steel finished handles. Features • Pull-out compartment for easy access to equipment • Grip position for working with the hand-piece ideal for both left and right handed people

• Perfect instrument hygiene thanks to the UV compartment with three instrument trays • Self-closing UV compartment using slow motion cushion closing: push gently to close and the compartment stops 4 to 5 cm before it is fully closed and then fastens slowly so that instruments are not disturbed • Drawer for small instruments • Drawers with high quality bearing supported runners that are easy running • Spacious drawer compartment with more storage space for larger tools and care products • Ballbearing base for secure positioning 016433BLU

DELIVERY Please contact Customer Services for more information.

540

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

£902.95

068_EXPT_0537-0544:068_EXPT_0537-0544

23/11/09

18:28

Page 541

Workstations 1

• 3 spacious draws to hold all podiatry equipment • The draws are held securely in place using magnetic strips • Supplied with a power cable so you can use a drill or lamp from the unit Specification • Height - 71cm • Width - 50.5cm • Depth - 41cm 016435

£542.10

2 Caravel Dressing Trolley A stylish and immensely practical dressing trolley of Italian design. In a white ABS plastic, the whole cabinet is a honeycomb of 10 useful storage compartments. The format of the three-tier trolley can be arranged to suit your needs. 004268 £219.40

3 Mayo Stainless Steel Table The Mayo table is a stainless steel, height adjustable table featuring a lipped tray to stop instruments rolling off, mounted on a single strut and a sturdy base with four castors. Use when carrying out surgical procedures. 007733 £262.90 Spare Tray 007734 £34.65

4 Trolley with Drawer and Tray This functional trolley features a large storage drawer and handy mesh tray. It has a sturdy powder coated steel frame and four castors for easy manoeuvrability. Two castors are braked for security when use. Height 66cm. Width 60cm. Depth 42cm. Weight 16kg. 009738 £173.09

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

541

Clinic Furniture

1 Mini Unit This is a compact and neat unit that combines simplicity with quality and value for money. Features • Dual working levels increase working space

068_EXPT_0537-0544:068_EXPT_0537-0544

23/11/09

18:28

Page 542

Clinic Furniture

Work Tables 1

1 Adjustable Arm Table

An extremely comfortable, padded arm table, which tilts across a range of angles and rotates on a set of braked castors. Particularly useful during evaluation and rehabilitation. Length 60cm. Width 30cm. Height adjustable from 75cm to 115cm. AA95401 £183.86

2 Arm Table A strongly constructed hardwood arm table made from beech with a Formica top. Length 61cm. Width 30cm. Height 71cm. AA9520 £118.97

3 Tilting Easel

Homecraft

This high quality tilting easel transforms a standard flat table into a tilting work surface. Can be used at any angle from horizontal to vertical. A lip at the bottom of the easel supports most activity boards and is removable to give a flat surface. Height 70cm. Length 70cm. AA95402 £113.56

4 Easel

Rolyan

For cognitive perceptual activities and range of motion exercises. Simplifies providing graded activities. Supports almost any activity board, such as puzzle boards and peg boards. Adjust shelf position to increase or decrease distance and angle of reach - shelf can be placed in any position on easel. Angle adjusts from 15° to 75° in increments of 10°. Slip resistant feet prevent easel from moving during activity. Easel folds for convenient storage. Plastic. Clean with a hard surface disinfectant. Measures 66cm high and 46cm wide with 4.4cm deep shelf. A405800 £140.60

5 Variheight Table

The Variheight Table is manufactured to an optimum size for most environments, whether for single use or in a group. It is fully adjustable in height, enabling it to suit users of differing ages and circumstances. Low gearing and a detachable handle make height adjustment easy without removing any article from the tabletop. The table frame is made from heavy duty steel with a grey nylon epoxy coating. The tabletop is covered in a yellow melamine coating for added protection. The table is available in two models, the standard version or the lowline version. Both models are available with a plain flat surface or a tilt top version. Dimensions AA75313S Standard Model £919.00 09 116 8137 Tilt Top Version £1159.00 Tabletop size 914 x 762mm (36 x 30") Height adjustment range 610-914mm (24-36") AA75313L Lowline Model £879.00 09 116 8145 Tilt Top Version £1099.00 Tabletop size 914 x 762mm (36 x 30") Height adjustment range 305-686mm (12-27")

4 wks

STANDARD

LOW MODEL

542

Fax: 08448 730 100

TILT TOP

www.mobilisrolyan.com

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

068_EXPT_0537-0544:068_EXPT_0537-0544

23/11/09

18:28

Page 543

Work Tables

SAME

DAY DESPATCH

1 Universal OT Table

Homecraft

A work table for general occupational therapy use with an adjustable angle laminated work surface and a variable height. • Hand switch control on electric model • Large locking castors for mobility • Optional knee block and standing harness • Wheelchair cut-out Dimensions: Height 50-92cm. Length 152cm. Width 70cm. AA9508H OT Table - Hydraulic £919.82 AA9508E OT Table - Electric £940.91 AA9508 Padded Knee Block & Standing Harness £96.25 SDD

2 Treatment Table This height adjustable treatment table features a scratch resistant grey laminate top with wheelchair cut-out. The top angles from 0° to 45° and the height of the table is adjustable from 74 to 112cm. A 6.4mm raised metal edge round the table top prevents items from sliding off. Folds easily for storage when not in use. Weight 19kg. Washable. A96160 £323.37

UK SAME DAY DESPATCH

SDD Now available from stock. Please contact Customer Services for

more information.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

543

Clinic Furniture

068_EXPT_0537-0544:068_EXPT_0537-0544

23/11/09

18:28

Page 544

Clinic Furniture

Work Tables

Vision is the new range of modern height adjustable Ropox tables. The Vision comprises of tables and accessories for a variety of activities. The tables are available in sizes to suit an individual or several people sharing. The beautiful and functional design was developed for people moving around with or without help. For children and adults alike who want the freedom to pursue their activities. All Vision tables have soft round corners, and are provided with two inconspicuous castors at the back, making it easy to draw the table closer. Plain feet at the front give the tables extra stability. 1 90 x 60 Vision Height Adjustable Table • Width 90cm (35") • Depth 60cm (23") • Height Adjustment: 50 to 70cm (19 to 27") Low 60 to 90cm (23 to 35") High • Electric or Manual Height Adjustment 1 SECTION NO TILT

1 SECTION TILT

2 SECTION RIGHT HAND TILT

2 SECTION LEFT HAND TILT

1 90 x 60 VISION HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE TABLE - MANUAL Height & Colour

No Tilt

High White

09 09 09 09 09 09

High Light Grey High Dark Grey Low White Low Light Grey Low Dark Grey

120 120 120 120 120 120

3108 3116 3124 3090 1870 3082

1 Section Tilt

2 Section Tilt (RH)

2 Section Tilt (LH)

09 09 09 09 09 09

118 118 118 118 118 118

7863 7392 7087 7871 7343 7020

118 118 118 118 118 118

7905 7418 7129 7913 7046 7061

118 118 118 118 118 118

7954 7400 7111 7970 7350 7657

1 90 x 60 VISION HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE TABLE - ELECTRIC Height & Colour

No Tilt

High White

09 09 09 09 09 09

High Light Grey High Dark Grey Low White Low Light Grey Low Dark Grey

544

120 120 120 120 120 120

Fax: 08448 730 100

3181 3173 3165 3157 3140 3132

1 Section Tilt

2 Section Tilt (RH)

2 Section Tilt (LH)

09 09 09 09 09 09

118 118 118 118 118 118

7848 7475 7293 7855 7442 7145

www.mobilisrolyan.com

118 118 118 118 118 118

7889 7517 7327 7897 7509 7285

118 118 118 118 118 118

7921 7582 7319 7939 7632 7277

069_EXPT_0545-0552:069_EXPT_0545-0552

23/11/09

18:28

Page 545

Work Tables Clinic Furniture

2 120 x 60 Vision Height Adjustable Table • Width 120cm (47") • Depth 60cm (23") • Height Adjustment: 50 to 70cm (19 to 27") Low 60 to 90cm (23 to 35") High • Electric or Manual Height Adjustment

Accessories 3 MagRule

MAGRULE

ARM SUPPORT

CORNER

CASTORS

HANDLE

ELECTRIC ADJUST

This magnetic rule helps keep reading material and work documents in place, even when the table is tilted. 09 118 8838 £124.37

4 Arm Support The arm support simply clips into place to provide extra support exactly where it is needed. 09 118 8846 £400.16

2 120 x 60 VISION HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE TABLE - MANUAL Height & Colour

1 Section Tilt

2 Section Tilt (RH)

2 Section Tilt (LH)

High White

09 09 09 09 09 09

High Light Grey High Dark Grey Low White Low Light Grey Low Dark Grey

118 118 118 118 118 118

8267 8242 8226 8291 8283 8275

118 118 118 118 118 118

8382 8374 8366 8416 8408 8390

118 118 118 118 118 118

8531 8523 8515 8564 8556 8549

2 120 x 60 VISION HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE TABLE - ELECTRIC Height & Colour

1 Section Tilt

2 Section Tilt (RH)

2 Section Tilt (LH)

High White

09 09 09 09 09 09

High Light Grey High Dark Grey Low White Low Light Grey Low Dark Grey

118 118 118 118 118 118

8150 8135 8127 8218 8192 8176

118 118 118 118 118 118

8325 8317 8309 8358 8341 8333

www.mobilisrolyan.com

118 118 118 118 118 118

8465 8457 8432 8507 8499 8481

Tel: 08448 730 035

545

069_EXPT_0545-0552:069_EXPT_0545-0552

23/11/09

18:28

Page 546

Clinic Furniture

Work Tables 1

1 Activity Easywind™ Tilt Table

The Activity Easywind Tilt Table is an incredibly flexible, height adjustable table. It features a stainless steel basin that can be used for water play with a lockable timber infill for when the basin is not in use. The table has an adjustable angled surface with lip, and twin wheels that lock, ensuring that the table will not slip or pivot, leaving the user free to concentrate on the activity at hand. Available in standard or junior versions. Length 90cm. Width 60cm. Tilt 0° to 40°. Height Adjustment AA95094 Standard 60-86cm £702.98 AA95095 Junior 52-66cm £702.98

2 Easywind™ Group Table

This multi-purpose table is ideal for a range of activities including craftwork, dining, classroom activities and computer work and the special hardwearing laminate finish tabletop makes it easy to clean. It can be accessed by a number of seated users and is height adjustable via use of an easy-to-use wind-up crank handle. Locking wheels aid transport when the table is not in use. Available in a standard or junior version. Length 160cm. Depth 85cm. Height of standard table 60 to 86cm. Height of junior table 52 to 66cm. AA95092 Standard £632.68 AA95093 Junior £632.68

3 Dual Level Work Table This innovative table is designed to enable the integration of wheelchair users with their peers. Because the table has two halves that are independently height adjustable, it is suitable to use with wheelchairs and standard chairs, and for children with bigger or smaller growth. Height 60 to 86cm. Length 120cm. Depth 38cm. AA95096C £621.86

4 wks

4 Midland™ Laminate Top

Adjustable Work Table

Sammons Preston

Height adjusts from 66 to 97cm with easy to turn crank handle. The crank handle stores conveniently under the table when not in use. A durable, easy to maintain 4cm thick Formica top resists dents and scratches. The smaller 71 x 152cm tabletop saves space, while the larger 122 x 168cm model accommodates six clients. Five-year warranty. 8858B Small £1140.98 8859B Large £1249.13 4 wks

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information. MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.

546

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

069_EXPT_0545-0552:069_EXPT_0545-0552

23/11/09

18:28

Page 547

Work Tables 1

2 2 Economy Group Therapy Table These value for money group therapy tables are available in three shapes to provide a variety of options. The 120cm diameter round table provides ample workspace for four clients in wheelchairs, while the 120 x 120cm square and pentagon tables can be tessellated to produce a much larger work space. A hydraulic mechanism easily raises the work surface from 61cm to 114cm. AA95051R Round £275.78 AA95051S Square £275.78 AA95051P Pentagon £275.78 4 wks

3 Ropox Ergotable The Ergotable is a high quality, tilting table for rehabilitation settings. It is available with a choice of three tabletops to suit a range of applications. The tilting top is magnetic so paper can be held in place with magnets and magnetic stimuli can be used. Glide feet come as standard and there is the option of four hardwearing, lockable castors to aid ease of manoeuvrability. The top tilts in steps from horizontal to 54°. Full length 90cm. Length of tilting portion on split top tables 60cm. Width 60cm. Height adjustable from 56 to 84cm. AA95107S Standard Top £751.64 AA95107R Right Hand Side Tilt £724.61 AA95107L Left Hand Side Tilt £724.61 AA95108 Optional Castors £85.17

4 Ropox Multi Ergotable A table designed to ensure proper working postures for both the user and the therapist, helping to obtain optimum rehabilitation results. The Multi Ergotable is a height-adjustable worktable with cutouts at the front and back to support the body and forearms. The table is ideal for situations where the user and therapist need to be sitting close together opposite each other. Included are two 40cm diameter boomerangs, which can be easily fitted into the cut-outs to reduce their depth, and a moon-shape, which is used when only one cut-out is required. 30cm diameter boomerangs and additional moon-shapes are available. Length 90cm. Width 70cm. Height adjustable from 57 to 77cm. AA95109 Multi Ergotable £1476.25 AA95109B 30cm Diameter Boomerang £45.42 AA95109M Moon-Shape £45.42

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 4 to 6 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information. MADE TO ORDER These items are made to order and therefore, are not refundable.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

547

Clinic Furniture

1 Ropox Column Table The Column Table from Ropox is a flexible group table solution offering various combinations. The table is available with a halfoval or square tabletop. The half-oval tabletop is 120 x 110cm with solid beech edges on three sides and the square tabletop is 110 x 110cm with solid beech edges on two sides. Both types are adjustable in height between 65 and 81cm by means of a crank handle. The tables can be combined so that several clients can sit at the same table but at various heights. Thus, individual height requirements are considered at the same table. One of the feet has a built in wheel for ease of transportation. AA95105 Square £1065.28 AA95106 Half-Oval £1108.54

069_EXPT_0545-0552:069_EXPT_0545-0552

23/11/09

18:29

Page 548

Clinic Furniture

Steps & Step Ladders 1 Step Stool

A simple, sturdy stool consisting of a chrome plated steel frame with a non-slip rubber mat. Rubber ferrules provide good grip on slippery surfaces. Top area 28 x 36cm. Base area 30.5 x 41cm. Height 22.5cm. AA6550 £24.95

120 Maximum kg user weight

183/4 st

2 Step Stool with Handrail A sturdy, stool with chrome plated steel frame. The stool has a non-slip textured mat on the surface. The rail, attached to one side of the step, helps to give the user extra confidence and stability. Rubber ferrules provide good grip on slippery surfaces. Top area 28 x 36cm. Base area 30.5 x 41cm. Height 22.5cm. AA6551 £38.75

120 Maximum kg user weight

183/4 st

3 Superlite Alloy Deluxe Stepladder

This deluxe stepladder is manufactured from aircraft grade alloy and weighs less than 2kg, yet it will hold a load of 100kgs. It has anodised super grip steps and a large round safety rail with a soft ergonomic rubber grip. Rubber feet ensure that the ladder is stable. Folds flat for easy storage. 09 120 4593 £47.49

Maximum user weight

100 153/4 kg

4 Non-Slip Double Stepper A new health and safety regulated non-slip double stepper. Manufactured from heavy duty flat sided oval finished steel in high gloss powder coating. Height 33cm. Width 45cm. Depth 37cm. Weight 7kg. AA95011 £102.74

120 Maximum kg user weight

183/4 st

5 Couch Step This exceptionally stable, anti-tip couch step has a unique elliptical shape and a large, grooved anti-slip surface. Rubber feet prevent movement. Height 15cm. Width 54cm. Depth 32cm. AA95026 £70.30

130 Maximum kg user weight

201/4 st

6 Double Tier Couch Step This couch step is the double tier version of the couch step above and features all the same high quality characteristics. Width 57cm. Depth 48cm. Height 40cm. AA95027 £162.23

130 Maximum kg user weight

548

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

201/4 st

069_EXPT_0545-0552:069_EXPT_0545-0552

23/11/09

18:29

Page 549

Training Steps & Ramps 1

Maximum user weight

180 281/4 kg

2 Ramp and Step Set Great value for money, this ramp and step set can be used for a whole range of rehabilitation activities including ramp training, posture training and body mechanics. All surfaces are covered with non-slip rubber to provide safety and promote confidence. Can be wiped clean. Ramp platform measures 100 x 120cm. Ramp incline is 1:6. Three steps include the following sizes: Height Width Depth 5cm 70cm 40cm 10cm 80cm 40cm 15cm 90cm 40cm 20cm 100cm 100cm AA95085 £421.79 Maximum user weight

180 281/4 kg

4 wks

3 Curb and Ramp Training Set Three steps with handles nest under the ramp platform when not in use. Anti-slip surface on ramp. Natural wood finish. Ramp platform measures 104 x 216cm. Ramp incline graduates from 1cm to 20cm high. Set of three includes the following sizes: Height Width Depth 15cm 91cm 41cm 10cm 81cm 41cm 50cm 76cm 41cm 1590 £675.94

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 4 to 6 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

549

Clinic Furniture

1 Nesting Step Stools This set of wooden step stools is ideal for body mechanics and posture training when standing, to use at a desk or during seated mat activities. Non slip rubber surfaces prevents slipping. Nest for storage. Can be wiped clean. Set of four includes the following sizes: Height Width Depth 20cm 50cm 45cm 15cm 45cm 40cm 10cm 40cm 35cm 5cm 35cm 30cm AA9552 £237.93

069_EXPT_0545-0552:069_EXPT_0545-0552

23/11/09

18:29

Page 550

Clinic Furniture

Steps 1

SAME

DAY DESPATCH

1 Conventional Steps

These high quality conventional steps feature three steps on one side and four on the other. On the side with three, the steps are 20cm deep and on the side with four, they are 15cm deep. The handrails are independently height adjustable from 40 to 90cm. Footprint: 193 x 65cm. Height 58cm. AA9568 £848.98 Maximum user weight

140 kg

SDD

2 Alcove Steps These ingenious steps are ideal for clinics where space is at a premium or where an alcove means space is wasted. Just 148cm wide, they feature four 15cm deep steps on one side and three 20cm steps on the other. Handrails are height adjustable from 40cm to 90cm. AA95068 Footprint 140 x 150cm £1135.58 Maximum user weight

140 kg

4 wks

3 Paediatric Steps

A scaled down version of the corner steps opposite, these steps are brightly coloured to brighten any paediatric clinic and aid compliance. On one side there are four steps with a depth of 11.5cm and on the other there are three steps with a depth of 15cm. The handrails adjust from 38cm to 75cm. Length 112cm. Width 94cm. AA9567P £794.90 Maximum user weight

64 kg

10 st

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information. MADE TO ORDER These items are made to order and therefore, are not refundable. INFORMATION The maximum user weight refers to the steps only. The handrails are not fully weight bearing and are for support only.

550

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

4 wks

069_EXPT_0545-0552:069_EXPT_0545-0552

23/11/09

18:29

Page 551

Steps

SAME

DAY DESPATCH

1 Corner Steps Excellent quality hardwood steps, which are carpeted for safety and durability. These corner steps are in a set of four 15cm deep one side and three 20cm deep on the other side. The handrails are height adjustable from 40 to 90cm. Dimensions: Length 145cm. Width 120cm. Height 58cm. AA9567 £832.76 Maximum user weight

140 kg

SAME

DAY DESPATCH

SDD

2 Space Saving Steps These stairs are made up of 2 sections and can be quickly adjusted so that they slot together, reducing the storage space required. Made from high quality hardwood with the 15cm deep steps covered in durable carpet. Handrails are height adjustable from 40 to 90cm. Fully assembled: Length 140cm. Width 86cm. Height 60cm. When compact: Length 87cm. Width 86cm. Height 60cm AA9518 £1059.87 Maximum user weight

140 kg

22 st

SDD

SAME

DAY DESPATCH

UK SAME DAY DESPATCH

SDD Now available from stock. Please contact Customer Services for

more information. INFORMATION The maximum user weight refers to the steps only. The handrails are not fully weight bearing and are for support only.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

551

Clinic Furniture

069_EXPT_0545-0552:069_EXPT_0545-0552

23/11/09

18:29

Page 552

Clinic Furniture

Parallel Bars 1 Height Adjustable Folding Parallel Bars

SAME

DAY DESPATCH

These parallel bars provide excellent stability and are extremely robust. The bars have a non-slip plastic laminate coating, and the base is hardwearing powder coated steel and chrome, for durability. The bars may be folded flat for easy storage making them ideal for a multi-use therapy room or gymnasium. Height adjustment 69 to 100cm with easy to use locking pins. Height 69 to 100cm. Length 230cm. Width 66cm. Handrail diameter 45mm. AA9562 £378.53 Maximum user weight

140 kg

SDD

2 Junior - Height Adjustable Folding Parallel Bars Same design as the parallel bars above, except with a smaller specification to accommodate children. Height 40 to 65cm. Length 186cm. Width 36cm. Handrail diameter 25mm. AA9513 £272.54 Maximum user weight

63 kg

SDD

3 Westminster Parallel Bars

SAME

DAY DESPATCH

An extensive range of parallel bars to suit your clinics needs. Available in a variety of lengths, with single or double bars, which can be fixed to wooden or solid floor. A free standing wooden carpet base with sloping ends is also available. Dimensions: Double bar - upper rail height 90cm - lower rail can be positioned to give a height of either 67 or 83cm. Single bar rail height 90cm. Handrail diameter 45mm. Single AA9564A AA9564B AA9564C AA9564D Double AA9563A AA9563B AA9563C AA9563D Base AA9566A AA9566B AA9566C AA9566D

Length 182cm 335cm 487cm 640cm Length 182cm 335cm 487cm 640cm Length and Width 250 x 120cm 400 x 120cm 560 x 120cm 720 x 120cm

Maximum user weight

140 kg

£431.52 £567.79 £827.35 £1076.09 £724.61 £946.31 £1059.87 £1476.25 £475.86 £529.94 £567.79 £670.53

22 st

UK SAME DAY DESPATCH

SDD Now available from stock. Please contact Customer Services for

more information. DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information. MADE TO ORDER These items are made to order and therefore, are not refundable. INFORMATION We recommend installation by a qualified tradesman.

552

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

4 wks

070_EXPT_0553-0560:070_EXPT_0553-0560

23/11/09

18:29

Page 553

Parallel Bars

Maximum user weight

140 kg

SAME

DAY DESPATCH

SDD

2 Ropox Parallel Bars The Ropox parallel bars are ideal for walking and balance training as well as training in a standing position. They are ideal for use in hospitals, clinics, day centres, fitness and training centres, and gymnasiums. Available in three lengths and infinitely adjustable between 79 and 103cm in height, they are suitable for every situation. The height is adjusted by depressing the pedal of the gas spring unit situated at one end and pushing the bars to the required height. Recommended mounting width is 70cm but they may be mounted at different widths if required. Length AA95113A 3m £1319.43 AA95113B 4m £1319.43 AA95113C 6m £1946.70 Maximum user weight

130 kg

201/4 st

4 wks

3 SuperPole™ Horizontal Rail System A portable bar system for short term walking therapy. Simple to install, the SuperPoles are quickly and easily fixed securely between floor and ceiling by jackscrew expansion, only a screwdriver is needed to install. Ideal for situations where a permanent installation may not be an option or where space is an issue. Suitable for both long or short term usage. Rail holder brackets feature non-scratching plastic lining and non-deforming tightening system. Rails are adjustable in height with an extremely low range for paediatric applications. Available as a single or double rail kit system. Handrail Specifications Height: 46-100cm. Length: 228cm. Diameter: 4cm. SuperPole Specifications Height: 236-253cm. Diameter: 3.8cm. AA95017 Single Rail Kit System £519.12 AA95018 Double Rail Kit System £962.54 Maximum user weight

136 kg

211/4 st

MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable. DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

SINGLE RAIL

DOUBLE RAIL

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

553

Clinic Furniture

1 Width and Height Adjustable Parallel Bars Both the height and width are adjustable on these parallel bars and they can also be folded down for storage. Stable and extremely robust with a non-slip plastic laminate coating. Height is adjustable with easy to use locking pins from 69 to 100cm. Width adjustable from 40 to 61cm. Length 230cm. Handrail diameter 45mm. AA9517 £448.82

070_EXPT_0553-0560:070_EXPT_0553-0560

23/11/09

18:29

Page 554

Clinic Furniture

Suspension Frames & Wall Bars 1

1 Suspension Frames

A high quality range of suspension frames for walls and ceilings. Manufactured from steel with a white epoxy coating. AA9570

Wall Bar Mounted Frame (69 x 69cm)

£215.22

AA9571

Wall Mounted Frame (69 x 69cm - Hangers 15cm)

£193.05

AA9572

Standard Ceiling Frames with Cantilevers (198 x 69cm)

£248.75

AA9573

Standard Ceiling Frames with 4 Ceiling Hangers (198 x 69cm - Hangers 76cm)

£248.75 4 wks

2 Wall Bars 1

Wall bars in polished pine, available in single, double and triple sections to suit your clinic requirements. The units are supplied complete with wall fixing kit and instructions. AA9560A Single Section 270 x 86cm SDD £356.90 AA9560B Double Section 270 x 167cm £540.75 AA9560C Triple Section 270 x 249cm £702.98

4 wks

3 Westminster Pulley System D

The Westminster Pulley system permits smooth weight resisted exercises and the amount of resistance can be varied independently. Swivel type connections allow for an infinite range of directions and angles. Supplied with weights - 1 x 5kg, 2 x 1.25kg and 8 x 2.5kg and a pair of single loop handles 005003 £702.98

UK SAME DAY DESPATCH

SDD Now available from stock. Please contact Customer Services for

more information. DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information. MADE TO ORDER This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.

554

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

070_EXPT_0553-0560:070_EXPT_0553-0560

23/11/09

18:29

Page 555

Pulleys 1

2 Rolyan Reach’N Range Pulley Easy-to-use pulley system for strengthening weakened shoulders and increasing range of motion. Features the innovative, easily adjusted ROM stop to control range-of-motion patterns. Easy length adjustability to fit patients quickly. Lightweight and compact for travelling convenience. Fits standard and thick doors. A873623

With Webbing Strap

£16.22

A873624

With Metal Bracket

£16.22

3 Grahamizer I Multi-Use Exerciser Ideal for post-mastectomy, clinic, and home exercise programmes. Exerciser combines many standard rehabilitation exercises into one portable device. Features an over-the-door wedge hanger that attaches to 3cm thick doors. Has a 22 step fluted finger ladder. Includes two 15cm dowels, nylon rope with 73cm travel on a swivel pulley, 9cm hand grips spaced 25cm out from base and a peg for storing rope up and out of the way. Also includes a “wind-up” shoulder wheel with a 91cm nylon rope that features 6.5cm of vertical height adjustment to increase ROM, reach, etc. Height easily adjusts with one revolution of the adjustment knob. There’s a rubber ball at the end of the rope for squeezing, grasping and preventing slippage. Length 1.07m. Width 29cm. Depth 35cm. Weight 8.5kg. 5026 £243.34

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

555

Clinic Furniture

1 Rolyan Reach’N Range Overhead Pulley Simple to use for re-building muscles and increasing range of motion. Dual overhead pulley offers extra stability and can be used with weights on one handle to counterbalance the strength of the opposite extremity. Weights (not included) can be added as strength improves. Overhead system positions the patient away from the door, allowing more free range-of-motion patterns, such as PNF patterns. Appropriate for home and clinic use. A873620 £29.20

070_EXPT_0553-0560:070_EXPT_0553-0560

23/11/09

18:29

Page 556

Clinic Furniture

Standers 1 Tumble Forms 2®

Sammons Preston

Three-in-One TriStander

KNEE MODULES ADJUST IN HEIGHT AND WIDTH TO STABILISE THE LOWER LEGS

AIR CYLINDER ALLOWS FOR ADJUSTMENT RANGE OF 15º TO 90º

SHOES ADJUST IN WIDTH, HEIGHT AND ANGLE

FULL RANGE OF ACCESSORIES AVAILABLE

The TriStander positioner does the job of three conventional standers. Its unique design allows prone, supine and vertical standing. A floor operated pneumatic tilt mechanism makes it easy to adjust the stander from 15º to 90º. The wide range of adjustability in the TriStander allows it to grow with the child. The adjustable module cushions can be mounted on either size frame to accommodate the unique positioning needs of the client. Each cushion is shaped to position the child securely and they are also easy to wash and disinfect. Latex free. TriStander Features • Adjustable, soft, cushioned pads • Pads are seamless, impervious to body fluids and wipe clean • Module cushions are interchangeable • 75mm (3") double locking castors prevent roll and swivel Available in two sizes. The TriStander 45 (yellow frame) accommodates children from 810mm (32") to 1140mm (45") and the TriStander 58 (blue frame) accommodates children from 1090mm (43") to 1470mm (58") in height. The TriStander Includes • TriStander frame • Shoes with bar • Hip support • Headrest • Knee support • Trunk support 4525S TriStander 45 (Yellow Frame) £1025.00 4530S TriStander 58 (Blue Frame) £1350.00 4526S TriStander 45 with Activity Tray £1425.00 4529S TriStander 58 with Activity Tray £1750.00 TriStander 45

Maximum user weight

ACCESSORY TRAY

TriStander 58

32 kg

Maximum user weight

2 Tumble Forms 2

68 kg

TriStander Accessories

VERTICAL STANDING

SUPINE STANDING

PRONE STANDING

PUSH HANDLE

ADJUSTABLE TRUNK SUPPORT

HEAD SUPPORT WITH LATERALS

2 HIP SUPPORT

HEADREST

SHOES WITH BAR TRUNK SUPPORT

KNEE SUPPORT

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Sammons Preston

All of the components, including the frame can be ordered separately as accessories. TriStander 45 Accessories 4525F Frame only 545 x 965mm £699.00 4525H Headrest 228 x 247mm £71.07 4525K Standard Trunk 215 x 140mm (inside) £78.13 Support 4526K Medium Trunk 254 x 165mm (inside) £88.27 Support 4525P Hip Support 215 x 101mm (inside) £91.13 4525N Knee Support (pair) 76 x 57mm (inside) £120.99 4525E Shoes with Bar 216 x 70mm (inside) £221.44 4525T Activity Tray 660 x 660mm £404.21 924526 Head Support 228 x 241mm £71.54 with Laterals (76mm laterals) 924527 Adjustable Trunk 192 x 152 to190mm £210.36 Support (inside) 924528 Push Handle 78 x 254mm £113.28 924525R Complete Set of Straps and Pads £95.56 TriStander 58 Accessories 4527F Frame only 584 x 1194mm £930.00 4527H Headrest 228 x 266mm £74.70 4527K Standard Trunk 292 x 152mm (inside) £92.47 Support 4526K Medium Trunk 254 x 165mm (inside) £88.27 Support 4527P Hip Support 305 x 152mm (inside) £108.34 4527N Knee Support (pair) 101 x 57mm (inside) £138.26 4527E Shoes with Bar 261 x 89mm (inside) £240.87 4527T Activity Tray 737 x 737mm £416.38 924526 Head Support 228 x 241mm £71.54 with Laterals (76mm laterals) 924527 Adjustable Trunk 192 x 152 to 190mm £210.36 Support (inside) 924528 Push Handle 78 x 254mm £113.28 924530R Complete set of Straps and Pads £90.68 DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 6 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

556

101/2

070_EXPT_0553-0560:070_EXPT_0553-0560

23/11/09

18:30

Page 557

Standers 1

NEW

Medical Benefits: • Diaphragmatic respiration is easier and thus the oxygen content of the blood increases. • Strengthening of chest muscles • Stabilising of circulation • Digestion improved (solving a known problem in wheelchair users) • Allows full evacuation of the urinary tract • Osteoporosis prophylaxis provided Physiotherapeutic Benefits: • Prevention of contractures to a large degree • Leg muscles are built up Educational Benefits: • The patient can develop a new awareness of their body, since they can perceive their full height in a standing position. They can thus experience the same perspective as every healthy person, which gives psychological and emotional benefits. • Expanded field of vision in close surroundings brings greater opportunities of perception and experience. Indications for Use: • Cerebral palsy • Tetraplegia • Paraplegia

• Multiple sclerosis

Features: • Cordless remote control • Pressure relieving stand up belt

• User friendly height adjustment of the table through gas springs • Depth and tilt adjustable activity table • Depth, height, width and angle adjustable padded knee supports • Depth and width adjustable heel rests • Four pivoted wheels with brakes that lock fast • The close to floor entry makes transfer from the wheelchair easier Accessories: • Enlarged belt system • Bottom support • Back support with headrest 09 119 1543

£1993.05 4-6 wks

MADE TO ORDER These items are made to order and therefore, are not refundable.

BOTTOM SUPPORT, CAN BE FOLDED DOWN

DELIVERY Delivery is approximately 4 to 6 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

LOWERED HANDRAILS MAKE STANDING UP EASIER FOR THE USER

Technical Details Standing frame with power lift VISION Article number Foot board table Foot board knee supports Height of handrails (from foot board) Floor upper edge of foot board Max. length Base width Table (width x depth) Exercise tension Weight Max. load

VS-1000 93 to 120cm 38 to 56cm 80 to 104cm 8cm 110cm 78cm 75 x 60cm 230V 62kg 150kg

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT OF THE PADDED KNEE PADS THROUGH ONE-HANDED OPERATION

www.mobilisrolyan.com

CORDLESS REMOTE CONTROL

Tel: 08448 730 035

557

Clinic Furniture

1 Vision Standing Frame The Vision standing frame with power lift, offers patients an optimum aid to meet requirements completely, whether for medical, educational and physiotherapeutic reasons.

070_EXPT_0553-0560:070_EXPT_0553-0560

23/11/09

18:30

Page 558

Clinic Furniture

Standers 1

LARGE UPI™

JUNIOR UPI™

INFANT UPI™

UPI Paediatric Vertical Stander - Specifications

1 UPI™ Paediatric Vertical Stander • Three sizes available: Infant, Junior and Large

Dimensions

Infant

Junior

Large

• Hip and thoracic height adjustment

Length (cm):

• Hip and thoracic lateral adjustment

Width (cm):

68-78

• Full knee control and foot positioning

Arm pit height (cm):

50-65

65-89

89-120

• Height adjustable tray

Product weight:

22kg

28kg

35kg

Vertical standing encourages almost total weight bearing through the legs. This posture closely follows standard standing. Vertical standing frames are simple and usually less obtrusive than prone standers. Transfer to and from vertical standing frames is a lot simpler as the user does not need to come forward of vertical to be supported. The UPI vertical stander provides a simple support to help maintain a good posture for those with balance impairment, low to medium muscle tone or those who require additional support for prolonged periods of standing. Although the UPI is relatively simple, it has a full range of hip and thoracic height adjustment, hip and thoracic lateral adjustment, full knee control and foot positioning. The easy to position support areas provide full arm and firm control of posture. The infant and the junior have a profiled wooden base, which gives them their strong visual identity. The large UPI has a base with two width settings. The first, wide setting gives full access to the footboard and for a simple transfer from sitting to standing and stability during standing. The second, narrower setting is used when the stander is being transported.

Maximum user weight:

20kg

40kg

55kg

UPI Infant Vertical Standing Frame includes tray, bowl castors 09 114 0235 With UK Plug £930.09 09 117 3228 With EU Plug £930.09 UPI Junior Vertical Standing Frame includes tray, bowl castors 09 114 0243 With UK Plug £993.90 09 117 3236 With EU Plug £993.90 UPI Large Vertical Standing Frame includes tray, bowl castors 09 114 0250 With UK Plug £1189.65 09 117 3244 With EU Plug £1189.65

Maximum user weight

MADE TO ORDER These items are made to order and therefore, are not refundable.

558

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

55 kg

81/2 st

DELIVERY Please contact Customer Services for more information.

070_EXPT_0553-0560:070_EXPT_0553-0560

23/11/09

18:30

Page 559

Standers 2

DELTA ADVANCE

DELTA

2 Delta™ Standing Frame

1 Classic™ Standing Frame A free standing vertical stander, designed to cope with a wide range of conditions. The principle involves the user being raised to standing from sitting, by blocking the knees against the knee pad on the stander, positioning the feet on the footboard and using an electric belt to lift the pelvis. Vertical standing encourages almost total weight bearing through the legs. A daily program can help improve circulation, increase bone mineral density and help in the full evacuation of the urinary tract. The electric lifting mechanism is powered by 240V AC mains. Specifications: Length 118cm. Width 77cm. User’s height 140-200cm. Weight 84.5Kg. Classic electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads. 09 114 0276 UK Plug £4542.30 09 117 3319 EU Plug £4542.30

The Delta Standing Frame is ideal for home use. It is more compact than the Classic Standing Frame, above, but shares the same range of adjustment and ease of use. The electric lifting mechanism is powered by 240V AC mains. The Delta Standing Frame is available in either a standard version or an advanced version. The Delta Advance has a reciprocal lifting device that enables the knee pads to be tilted towards the user. This feature compensates for different wheelchair types and with the use of a second actuator will return the user to the precise position from which they were lifted. Specifications: Length 110cm. Width 76cm. Users height 140-200cm. Weight of product 82.5Kg. Delta electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads. 09 114 0334 UK Plug £4326.00 09 117 3434 EU Plug £4326.00

Classic Electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads and straight thoracic support with laterals. 09 114 0284 UK Plug £5083.05 09 117 3376 EU Plug £5083.05

Delta electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads and straight thoracic support with laterals. 09 114 0342 UK Plug £4974.90 09 117 3442 EU Plug £4974.90

Classic Electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads and straight thoracic support with laterals and head control unit. 09 114 0292 UK Plug £5083.05 09 117 3392 EU Plug £5083.05 Classic electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads with combined sliding footboard and tray. 09 114 0300 UK Plug £5191.20 09 117 3400 EU Plug £5191.20 Classic Electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads and straight thoracic support with laterals, complete with sliding footboard and tray. 09 114 0318 UK Plug £5623.80 09 117 3418 EU Plug £5623.80 Classic Electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads and straight thoracic support with laterals and head control unit, complete with sliding footboard and tray. 09 114 0326 UK Plug £5948.25 09 117 3426 EU Plug £5948.25 Classic manual frame with tray, castors, hip bars and pads 09 114 0268 Maximum user weight

120 183/4 kg

£2433.38

Delta electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads and straight thoracic support with laterals and head control. 09 114 0359 UK Plug £5083.05 09 117 3459 EU Plug £5083.05 Delta Advance Delta Advance electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads. 09 116 5802 UK Plug £4650.45 09 117 3467 EU Plug £4650.45 Delta Advance electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads and straight thoracic support with laterals. 09 116 5828 UK Plug £5083.05 09 117 3475 EU Plug £5083.05 Delta Advance electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads and straight thoracic support with laterals and head control. 09 116 5844 UK Plug £5245.28 09 117 3483 EU Plug £5245.28 Maximum user weight

120 183/4 kg

MADE TO ORDER These items are made to order and therefore, are not refundable. DELIVERY Please contact Customer Services for more information.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

559

Clinic Furniture

070_EXPT_0553-0560:070_EXPT_0553-0560

23/11/09

18:30

Page 560

Clinic Furniture

Lamps 1 Ultra Slim Fluorescent Lamp

BEST SELLER

The Ultra Slim Fluorescent Lamp is the only magnifying lamp combining the largest diameter lens of 17.5cm with the most technologically advanced, slimline design and a unique 28 watt daylight tube. The electronic ballast makes it flicker free. Supplied with: 28watt low heat, high light output, daylight simulation bulb, diffuser and table clamp. 016441 £156.56

2 Pioneer Mag Lamp Specifically designed for medical use, the Pioneer Magnifying Lamp has fully integrated spring mechanisms and cable. Supplied with: 1 x 22watt light source, mounting bracket and lens protector. 009299 £288.86 010412 Pioneer Bracket £29.75

3 Ultimate Portable Lamp Lightweight and compact, it folds neatly together making it conveniently portable. Supplied with: 1 x 9watt low energy/heat daylight simulation tube. 018924 Battery Operated £69.41

4 Slimline Mag Lamp

BEST SELLER

Slimline design to ensure optimal uninterrupted view. Containing an electronic ballast offering flicker free lighting. Supplied with: 2 lenses (1.75X and 2.225X) (lenses diameter 13cm) and 1 x 22watt slimline daylight tube. 016439 £123.00

5 Medical Examination Light

Not Illustrated

Medical Incandescent Examination light. Supplied with: 60 watt incandescent bulb. 008430 £103.32

560

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

071_EXPT_0561-0568:071_EXPT_0561-0568

23/11/09

18:30

Page 561

Hardware 1

2 Long Handled Dust Pan Stainless steel dustpan with closing lid, for use with long handled brush. 008137 £45.41

3 Pedal Bin Ideal for helping to keep your practice in pristine condition. 004254 Chrome £31.90 004255 White £29.00

4 Debris Foot Tray Keep your practice clean by using this debris foot tray to keep skin and nail debris contained while you work. 005470 £30.32

5 Plastic Bottle with Screw Top A secure top makes this bottle ideal for storage of liquids. 005837 250ml Pack of 10 £3.52

6 Ointment jar with screw lid Ointment jars for the storage of creams and ointments. 005841 250ml

£1.42

7 Plastic Beaker with Screw Top 009053

250ml

£3.75

8 Plastic Tub with Screw Lid 008997

30ml

£0.83 WHITE

9 Ointment Jar with Screw Lid 008123 009179 008120

15ml 30ml 60ml

£0.44 £0.57 £0.72

www.mobilisrolyan.com

CHROME

Tel: 08448 730 035

561

Clinic Furniture

1 Long Handled Brush Long-handled soft brush to be used with long-handled dust pan. 008138 £7.49

071_EXPT_0561-0568:071_EXPT_0561-0568

23/11/09

18:30

Page 562

Clinic Furniture

Hardware 1

1 Glass Jars Storage jars for dry items such as cotton wool. Lids supplied separately, see below) 005848 10 x 10cm £9.03 005849 12.5 x 12.5cm £12.04 005850 15 x 15cm £15.40

2 Glass Jar Lids Stainless steel lids for use with our range of glass storage jars. 005845 10cm £7.21 005846 12.5cm £7.95 005847 15cm £8.30

3 Amber Dropper Bottle Dropper bottle with rubber pipette for surgery and domiciliary use. 004263 10ml £0.63

4 Clear Stock Bottle

The most popular sizes of stock bottle for use in your surgery or domiciliary work. 006093 30ml £2.16 006094 50ml £2.22 006095 100ml £2.72 006096 250ml £3.24

5 Clear Dropper Bottle 006027

30ml

£4.50

6 Pipette with Red Teat For use with clear dropper bottle. 006028 30ml

£3.65

7 Clear Polystop/Dropper Bottle 006091

30ml

£3.12

8 Polystop/Dropper 006092

562

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

For 30ml Bottle

£1.93

071_EXPT_0561-0568:071_EXPT_0561-0568

23/11/09

18:30

Page 563

Hardware 1

£5.23 £5.23 £6.18

2 Plain Aluminium Autoclave Lid 007650 007655

18 x 14cm 28 x 18cm

Silver

£5.37 £5.75

3 Perforated Aluminium Autoclave Tray Aluminium for autoclaving instruments 007645 18 x 14 x 1.9cm Blue 016446 18 x 14 x 1.9cm Yellow 017257 18 x 14 x 1.9cm Silver 017255 28 x 18 x 1.9cm Silver

£7.99 £4.83 £7.99 £6.80

4 Perforated Aluminium Autoclave Lid 016444 016445

18 x 14cm 28 x 18cm

£6.60 £8.00

5 Plastic Instrument Bath Plastic box to store instruments after autoclaving, and prior to usage Made from polypropylene, and can be autoclaved. Maximum temperature 135°C. 007724 £22.71

6 Gallipot Gallipots are made of polypropylene and are autoclavable. 005659 90ml £0.56

7 Kidney Dish We stock two sizes of kidney dish, and both are made of polypropylene and are autoclavable. 005657 15cm 005658 20cm

£1.19 £1.42

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

563

Clinic Furniture

1 Plain Aluminium Autoclave Tray Aluminium for autoclaving instruments 007641 18 x 14 x 1.9cm Silver 017175 18 x 14 x 1.9cm Blue 007654 28 x 18 x 1.9cm Blue

071_EXPT_0561-0568:071_EXPT_0561-0568

23/11/09

18:30

Page 564

Clinic Furniture

Domiciliary Equipment 1 Podiatry Domiciliary Bag

NEW

Mobilis Rolyan

This new Domiciliary Bag only weighs 2kg, making it an excellent option for domiciliary visits. It is manufactured from MicrAgard material which contains silver for anti-microbial protection. It is also anti microbial, fluid repellant, fire retardant, rot proof and waterproof! Provides a safe environment to store your equipment, products, instruments and drill when moving from house to house, and comes with a detachable shoulder strap for comfort and easy carrying. • Weight when empty: 2kg • Dimensions: Height 42cm. Width 52cm (incl. side pockets). Depth 25cm. 021867

2 Domiciliary Bag with Wheels

£208.95

Mobilis Rolyan

Similar to the Podiatry Domicillary Bag above but with wheels to reduce the stress of carrying. Provides a safe environment for transporting equipment when moving between houses. • Weight when empty: 3kg • Dimensions: Height 47cm (incl. wheels). Width 52cm (incl. side pockets). Depth 28cm. 021927

NEW

564

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

£294.53

071_EXPT_0561-0568:071_EXPT_0561-0568

23/11/09

18:31

Page 565

Domiciliary Equipment 1

2 Practica 2 Case The Practica 2 is a versatile wipe clean pull out drawer system in a shockproof ABS with aluminium frame and key locks. It is has the additional benefit of a back lid housing a useful portfolio section for carrying patient records and cards. Weight (empty): 7kg. Internal dimensions: 412 x 311 x 220mm. 004713 £192.94

3 Practica 3 Case

The Practica 3 is a versatile wipe clean pull out drawer system in durable PVC and key locks. It also offers a document pocket and end pocket. Weight (empty): 5kg. Internal dimensions: 412 x 311 x 180mm 004775 £164.93

4 Practica 4 Case The Practica 4 is a versatile wipe clean pull out drawer system in a lightweight, fully padded 600D polyester zipped bag. It has a removable and wipeable PVC sheet for podiatry use. It comes complete with a handle and removable shoulder strap, two end pockets and a back pocket for documents. Weight (empty): 4.4kg. Internal dimensions: 390 x 300 x 160mm. 004899 £202.86

SPARES Spares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

565

Clinic Furniture

1 Practica 1 Case The Practica 1 is a versatile wipe clean pull out drawer system in a shockproof ABS with aluminium frame and key locks. Weight (empty): 5.2kg. Internal dimensions: 412 x 311 x 180mm. 004709 £168.68

071_EXPT_0561-0568:071_EXPT_0561-0568

23/11/09

18:31

Page 566

Clinic Furniture

Domiciliary Equipment 1 FiltAir Pure Drill Bag

NEW

Mobilis Rolyan

This hard wearing bag is manufactured totally from MicrAgard (contains silver), and is also antimicrobial, fluid repellant, and waterproof! It includes an air vent so you can use the drill inside the bag, and a comfort strap for easy carrying. • Dimensions: 23cm H x 38cm W x 17cm D 021868

£114.45

2 Domiciliary Stool and Carry Bag The two piece moulded plastic seat it’s lightweight and comes with a carry bag. Height 21cm. 004203 Stool and Carry Bag £38.57 004200 Domiciliary Stool £19.27 004201 Carry bag for stool £25.68

3 Complete Tripod 3

Ideal for domiciliary use, the ultra-light weight black tripod footrest allows the podiatrist to support the foot at an ideal working height. The black tripod footrest is adjustable and lockable. The rest has a comfortable foam top. 008122 Complete Tripod £54.02 005636 Tripod Base £20.95 005720 Tripod Top £33.08

4 Nomad Footrest The Nomad Footrest is adjustable and lockable. The footrest has a sturdy moulded plastic top. It comes with a carry bag and an adjustable strap for easy transportation. Height: Minimum 45cm. Maximum 67cm. Weight: 1.6kg. In bag 2kg. 005613 £120.97

5 Vulkan Trainers Bag The Vulkan Trainers Bag is washable medical bag. This bag offers ample space for storage and a double zipped drop down front panel. Dimensions: 440mm x 240mm x 240mm. 003821 £28.35

INFORMATION Designed to be used with the FiltAir Pure Drill. See page 587 for further information.

566

Fax: 08448 730 100

www.mobilisrolyan.com

071_EXPT_0561-0568:071_EXPT_0561-0568

23/11/09

18:31

Page 567

Reality Orientation 1

2 R.O. Therapy Pack For use in conjunction with the magnetic whiteboards opposite and Daily Information Pack above. Provides additional word strips including seasons, holidays, meals and weather conditions. AC1478 £285.78

3 Magnetic Letters Bulk pack of 288 brightly coloured magnetic letters (240 lower case, 48 upper case). Easy to handle with rounded edges. AC1467 £38.65

4 Magnetic Numbers

Bulk pack of 288 brightly coloured magnetic numbers and symbols. Easy to handle with rounded edges. AC1468 £30.30

INFORMATION For magnetic white boards, see page 568.

www.mobilisrolyan.com

Tel: 08448 730 035

567

Clinic Furniture

1 R.O. Daily Information Pack Ideal for use with magnetic whiteboards for reality orientation purposes. Excellent for residential home settings. Contains 64 magnetic strips, screen printed with words referring to calendar date and heading such as ‘Daily Activities’ and ‘Staff On Duty’. Three blank strips are also included. AC1477 £201.55

071_EXPT_0561-0568:071_EXPT_0561-0568

23/11/09

18:31

Page 568

Clinic Furniture

Reality Orientation 1 Whiteboard

Available in two sizes, this whiteboard is ideal as a reality orientation display source. Attach posters and drawings or use dry wipe markers to display written information. £213.28 AC1475 2400 x 1200mm (941/2 x 471/4")

2 Magnetic Whiteboard Big enough for lots of information this whiteboard is ideal for reality orientation purposes. Use dry wipe markers to display written information or use with the magnetic letters, numbers and shapes or reality orientation packs opposite. £158.15 AC1470 1200 x 1200mm (471/4 x 471/4")

3 Magnetic Write and Wipe Board A portable magnetic whiteboard for wall mounting or upright tabletop use. Ideal for reality orientation/notice displays or a variety of other activities in small groups or by individuals. AC1473 610 x 460mm (24 x 18") £95.39

4 Portable Magnetic Whiteboard This portable magnetic whiteboard is double sided and can be used for reality orientation, group activities and by individuals. £71.10 AC1476 700 x 450mm (271/2 x 173/4")

568

Fax: 08448 730 100